[Return to ESfO Bibliographies Page]
A
BIBLIOGRAPHY
OF
MOROBE PROVINCE
Compiled By
Sam Tua Kaima and Biama Kanasa
Tuesday, January 05, 1999
University of Papua New Guinea
Port Moresby
First Edition
INTRODUCTION
This bibliography was put together in a short period of time during the
Christmas vacation, 1998-1999. It was done with a view that the first edition
will be launched early in 1999. The work of compiling a bibliography of a
province can be time consuming unless one knows his/her sources to get
information from. There had been attempts in the past to list sources about the
Province but a large and an extensive bibliography as such was never produced.
This is the first major attempt, which will hopefully be a continuous project.
The bibliography will hopefully help people who want to research on Morobe and
at the same time inform those who have already published and or are researching
about the province to help update and upgrade future editions.
I : BACKGROUND OF THE PROVINCE
The Morobe Province on northeast coast of Papua New Guinea takes it name
from former German capital Morobe, southeast of the present Headquarters, Lae.
The Morobe Post was the headquarters during New Guinea Compangie era. This was
because it was close to the border of British New Guinea and the Germans had
easy access between the Carolinian islands and Samoa using the Morobe Harbour.
In 1926 when gold was discovered in Wau the headquarters was moved to Salamaua
as it became the centre of activity relating to the gold mine. In 1937 Lae
became the Headquarters of German New Guinea when the volcano destroyed Rabaul.
Apart from outlying islands the Province has a coastline of 250 miles. It
borders Eastern Highlands Province and the Madang Provinces on the west and
north respectively. While to the south is the Oro Province. To the east of
the Huon Peninsula is the West New Britain Province, with the Siassi islands
sandwiched between the two, although Siassi islands are closer to West New
Britain Province between Vitiaz and Dampier Straits. To the southeast is the
Gulf province where the Kukukuku cousins share the border with the Marawaka in
the East Highlands Province, the Kamea/Kaintiba of Gulf Province and the
Memyamya in the Morobe Province.
For administrative purposes the Province was divided during colonial era into
seven sub districts, which have continued to present day and these are Lae,
Finschhafen, Wau, Kaiapit, Mumeng, Kabwum and Memyamya. There were further
subdivisions of these Districts into Patrol Posts. The Patrol Posts (later Sub
Districts) are Aseki, Garaina, Morobe, Wau, Pindiu, Wasu, Boana and Wantoat.
(Refer to map)
It is not the purpose here to write a history of Morobe Province. However,
events during the former territory of New Guinea shaped historical developments
in Morobe. The different Districts of the Province will have their own
contact history and can be presented with further research.
II: CHRONOLOGY
There are numerous sources that will show dates of importance of the
Districts and their expansion. Some of these sources are listed below in this
bibliography. Sam Kaima had, for example, listed the dates of significance of
the Wantoat after consulting different sources during his research and others can do the same for their own districts. There had been attempts in the past to construct a history of
contact situations in Morobe. Amongst these are Ian Willis, History of Morobe
and Phillip Holzknecht's Chronology of events during the German colonial period
from 1884 to 1930. These two sources can be used as stepping-stones to
writing a history of the Province. In fact some dates and events outlined
here are taken from these sources. According to Willis's chronology following
dates are listed:
1793 Bruni D'Entrecasteux sailed up tail of New Guinea into the Gulf
he named Houn de Kermadec. He thought Salamaua was an island.
1856 Italian Catholic priests arrived at Mandok Island, Siassi
before being forced to leave by disease.
1874 John Moresby on HMS Basilisk sails along Huon Gulf and names
Parsee Point (Salamaua), the Markham, Rawlinson Ranges, and
explores around the Markham mouth, and meet up with people
along the coast; who according to him seem to have met white
men before.
1884 Otto Finsch on `Samoa' explores New Guinea under New Guinea
Kompangie and selects Finschhafen as a best site for company
settlement. In the same year Northeast New Guinea and Offshore
islands was claimed by Germany, while Britain claimed Southeast
New Guinea. (later Papua).
1886 Georg von Schlientz, a New Guinea company representative
arrives in Finschhafen to set up settlement on Madang island.
He undertakes exploration along the coast and name areas with
prominent German names, like Dregerhafen, Steinmetz Point,
Bavaria Bay, etc. He points that one-day the Markham mouth will
become an important port for trade. Martin Dreger explores the
Huon Gulf on `Samoa' and travels up stream on the Markham and
saw villagers, who were willing to trade for iron. During the
same year Lutheran missionary Johann Flierl arrives in Simbang,
Finschhafen. He decides to use the local language; Jabem as the
mission lingua franca.
1887 The New Guinea Kompangie abandons Finschhafen because of
malaria and decides to move to Stephensort, Madang. The
Lutheran mission stayed on and expanded its influence along
coastal villages.
1900 New Guinea Kompangie land acquisition in Lae.
1907 Lae Wampar raid villages at Lae and Labu.
1909 Stephen Lehner and Dr. Richard Neuhauss visit Lae Wampar to
establish peace among the warring tribes.
1910-11 Ten Lutheran mission stations, including Lae and Gabmatzung
among the Lae Wampar were established.
1913 Burberg (Lae) gazetted as a patrol post, Morobe was still the
District Headquarters then.
1914 Australian Military Occupation of former German New Guinea as a
result of the outbreak of World War I.
1921-1925 Civil Administration restored in New Guinea as an Australian
Mandated Territory for the League of Nations.
1926 Gold is discovered in Eddie Creek, near Wau. There was a gold
rush. Salamaua becomes a port of call for all activities
relating to Wau gold fields.
1937 Lae becomes the capital of New Guinea, replacing Rabaul.
1942 Japanese bomb Lae, Salamaua and Bulolo on 21st January.
Japanese land in Lae on 8th of March and was to last for 19
months.
1942-1945 War arrives in New Guinea and there is a military
administration in the Territory. The administration was
referred to by ANGAU which stands for Australian New Guinea
Administrative Unit.
1943 Following the losses in Buna and Kokoda Trail, the Japanese
fall back to Lae.
1945-1950 Slow recovery of the territory.
1950-1975 Period of rapid expansion in the territory.
1960s Lutheran church goes into business launching Lutheran Shipping
and Namasu.
1964 First House of Assembly Election.
1968 Second House of Assembly Election
1972 Third House of Assembly Election
1970-1974 Pitenamu influences among the hinterland areas of Morobe,
including Pindiu, Tewae, Nabak and Mumeng. (See Robert Adams
for more details.
1975 Political independence.
1976 National Parliament Election
1980 National Population Census
1982 National Election
1987 National Election
1992 National Election
1997 National Election
The above dates have been listed to show some idea of the role of European
expansion in Morobe District during the period. Individual sub districts in
the province can be able to use these dates to search for information about
their own areas. Elderly informants in many of our districts will remember
events in the past according to these activities. There is indeed a need for a
further study in the history of Morobe.
The establishment of Lae in 1913 meant the expansion and exploration of
hinterland areas of the District, as well as regular contacts with the people.
Lae has its own history of development and readers will find it interesting
reading Ian Willis' account of the historical development of Lae. When Lae eventually became the headquarters of New Guinea, expansion into the highlands and other areas of Morobe was to be
felt by the villagers. Contacts and establishment of law and order became
regular for the people, as a result Districts, and patrol posts were
established in rural Morobe. The present different districts in the province
resemble the development of this colonial expansion mechanism.
III. ABOUT THIS BIBLIORAPHY
The Morobe Province bibliography is meant as a research guide to those
who want to conduct research in the province in future. This bibliography is
one of the projects of Morobe Province Historical Research Committee set up by
Morobe UPNG academic staff and students with a promise of financial help from
the Provincial Government, under Governor Luther Wenge. The bibliography is
one of these projects envisaged by the Committee, the Committee will arrange
research and workshops in future.
This edition of the Bibliography is not comprehensive, as not all the sources
are listed. There is no date range and no subject limitations, as all sources
identified during our research are listed. We are sure some of the sources
will be omitted in this bibliography. All unpublished manuscripts including
theses (B.A. (Hons.); MA; and Ph.D.) held in the NGC have been included as
well. Manuscripts presented at conferences and or seminars both in Papua New
Guinea and overseas have also been included in this bibliography. We are sure
more of these sources will become available in future and people writing thesis
and or presenting conference papers should inform us of these presentations.
Other language text, including German, Tok Pisin, Kate, Jabem and tok ples
texts held in the NGC have been included. Our only problem is the translation
of German text to understand if the sources include some material on Morobe. We
hope people who are able to translate these sources will help add to the list
for future editions.
IV. ORIGINS AND ARRANGEMENT
Biama Kanasa started this bibliography by researching at UPNG and
University of Technology libraries. He had his original list which we looked at and decided more should be added on before the first edition was published. With the help of staff of NGC,
UPNG library especially, May A. Balagaise, we were able to get a full printout
of sources on Morobe. In fact most of the items listed in this bibliography
are held in NGC and one should have no problem getting copies of unpublished as
well as published materials from there. Being the first edition of the
bibliography there is no index but hopefully future ones will include indexes.
This is a straightforward list arranged in alphabetical order by author's
surname. In case there is no individual author corporate names have been used.
for example Morobe District Historical Society, or
Pacific Islands Monthly, Papua New Guinea Department of Primary
Industry, Department of Morobe, etc. Titles of periodicals have been
highlighted, underlined, bolded and given italics as well as title of books in
which a chapter appears. For this edition we have included Times of
Papua New Guinea articles on Morobe and we hope to include Post Courier
articles on Morobe in the second edition. There is of course the Post Courier
Selective Index that one can look through if
interested, while the Times of PNG (later Saturday Independent) Index has also
been produced in the past. Both thes indexes remain to be updated.
Researchers will need to look up these indexes if interested in news items.
V. SOURCES USED FOR COMPILING THIS BIBLIOGRAPHY
Aside from using the New Guinea Collection Library Database printout,
few other sources have been used to help identify sources listed in this
bibliography. The Morobe District Historical Society journals have been used at
the early stage and we are glad to have found in this journal a start of the
Morobe Province Bibliography by Phillip Holzknecht and all
materials listed in it have been included in this bibliography. We wish to
thank Philip for starting this worthwhile project.
Peter Sack's, German New Guinea: A Bibliography lists German
materials and because both of us are not fully versed in German we were not
able to list all these sources in Sack's bibliography. However, materials
identifiable and resemble Morobe has been included. We hope this can be done in
the future. An Ethnographic Bibliography of New Guinea also
lists some valuable information on Morobe and some of these have been included
in this bibliography. The problem with the Ethnographic bibliography is that
it was published in 1968 and it has not been updated as yet and will require
searches as well to up date on sources on Morobe. The other problem with the
ethnographic bibliography is that there will be sources listed here which may
seem not related to Morobe, but have been included in the District Index. It is simply because of this that they have been listed in this bibliography. There is however a need for extensive search
in these sources to identify more sources that have not been included in this
edition of the bibliography. Sam Kaima's own list of sources on cargo cults
has also been used to include in this bibliography as well. A Bibliography of Cargo Cults in the Momase region was compiled for a Diploma course and expanded
later. Momase region had been sporadic with the influences of so called Cargo
cults and Morobe has been one of them and as such a short list of sources on
this was compiled. Robert Adams has discussed the historical developments of
Pitenamu, a magico religious movement in the hinterland areas of Morobe in
detail. Sam Kaima later on compiled a larger version encompassing Melanesia
titled, Bibliography of Cargo Cults and other Religious Phenomena in
Melanesia. Two volumes of the Cumulative Index to the Pacific Islands Monthly were used to identify sources on Morobe. This
is an well-arranged index, although an index to Pacific Islands Monthly issues
after 1955 remains to be produced. Materials taken from this list will have a
town listed in brackets, for example, [Lae]. Thus, this bibliography will only
include Pacific Islands Monthly articles to July 1955. In this case the index
to districts have been used to identify sources on parts of Morobe, while
author and subject indexes have been ignored. In fact the Pacific Islands
Monthly list became so large we have been able to produce an Index to articles
on Morobe that appeared between 1935 and 1955. Another of Phillip
Holzknecht's work. An annotated Bibliography of German-language
material held by the New Guinea Collection of the University of Papua New
Guinea was also used to identify more sources for this bibliography.
His annotations in English made it easier for us to identify sources on Morobe.
In this bibliography the English annotations have been omitted and the German
language text listed.
Mistakes in this bibliography are responsibilities of the compilers, when
discovered it should be relayed to us so that changes can be made for inclusion
in the next edition. If works have been omitted it is not deliberate, please
let us know so that we can add on. While this edition is being printed
research is continuing and additions, corrections and changes will be made
before the second edition comes out. Written comments and suggestions for
improvements are most welcome. Please contact the compilers.
ACKNOWLEDEMENTS
Several colleagues and friends in the library at UPNG had assisted in
the production of this first version. Moses Saufkaur, provided some helpful
leads to information sources on Morobe. Thomas Toromo assisted in checking
references to make sure correct dates, place of publications and page numbers
are included. In the bindery, Peter Aisi, Rudolph Pisiro ensured that all
draft versions were fastened together so that one page does not disappear. The
computers of the Computer Services Unit at UPNG was used to print the final
version of this bibliography.
---------------------- ------------------------
Sam Tua Kaima Biama Kanasa
Senior Lecturer, Lecturer
School of Social Sciences and Development School of Humanities
P.O. Box 320 P.O. Box 320
University Post Office University Post Office
Phone 3267 434/3267464 Phone. 3267 681 (w)
E-mail: istkaima@upng.ac.pg
ALPHABETICAL LIST BY AUTHORS
Tuesday, January 05, 1999
Abbott, L.D. and E.A. Silver.
1991. Ecology of the Southern Finisterre Range: A Case History of Modern
Arc-Continent Collision. In; Papua New Guinea Geology, Exploration and
Mining Conference Proceedings, 1991. Melbourne: The Australasian Institute
of Mining and Metallurgy. pp. 1-7.
Ackerman, M. W.
1944. The Concept of Soul among the Bukaua and Kai Tribes of New Guinea. M.A.
thesis. Kennedy School of Mission, Hartford Seminary Foundation.
Adam, L.
1947. Some Uncommon Perforated Stone Implements from the Morobe and Mt. Hagen
areas, New Guinea. Mankind. 3 (12): 345-351.
Adams, Karen. et.al.
1985. Dialect survey of Mumeng dialect chain. In; Papers of New Guinea
Linguistics Number. 22 Edited by Adams Karen. Department of Linguistics,
Research School of Pacific Studies. Australian National University. pp.1-27.
Adams, K.
1976. Transfer book from Melanesian Pidgin to Patep. Read. 11 (3):
91-94
Adams, Robert.
1982. City and Village: the Ahi Response. In; Micronationalist Movements in
Papua New Guinea. Edited by R.J. May. Canberra: Department of Political and
Social Change, Research School of Pacific Studies. Australian National
University. pp. 207-245.
Adams, Robert.
1973. A Comparative Study of the Lae and Huon Local Government Councils. M.A.
Thesis. History Department, University of Papua New Guinea.
Adams, Robert.
1983. Lae Open Electorate: Union na Pati-Senis I no Kamap. In Electoral
Politics in Papua New Guinea. Edited by David Hegarty. Port Moresby :
University of Papua New Guinea. pp. 216-227.
Adams, Robert.
1982. The Pitenamu Society. In; Micronationalist Movements in Papua New
Guinea. Edited by R.J. May. Canberra: Department of Political and Social
Change, Research School of Pacific Studies, Australian National University. pp.
63-112.
Adams, Robert.
1983. The Pitenamu Society. In; Religious Movements in Melanesia (1).
Edited by Wendy Flannery. Goroka: Melanesian Institute of Pastoral and
Socio-Economic Service. pp.130-170.
Adams, Robert.
1978. Rural Change-the Burum Development Association. In;
Decentralisation; the Papua New Guinean Experiment; Waigani Seminar Papers
1978. Edited by Ralph Premdas and Stephen Pokawin. Waigani: University of
Papua New Guinea. pp. 205-208.
Addison, S.
1979. A very special school. New Nation. 3 (10): 8-9.
Afenya, P. M.
1986. Chemical Variation of the Hessen Bay Chromate. In; Chemistry in the
Service of Papua New Guinea. Edited by P. Baldon. Lae: Papua New Guinea
University of Technology. A paper read at the 3rd Papua New Guinea Institute of
Chemistry Congress.
Afenya, P. M.
1987. Extraction of Gold Manganocalcite Ore of Wau. In; Chemistry in the
Pacific. Edited by P.R.H. Speakman. pp.28-40
Agyei, W. K. A.
1984. Family planning in Lae urban area of Papua New Guinea. Journal of the
Biosocial Science. 16 (2): 269-275.
Aharon, Paul.
1982. 13C/12C isotope ratio variations over the last 10 years in New Guinea
coral-reef environment: implications for the fertility shifts of the tropical
ocean. In; The Cycling of Carbon, Nitrogen, Sulfur and Phosphorus in
Terrestrial and Aquatic Ecosystem. Edited by E. Galbally, and J.R. Freney.
pp. 119-132.
Aharon, Paul et.al.
1980. Late Pleistocene climatic change registered by delta 180 and delta 13c in
the giant clam, tridacna gias, of the New Guinea coral reefs. (Photocopied
article held in the New Guinea Collection.
Ahmad, Q. A.
1989. Self-type direct solar dryer with air pre heater. In; Renewable
Energy for Rural Development. Edited by F.Welt. pp. 288-233.
Aitchison, T. G.
1960. The pig and its place in the impact of the New Guinean on vegetation. A
paper delivered at the UNESCO Symposium on the impact of man on humid tropics
vegetation. Goroka: Territory of Papua and New Guinea.: pages 158-167.
Allace, Lewis-Kusso.
1975. Island water transport study: Morobe District, Siassi Islands (Umboi).
Port Moresby: Department of Transport. Island Water Transport Study
1974/1975.
Allace, Lewis-Kusso.
1977. Treid bilong Siassi Ailan. Oral History. 5 (9): 2-15.
Allace, Lewis-Kusso.
1976. Siassi trade. Oral History. 4 (10): 2-22.
Allen, .G.R.
1983. Chilatherina Bulolo: a valid species of rainbowfish (Melabotaenilidae)
from Northern New Guinea. Fishes of Sahul. 1 (2): 13-17.
Allied Forces. South West Pacific area. (1941-1945)
1942. Area study of Finschhafen and the Huon Peninsula [S.L.]: Allied
Geographical Section South West Pacific Area. (Terrain Study ; Number .36)
Allied Forces. South West Pacific Area (1941-1945)
1943. Area study of the Markham Catchment. [S.L]: Allied Geographical Section
South West Pacific Area. (Terrain study Number.49)
Allied Forces. South West Pacific Area (1941-1945)
1942. Area Study of Morobe-Waria Valley and Adjacent Catchment Areas. [S.L.]
: Allied Geographical Section South West Pacific Area. (Terrain Study Number.
42)
Allied Forces. South West Pacific Area (1941-1945)
1943. Coast and Hinterland, Finschhafen to Lae from all available information
to 25th April. [S.L.] : Allied Geographical Section South West Pacific Area.
(Information Resume Number. 9)
Allied Forces. South West Pacific Area (1941-1945)
1943. Coastline-Hopoi to Finschhafen [S.I.] Allied Geographical Section South
West Pacific Area. (Special Report Number. 13)
Allied Forces. South West Pacific Area (1941-1945)
1943. Finschhafen, New Guinea. [S.L.]. : Allied Geographical Section South
West Pacific Area. (Terrain Handbook Number. 5)
Allied Forces. South West Pacific Area (1941-1945)
1943. Goldfields area - Wau and Bulolo Valley. [S.L.] Allied Geographical
Section South West Pacific Area.
Allied Forces. South West Pacific Area (1941-1945)
1943. Inland track information Huon Peninsula. [S.L.] Allied Geographical
Section South West Pacific Area. (Special Report Number. 23)
Allied Forces. South West Pacific Area (1941-1945)
1943. Lae and the lower Markham Valley, New Guinea [S.L.]: Allied Geographical
Section South West Pacific Area. (Terrain Handbook Number. 4)
Allied Forces. South West Pacific Area (1941-1945)
1943. Lae Beach from Markham River to Bumbu River [S.L] : Allied Geographical
Section South West Pacific Area. (Special Report Number. 21)
Allied Forces. South West Pacific Area (1941-1945)
1943. Lae from all available information to 19th January 1943. [S.L.] :
Allied Geographical Section South West Pacific Area. (Information Resume Number
4. rev.)
Allied Forces. South West Pacific Area (1941-1945)
1942. Locality study of Lae and the lower Markham Valley. Rev. Edition.
[S.L.]: Allied Geographical Section, South West Pacific Area. (Terrain Study
Number. 32)
Allied Forces. South West Pacific Area (1941-1945)
1943. Locality study of Ramu-Markham Valley with link to Madang. [S.L]: Allied
Geographical Section, South West Pacific Area. (Terrain Study Number. 66)
Allied Forces. South West Pacific Area (1941-1945)
1942. Locality study of Salamaua. (revised) [S.L.]: Allied Geographical
Section South West Pacific Area. (Terrain Study Number. 33)
Allied Forces. South West Pacific Area (1941-1945)
1943. Markham District from all available information to 12th January 1943.
[S.L.] : Allied Geographical Section South West Pacific Area. (Information
Resume Number. 1 rev.)
Allied Forces. South West Pacific Area (1941-1945)
1943. Markham River Valley, New Guinea. [S.L.] : Allied Geographical Section,
South West Pacific Area. (Terrain Handbook Number. 2)
Allied Forces. South West Pacific Area (1941-1945).
1943. Morobe from all available information to 27 March 1943. [S.L.]: Allied
Geographical Section South West Pacific Area.
Allied Forces. South West Pacific Area (1941-1945).
1943. Road Nadzab to Lae. [S.L.]: Allied Geographical Section South West
Pacific Area. (Special Report Number. 17)
Allied Forces. South West Pacific Area (1941-1945).
1943. Route Lae- Boana-Kaiapit. [S.L.] : Allied Geographical Section South
West Pacific Area. (Special Report Number. 24)
Allied Forces. South West Pacific Area (1941-1945).
1943. Salamaua, New Guinea. [S.L.]: Allied Geographical Section, South West
Pacific Area. (Terrain Handbook Number. 03)
Allied Forces. South West Pacific Area (1941-1945).
1943. Salamaua area from all available information to 6 April 1943. [S.L.]:
Allied Geographical Section South West Pacific Area. (Information Resume
Number. 8)
Allied Forces. South West Pacific Area (1941-1945).
1943. Salamaua from all available information to 19 January 1943. [S.L.]:
Allied Geographical Section South West Pacific Area. (Information Resume
Number. 2. rev.)
Allied Forces. South West Pacific Area (1941-1945).
1943. Sio, New Guinea. [S.L.] : Allied Geographical Section South West Pacific
Area (Terrain Handbook Number. 13).
Allied Forces. South West Pacific Area (1941-1945).
1943. Umboi (Rooke) Island. [S.L.]: Allied Geographical Section South West
Pacific Area. (Information Resume Number. 2 rev.)
Allied Forces. South West Pacific Area (1941-1945).
1943. Umboi (Rooke) Island. [S.L.]: Allied Geographical Section South West
Pacific Area. (Terrain Handbook Number. 09)
Allied Forces. South West Pacific Area (1941-1945).
1943. Umboi (Rooke) Island. [S.L.]: Allied Geographical Section South West
Pacific Area. (Special Report Number. 26)
Allied Forces. South West Pacific Area (1941-1945).
1944. Wau and the Goldfields Area. New Guinea. [S.L.]: Allied Geographical
Section, South West Pacific Area. (Terrain Handbook Number. 1)
Amasan, R.
1980. The Masalai's tears. New Nation. 4 (4): page 27.
Ambia, Vitus. et.al.
1979. Plan for erosion control at Km 7.2 on the Highlands Highway.
Klinkii. 1 (3): 2-19.
Amoa, B. et.al.
1996. Physico-chemical and organoleptic properties of traditional rice
varieties from Finschhafen. Papua New Guinea Journal of Agriculture,
Forestry and Fisheries. 39 (1): 1-7.
Amos, Berg and Maraba, Soni.
1981. Kovai and Adzera Music. Boroko: Institute of Papua New Guinea Studies.
Amtsbaltt, fur das Schutzgebeit Deutsche Neuguinea.
1941. Eine Expedition nach dem Suddezirk 6 (3): 32-34. 1941.
Anderson, C.
1937-40. Fossil marsupials from New Guinea. Records of the Australian
Museum. 20: 73-76.
Anderson, J.
1963. The development of the cattle industry in the Territory of Papua and New
Guinea. Australian Territories. 3(1): 15-28.
Anderson, S.G. and others.
1960. Murray valley encephalitis in Papua and New Guinea. In; Serological
Survey 1956-57. Medical Journal of Australia. 2: 410-413.
Andexer H.
1914. Der Untere Lauf des Watut in Deutsche Neuguinea. Zeitschrift de
Gesellschaft fur Erdkunde zur Berlin, 4: 277-280.
Anell, Bengt.
1958. Geophagy in Indonesia and Oceania. In; Geoghagical Customs;
1-23. Edited by B. Anell and S. Lagercrantz. Studia Ethnographica Upsaliensia.
No.17.
Anere, Ray Lusa.
1987. Defection of Morobe Independent Group and Bernard Vogae to the
Government: An Analysis. Waigani: University of Papua New Guinea. National
Broadcasting Commission Ace Program, 16/10/87.
Antonio, W.C.
1986. Rock melons as a cash crop in the Markham Valley. Harvest. 12
(1): 5-9.
Armytage, J. et.al.
1959. A study of the haemoglobin values and blood groups of some indigenous
natives of the Bulolo River Valley, New Guinea. Oceania. 29 (4):
297-301.
Aruga, John.
1989. Marine woodborers and associated mangrove: macrofauna of the Kui-Buso
area, Morobe Province.
Aschhoff, K.J.
1974. Survey report: Finschhafen Aerodrome. Journal of the Association of
the Surveyors of Papua New Guinea. 4 (1): 25-27.
Asian Development Bank.
1980. Appraisal of the Lae Port project in the independent state of Papua New
Guinea. (Asian Development Bank Report Number. PNG Ap-10)
Asian Development Bank.
1997. Appraisal of the Highlands road improvement project in Papua New Guinea.
(Asian Development Bank Report Number. PNG Ap-06)
Asong, J.
1984. How tuna fish came to be: a legend from Siassi Islands, Morobe Province.
Paradise. Volume 47: page 17.
Aufinger, A.
1941. Einige Ethnographische Notizen zur Beschneidung in Neuguinea.
Ethnos. 6:25-39.
August, Leo. et.al.
1991. Rapid environmental appraisal of the Ekuti Dividing Range, Morobe
Province, Papua New Guinea. Port Moresby: University of Papua New Guinea.
Austen, Leo
1926. Mandated Territory of New Guinea. In; Australian Encyclopaedia.
Volume 2: Edited by A.W. Jose and J.H. Carter. Sydney: Angus and Robertson,
pp. 22-31.
Australia. Army.
1944. Salamaua Siege. Sydney: Government Printer. Produced by the Office of
information. (Australian Army at War. Number. 4)
Australia. Army.
194-?. Watut-Snake River area from all available information to 7 June 1942.
[S.L.]: The Army: (Information Resume Number. 10)
Australia. Department of Information.
194-?. Australians advance in New Guinea: Japs blasted out of Papua by the
allies; US Commandos with Australians on Gona front, Lae falls to the
Australians (Motion Pictures) Canberra: Department of information.
Australia. Department of Information.
1943. Battle of Wau. Melbourne: Department of Information for the Department
of the Army. (Australian Army at Way, Number. 1)
Australia. Department of External Territories.
1950. Report of the New Guinea Nutrition Survey Expedition, 1947. Edited by
E.H. Hipsley and F.W. Clements. Sydney: Government Printer.
Australia. Department of Territories.
1952. Government Policy and Development in Papua and New Guinea. South
Pacific. 6 (6) : 414-423.
Australia. Department of Territories.
1952. Tea Growing in Papua and New Guinea. South Pacific Commission
Quarterly Bulletin 2 (2): 45-46.
Australia. Department of Territories.
1952. Rubber industry in Papua and New Guinea. South Pacific Commission
Quarterly Bulletin 2 (3): 42-44.
Australia. Department of Territories.
1953. Crop promotion in Papua and New Guinea. South Pacific Commission
Quarterly Bulletin 3(2): 20-22.
Australia. Parliament. Australia Parliamentary Standing Committee on Public
works.
1972 Report relating to the proposed development of Nadzab Airport, Papua New
Guinea. thirtieth Report of 1972). Canberra: Commonwealth Government Printing
Office.
Australian School of Pacific Administration (ASOPA)
1946. Bulolo gold dredging. Australian School of Pacific Administration
Monthly Notes. 1 (3): page 15.
Australian School of Pacific Administration (ASOPA).
1947. Bulolo gold return. Australian School of Pacific Administration
Monthly Notes. 1 (12): page 18.
Australian Territories.
1961. Agricultural extension work among native farmers in Papua and New
Guinea. Australian Territories. 1 (5): 16-20.
Australian Territories.
1962. Hydro-electricity resources for Papua and New Guinea. Australian
Territories. 2 (6): 17-19.
Australian Timber Journal.
1958. Manufacturing `Klinkii' plywood. Australian Timber Journal. 24
(8): 66-177.
Awagasi, Gamong R.
1996. Ahi landowners and human settlement in Lae. In; From Rio to Rai.
Edited by D. Gladman, D. Mowbray and John Duguman. Waigani: University of Papua
New Guinea Press. Volume 1. pp. 63-64.
Baessler, Arthur
1900. Neue Sudsee-Bilder. Berlin: Verlag Georg Reimer.
Baker, Leigh.
1976. Community Service Committee Project Survey Report: Ogeramnang, Bulum
Valley. Lae: Rotary Club
Baker, Leigh.
1976. New Library Buildings - University of Technology library Building stage
II. Toktok Bilong Hausbuk. Volume 16 :11-12.
Bakhta, V.M.
1957. Proizvoditel'nye sily Papuasov Zaliva Astroliabiia. (Material Culture of
Papuans at Astrolabe Bay) In; Okeanskii Ethnograficheskii Sbornik. pp.
213-251. Moskva, Akademia Nauk SSSR.
Bamler, Georg.
1900. Bemerkungen zur Grammatik der Tamisprache (und Vokabular).
Zeitschrift fur Africkanische und Oceanische Sprachen 5: 198-216,
217-253.
Bamler, Georg.
1942. Bootsbau auf Siassi. Mitteilunablatt der Gesellschaft fur Volkerkunde
(Leipzig); 11: pp.56-73.
Bamler, Georg.
1928. Dancing. In; Territory of Papua New Guinea Anthropological Report
Number. 3. Edited by E.W.P. Chinnery. pp-42-25.
Bamler, Georg.
1898 Die Tami - Inseln. Petermanns Geographische Mitteilungen, 44 :
105-106.
Bamler, Georg
1913. Padaoik der Tami. Abhandlungen der Naturhistorischen Gesellschaft,
Nurnburg, Beilage zur Festschrift ; Anthropoloen Kongress Nurnberg; pp. 20-24
Bamler, Georg.
1928. The Mayaw (Maaw) In; Territory of Papua New Guinea Anthropological
Report Number 3. Edited by E.W.P. Chinnery. pp. 27-29
Bamler, Georg.
1911. Tami. In; Neuhauss, Deutsche Neu-Guinea volume 3: 489-566.
Berlin: Dietrich Reimer A.G. 3 volumes. pp. 534, 336, 572.
Bangs, R.
1978. Running the Watut. Paradise. Volume 16: 5-7.
Bannick, Alphonse Kapuma.
1989. Study of relative profitability of beef cattle and arable cropping in
the Markham valley, Papua New Guinea. M.Agric. thesis. University of
Melbourne.
Baessler, A.
1900. Neue Sudeebilder, Berlin, Verlag Georg Reimer
Barlow, B.A.
1971. Viscum Katikianum (Viscaceae) a new species of mistletoe from New
Guinea. Transactions of the Royal Society of South Australia. 95 (1):
53-54.
Barrau, Jacques.
1954. Traditional subsistence economy and agricultural progress in Melanesia.
South Pacific Commission, Quarterly Bulletin. 4 (3) : 2-7.
Barrau, Jacques.
1955. Subsistence agriculture in Melanesia. South Pacific Commission. Noumea.
New Caledonia. Also published as Prince Pauahi Bernice P. Bishop Museum
Bulletin no. 219.
Barret, Charles. ed.
1954. Isles of the sun. (forward by Brigadier D.M. Cleland. Melbourne:
Heinneman Ltd.
Barret, Don.
1957. Cocoa in New Guinea. Walkabout 23 (10 ): 14-16.
Baskett, . G.
1979. Golden lining. Paradise. Volume 17: 5-7.
Baumgarten, A.
1967. Distribution of the group specific (GC) serum component in the Markham
Valley, New Guinea. American Journal of Physical Anthropology. 26 (1):
79-84.
Bearup, A.J. et.al.
1950. Parasitological Report. In; Report of the New Guinea Nutritional
Survey Expedition 1947. (part 6): 177-199. Sydney: Government Printer.
Bearup, A.J. et.al.
1950. Parasitoloical Report of the New Guinea Nutritional Survey Expedition
1947. Medical Journal of Australia. Volume 1: 724-732.
Beck, Rollo H.
1929. A collector in the land of the birds of Paradise. Natural History,
American Museum of Natural History Journal 29 (6): 563-578.
Beehler, Bruce M.
1977. Historical changes in the avifauna of the Wau Valley. Emu. Vol.
78: 61-64.
Beehler, Bruce M.
1980. Marvels of Morobe. Paradise Volume 25: 20-25.
Beehler, Bruce M.
1978. Upland birds of northeastern New Guinea: a guide to the hill and
mountain birds of Morobe Province; illustrated by William J. Adams. Wau: Wau
Ecology Institute.
Behrendorff, Len.
1979. Not a Dull moment. Northeast New Guinea. 1 (3&4) : 79-84
Behrendorff, Len.
1979. Taim bilong Bikpela Samting. (Summary) Northeast New Guinea. 1
(3&4): 85-88.
Behrendorff, L.
1975. Personal experiences immediately prior to the Japanese invasion of New
Guinea. Part two. Journal of the Morobe District Historical Society. 3
(1): 63-71
Behrendorff, L.
1975. Personal experiences immediately prior to the Japanese invasion of New
Guinea. Part one. Journal of the Morobe District Historical Society. 2
(3): 28-36.
Behrendorff, L.
1976. Personal experiences immediately prior to the Japanese invasion of New
Guinea. Part three. Journal of the Morobe District Historical Society. 3
(3): 30-36.
Behrmann, Walter.
1924. Das Westliche Kaiser Wilhelmsland in Neuguinea. Zeitschrift der
Gesellschaft fur Erdkunde zu Berlin Erganzungsheft 1,
Behrmann, Walter.
1927. Das Zentralebirge Neuguineas im Westlichen Kaiser Wilhelmsland,
Mitteilungen aus den Deutschen Schutzgebieten 35, pp. 3-43.
Behrmann, Walter
1956. Der Weiten Welt Wunder: Erlebnisse eines Geographen in Fern und Nah.
Berlin, Walter der Gruyter.
Behrmann, Walter.
1919. Detzner's Forschunen in Neuguinea. Zeitschrift der Gasellschaft fur
Erdkunde zu Berlin. pp. 371 - 376.
Benedict, Ruth.
1938. Religion. In; General Anthropology. Edited by Franz Boas. Boston:
D.C. Heath and Co. pp. 27- 665.
Bengo, Paul. (translated by S. Lohia)
1977. Lau egu tamana goldfield dekenai Second World is hamatamaia. Oral
History. 5 (4): 97-100.
Bengo, Paul.
1973. My father on the goldfields and at the outbreak of the Second World War.
Oral History. Volume 3: 2-8.
Bennigsen, Rudolf von.
1900 Bericht uber eine Dienstreise des Kaiserlichen Gouverneurs von Deutsche
Neuguinea Deutsche Kolonialbaltt 11: pp. 637-641
Bennigsen, Rodolf von.
1900 Ueber eine Expedition im Hinterland von Fried. Wilhelmshafen und
Stephansort, Deutsche Kolonialblatt 11: pp. 324-326.
Bennigsen, Rudolf von.
1901. Reise des Gouverneurs nach dem Suden von Deutsche Neuguinea. Deutsche
Kolonialbaltt 12: 282-283.
Bennigsen, Rudolf von.
1901. Reise des Gouverneurs von Bennigsen nach Deutsche Neuguinea. Deutsche
Kolonialbaltt, 12: 631-633.
Bennigsen, Rudolf von.
1900. Reisebericht des Gouverneurs von Bennigsen Deutsche Kolonialbaltt
11: 752-759
Berhaussen
1913. Besuch der Kustendorfer in Kaiser Wilhemland von der Dorfinsel bis zu den
Herzoseen. Amstbaltt fur das Schutzgebiet Deutsche Neuguinea 5 (9) :
79-81.
Berghaussen,
1911. Ein Kampf mit Berstammen des Finisterre-ebires. Deutsche
Kolonialblatt 22; 53-54, 132-133
Berhaussen
1912. Expedition nach dem Markham Amstbaltt fur das Schtzebiet Deutsche
Neuguinea 4(1) 1912 pp.5-7, also in Deutsche Kolonialblatt 22, 1912
pp.348-349.
Bergmann, G.
1974. The first decade at Boana: 1932-1940. Journal of the Morobe District
Historical Society. 2 (2): 5-16.
Bergmann, Imgard.
1977. Rings umden Saruwaged : eine Erzahlung aus Papua Neuguinea.
Neuendettelsau: Friemund.
Bernatzik, Hugo Adolf.
1935. Sudee: Travels in the South Seas. London : Constable (Translated by V.
Oilvie)
Bhattia, K.K. et.al.
1989. HLA heterozygosity and hyperreactive malarious splenomealy in Upper
Watut Valley of Papua New Guinea. Papua New Guinea Medical Journal. 32
(4): 277-286.
Bhattia, K. et.al.
1992. Red cell enzyme and serum protein types in the Watut Anga of Papua New
Guinea. Ann. Hum. Biology. 19 (3): 293-302.
Biddulph, John.
1962. Furazolidone in the treatment of gastroenteritis in Children. Papua
and New Guinea Medical Journal Volume 6: 9-12.
Bijlmer, Hendricus Johannes Tobias.
1929. Frizzly-haired people in the Pacific, especially those of Netherlands
East Indies. Fourth Pacific Science Congress, 1929, Java. Proceedings of the
4th Pacific Science Congress. Volume 3: pp. 147-156.
Bird, N.M.
1947. How N.G.V.R. Hung on near Mubo, in 1942 (part 1) Harrying Japs behind
Salamaua in 1942 (part 2) Pacific Islands Monthly. 18 (1): 62-64, 66,
(2): 38,40, 51-52.
Birrell, E.
1973. Early New Guinea through a woman's eyes. Journal of Morobe District
Historical Society. 1 (2): 15-18.
Biskup, P.
1968. Hermann Detzner: New Guinea's first coast watcher. Journal of the
Papua New Guinea Society. 2 (1): 5-21.
Bjerre, Jens.
1958. Last Cannibals. London: Pan Books.
Bjerre, Jens.
1959. Les derniers cannibales. Paris: Buchet/Chastel Correa.
Bjerre, Jens.
1959 De laaste kannibalen in Nieuw Guinea. Amsterdam: Scheltens and Giltav
Bjorkman, Doris. et.al.
1992. Nevoz ne kaponiz hahokazat dede rvohokaz tep mamogat 3 = alphabet book
pre primer 3: Kunimaipa language, Hate Dialect. Ukarumpa: Summer Institute of
Linguistics.
Black, Robert H.
1955. Malaria control in the southwest Pacific. South Pacific Volume 8:
56-59, 61.
Blackwood, Beatrice.
1939. Folk-stories of a Stone Age people in New Guinea. Folklore. 50
(3): 209-242.
Blackwood, Beatrice.
1978. Kukukuku of the Upper Watut; edited from her published articles and
unpublished field-notes and with an introduction by C.R. Hallpike. Oxford:
Oxford University Pitt Rivers Museum (Monograph Series Number 2.
Blackwood, Beatrice.
1939. Life on the upper Watut, New Guinea. Geographical Journal. 94 (1):
11-28.
Blackwood, Beatrice.
1950. The technology of a modern Stone age people in New Guinea. Pitt Rivers
Museum Occasional Papers on Technology Number 3. Oxford: Oxford University
Press.
Blackwood, Beatrice.
1939. Use of plants among the Kukukuku of southeast Central New Guinea.
Sixth Pacific Science Congress 1939 Proceedings. California. Volume 4:
111-126.
Blanchard, R.
1933. Chemical Migration: Post-Mine Redistribution of Gold and Silver in New
Guinea. Engineering and Mining Journal. 134 (10): 425-428.
Blanchard, R.
1933. Chemical Migration: Post-mine phenomena in New Guinea. Engineering
and Mining Journal. 134 (9): 365-368.
Bloom, A. L.
1974. Quaternary sea level fluctuations on a tectonic coast: new 230th/234U
dates from the Huon Peninsula, New Guinea. Quaternary Research. Vol. 4:
185-205.
Bodrogi, Tibor.
1961. Art of Northeast New Guinea. Budapest: Hungarian Academy of Sciences.
Bodrogi, Tibor.
1955. Art in New Guinea, III: Wooden bowls from the Huon Gulf region.
Neprajzi Ertesito. 37: 243-255.
Bodrogi, Tibor.
1956. Art in New Guinea IV: Tago masks from the Tami islands. Acta
Ethnographica. 13 (1-2): 189-193.
Bodrogi, Tibor.
1951. Colonization and Religious Movements in Melanesia. Acta
Ethnographica. 2: 259-292.
Bodrogi, Tibor.
1969. Data regarding the Ethnography of Umboi and the Siassi islands,
Northeast New Guinea. Acta Ethnographica 18: 187-228.
Bodrogi, Tibor.
1962-63. Die Kunst in Nordost Neuguinea. In; Wissenschaftlichen Zeitschrift
der Humboldt Universitat zu Berlin, Gesellschafts -und Sprach
wissenschaftliche Reihe J.G. Volume 11: 489-498, abb. 1-11.
Bodrogi, Tibor.
1959. Oceanien Art. Budapest: Corvina, Ethnographic Museum.
Bodrogi, Tibor
1958. `Schollenschlagel' aus dem Nordosten Neuguineas. Acta
Ethnographica. 6: 243-245.
Bodrogi, Tibor.
1953. Some notes on the ethnography of New Guinea.II. Bast Shields from the
Huon Gulf region. Acta Ethnographica 3 (1- 4) : 91-184.
Bodrogi, Tibor.
1949. Yabim Drums in the Biro collection. Folio Ethnographica 1(2-4):
205-222.
Boerner, M.
1970. Paddy Rice Project: Markham Valley, Morobe District, Papua New Guinea.
South Pacific Bulletin. 20 (3): 1-15, 36.
Boerner, Martin.
1979. My first term in New Guinea. 1931-1940. Northeast New Guinea. 1(3
& 4): 13-21.
Boerner, Martin.
1979. Nambawan taim bilong mi long Niugini. Northeast New Guinea. 1
(3&4): 22-28.
Bonaparte, Roland Napoleon.
1888. La Nouvelle - Guinee, Ive notice, Le Golfe Huon. Paris: imprime pour
l'auteur.
Bonaparte, Roland Napoleon.
1888. Le golfe Huon. (His la Nouvelle-Guinee 4. Notice) Paris: L'auteur.
Bonaparte, Roland Napoleon.
1885-88. Notices sur la Nouvelle Guinee. Paris: Versailles: Imprime
pour l'auter.
Booth, D.R.
1952. History of the gold mining industry in the Morobe District. Papua New
Guinea Scientific Society Annual Report. Page 20-22.
Booth, D. R.
1929. Mountains gold and cannibals. Sydney: Cornstalk Publications Company.
Booth, P.B.
1968. Further example of sub-group A2 in a Melanesian. Papua New Guinea
Medical Journal. 11 (1): page 22.
Booth, P.B. et.al.
1972. Gerbich blood group system in New Guinea II. The Morobe District and
North Papuan Coast. Human Biology in Oceania. 1 (4): 259-266.
Borch, R. von der.
1937. Non-epidemic typhus: a report on fourteen cases occurring on the
goldfields, Wau, Mandated Territory of New Guinea, between January 1 1935 and
June 30th 1936. Medical Journal of Australia. 1: 235-439.
Botsman, P.B.
1972. English language teaching in the Papua New Guinea Institute of
Technology. South Pacific Bulletin. 22 (2): 29-30
Bottrill, A.M.
1954. The difference between the government and the governed. South
Pacific. Volume 7: 901-903.
Bowman, Robert G.
1946. Army farms and agricultural development in the southwest Pacific.
Geographical Review. Volume 36: 420-446.
Bowman, Robert G.
1948. Prospects for settlement in northeastern New Guinea. In; .W. Martin
(ed). Studies in Natural History State University of Iowa, Volume 19:
Number 1. Study series no. 419.
Boxwell, H.
1966. Weri phonemes in Linguistic Circle of Canberra Publications. Series A.
Occasional Papers no. 7. Papers in New Guinea Linguistics no. 5:
77-93.
Boxwell, H.
1967. Weri pronoun system. Linguistics; International Review. Number
29: 34-43
Boxwell, Maurice. et.al.
1976. Weri ilar ngonot. Weri legend book; illustrated by Aria Maip. Ukarumpa:
Summer Institute of Linguistics.
Brandshaw, J.
1978. Multi-lingualism and language mixture among the Numbami. Kivung.
11 (1): 26-49.
Braithwaite, J.B.
1938. Gold mining in New Guinea: review of recent developments in reef and
alluvial mining: the future. Chemical Engineering and Mining Review.
Pages 167-173.
Brandt, Thomas Roland
1981. Survey of physical fitness and motor skills of upper elementary school
Morobe boys in Papua New Guinea. M.A. thesis. University of Oregon.
Brass, L.J.
1964. Results of the Archbold Expeditions. No.86: summary of the sixth
Archbold expedition to New Guinea (1959). Bulletin of the American Museum of
Natural History 127 (4): 149-215.
Braun,
1932. Das Kaiser-Wilhelms-land: eine landeskundliche Studie. Koloniale
Rundschau. Volume 24: 97-193.
Braun, Fred.
1937. South of the Equator: A brief history of the Lutheran Mission, Madang.
Columbus (Ohio): Lutheran Book Concern.
Braun, F. et.al.
1937. On both sides of the Equator. Columbus, Ohio: The Lutheran Book
Concern.
Braybrooke, J.C.
1968. Geological investigation of the Boana access road, Morobe Province. Port
Moresby: Department of Lands, Surveys and Mines. (Geological and
Volcanological Branch Note on Investigation Number. 68414)
Braybrooke, J.C.
1968. Geological investigation of the proposed Middle Watut Road, Morobe
District, Territory of Papua New Guinea. Port Moresby: Department of Lands,
Surveys and Mines. (Geological and Volcanological Branch Note on Investigation
Number. 68413)
Bridge, Cyprian.
1885. Berichte von Englischen Offizieren von den Kusten von
Kaiser-Wilhelmsland. Nachrichten aus dem Kaiser Wilhelmsland. Volume 1:
11-17.
Britain, Norman.
1951. Contact influence in New Guinea. M.A. Thesis. University of Chicago.
Brookfield, Harold C.
1960. Cash cropping in practice. Nation Number 51:8-9
Brookfield, Harold C.
1958. The forest industries of New Guinea. Geography (London) 43 (3) :
210-212
Brookfield, Harold C.
1962. Local study and comparative method: an example form central New Guinea.
Association of American Geographers Annals 52 : 242 - 254.
Brown, Paula.
1963. From anarchy to satrapy. American Anthropologists. Volume 65:
1-15.
Brown, W.C. et.al.
1986. New lizard of the enus Emoia (scincidae) from Morobe Province.
Bernice Pauahi Bishop Museum Occasional Paper . Volume 26: 47-51
Brown, Monty.
19---? Phonics program. Lae: Lae English Teachers Association. Compiled for
Lae English Teachers Association. A manuscript held in the New Guinea
Collection.
Brunton, P. Desmond.
1980. Evaluation of agricultural loans: a case study of Development Bank
financed cattle projects in the Markham Valley of Papua New Guinea. Canberra:
Development Studies Center. Australia National University.
Bryce, G.
1938. Memorandum on development of native agriculture: report on inspection of
the Markham valley. In; Parliamentary Report of the Committee appointed to
investigate a new site for the administrative headquarters of the Territory of
New Guinea. 701-706 (appendix D)
Bugenhagen, R.
1989. Modality in Mangap-Mbula: an exploration of its syntax and semantics.
Language and Linguistics in Melanesia. 20 (1/2): 9-39.
Buhler, Alfred.
1946-1949 Steingerate, Steinskulpturen und Freiszichnunen aus Melanesien
und Polynesien. Anthropos Volume 41-44 : 225-274, 577-606.
Bulolo Gold Dredging, Limited (Incorporated in British Columbia)
Report and Statement of Accounts. Vancouver: The Company.
Buleka, Joe.
1986. Site investigation of a mini hydro scheme at Finschhafen, Morobe
Province. Konedobu: Department of Minerals and Energy. (Geological Survey of
Papua New Guinea Report Number. 86/24)
Bunn, Gordon. et.al.
1970. Papers in New Guinea Linguistics Number. 11. Canberra: Department of
Linguistics, Research School of Pacific Studies, Australian National
University.
Burce, Amy Elizabeth.
1992. Gender and Ritual Among the Waria valley. A paper read at the Symposium
on Religious Revivals in Melanesia. New Orleans, Virginia. February 19-22.
Association for Social Anthropologist in Oceania. (ASAO).
Burce, Amy Elizabeth.
1983. Knowledge and work: ideology, inequality, and social processes in the
Waria Valley, Papua New Guinea. Ph.D. thesis. Stanford University.
Burce, Willard. 1970. Cargo cult: a response of continuing imperatives. A
paper read at the Martin Luther Seminary. Lae: Lutheran Mission Archives,
Ampo.
Busujima, Kaoru.
1975. Japanese Lae field hospital and the retreat to Wewak. Journal of the
Morobe District Historical Society. 2 (3): :12-16.
Busujima, Kaoru.
1979. Japanese Lae field hospital and the retreat to Wewak. Northeast New
Guinea 1(1): 18-21.
Cadien, J.D.
1971. A Note on Genetic Drift in New Guinea. Human Biology in Oceania.
1(2): 140-143.
Cahill, Peter Henry
1972. Chinese in Rabaul. M.A. thesis. History Department, University of Papua
New Guinea.
Campbell, A.J.
1943. How central New Guinea was evacuated. Pacific Islands Monthly. 14
(4): 23-25.
Cantor, A.S.
1943. Markham river near Lae. Walkabout 9 (12): 30-31.
Capell, Arthur.
1940/1941. Language study for New Guinea students. Oceania 11: 40-74,
13:281. (corrections and additions) reprinted as Oceania Monograph number 5.
Capell, Arthur.
1954. A linguistics survey of the southwestern Pacific. South Pacific
Commission Technical Paper, Number 70.
Capell, Arthur.
1962. A linguistics survey of the southwestern Pacific. South Pacific
Commission Technical Paper, Number 136. (revised edition).
Capell, Arthur.
1952. Methods and materials for recording Papuan and New Guinean languages.
Department of Education, Territory of Papua and New Guinea. Official Research
Publication Number 2. Sydney: Government Printer.
Capell, Arthur.
1932/1933. The structure of the Oceanic languages. Oceania 3:
418-434.
Capell, Arthur.
1949/1950.Two tonal languages of New Guinea. London: University of London,
School of Oriental and African Studies Bulletin Volume 13: 184-199.
Carlaw, R.W.
1962. Aid Posts in the Territory of Papua and New Guinea. Australian
Territories. 2(2): 36-39
Carswell, J.T.
1990. Wau Gold Deposits. In; Geology of the Mineral Deposit of Australia
and Papua New Guinea. Edited by F.E. Hayes. Melbourne: The Australasian
Institute of Mining and Metallurgy. pp. 1763-1767.
Carson, H. L. et.al.
1982. Drosophilidae of New Guinea. In; Biogeography and Ecology of New
Guinea. Edited by J.L. Gressitt. Pp. 675-688.
Casey, D.A.
1934. An uncommon type of stone implement from Australia and New Guinea.
Victoria: National Museum Memoirs. Volume 8: 94-99.
Catley, A.
1963. Papua and New Guinea Scientific Society Transactions. Volume no.
4: 10-12.
Cayley-Webster, Herbert.
1898. Through New Guinea and the cannibal countries. London: T. Fisher Unwin.
Ceder, Sune. et.al.
1993. Dedua meefai kibi 1-2. Revised edition. Ukarumpa: Summer Institute of
Linguistics.
Centurion, Diosnel
1991. Review of the Radio Morobe Project `halivim wok kamap' by the
Development Broadcast Unit. A review on Radio Morobe project was conducted by
Fr. D. Centurion SVD in Morobe Province on 11th April - 16 May 1991. pp.
1-28.
Chakravarti, Papiya.
1987. Marriage and family life of the Busama and Bukawa of Morobe Province. A
manuscript held in the New Guinea Collection.
Chakravarti, Papiya.
1985. Marriage and family life of the Selepet of Morobe Province. A manuscript
held in the New Guinea Collection.
Chalmers, James
1887. Pioneering in New Guinea. London: The Religious Track Society.
Chalmers, James.
1890. Report on the Australasian Papuan, and Polynesian races. New Guinea.
Toaripi and Koiari Tribes. Australian and New Zealand Association for the
Advancement of Science (ANZAAS) Report of the 2nd meeting. Melbourne. pp.
311-323.
Chambers, D.G.N.
1975. Leron River Customs: Awara, Bungam and the Rumu. Journal of the Morobe
District Historical Society. 3 (2): page 53.
Chambers, D.G.N.
1941. Customs of the people living in the Awarra, Wantoat, and Bungam native
districts, Morobe District. Report to the League of Nations on the
Administration of the Territory of New Guinea for 1939-1940. pages
20-21.
Chambers, Marcus R.
1984. Environmental policies in Papua New Guinea. A paper read at the
Environmental workshop at the Wau Ecology Institute. October 22-26.
Chambers, Marcus. R.
1984. Development and Environment in Papua New Guinea. A paper prepared for
the Environmental Workshop, held at the Wau Ecology Institute, October 22-26
1984.
Chan, Julius.
198--? Papua New Guinea. National Parliament. Statement to the National
Parliament on progress of implementation of matters contained in the report of
matters contained in Report of the Commission of Inquiry into matters in Morobe
Provincial Government. Lae: Morobe Provincial Government.
Chan, Julius.
1981. Speech at the function hosted by the National Alliance Government in
honor of the Morobe Province. 25 March 1981. Port Moresby: Office of
Information. Papua New Guinea Department of the Prime Minister.
Chan, Julius.
198--? Statement to the National Parliament on progress of implementation of
matters contained in the Report of the Commission of Inquiry into matters in
Morobe Provincial Government. Lae: Morobe Provincial Government.
Chappell, J.
1974. Geology of coral terraces, Huon Peninsula, New Guinea: a study of
quarterly tectonic movements and sea level changes. Geological Society of
America Bulletin. Vol. 85: 553-570.
Chappell, J.M.A.
1973. Geology of coral terraces on Huon Peninsula. Ph.D. Thesis. Australian
National University.
Chappell, J. et.al.
1996. Late Quaternary Coseismic Uplift History of Huon Peninsula, Papua New
Guinea. Quarterly Science Review. Vol. 15: 7-22.
Charles, A. W.
1963 Tea Processing in Garaina. Australian Territories. 3(1): 29-33
Cheesman, Lucy Evelyn.
1943. The Island of New Guinea. Nature. Volume 152: 41-43.
Chemical Engineering and Mining Review.
1928. Bulolo Goldfields, New Guinea. Chemical Engineering and Mining
Review. 20 (233): 153-63
Chemical Engineering and Mining Review.
1927. New Guinea Gold. Chemical Engineering and Mining Review. 20
(230): page 56.
Chemical Engineering and Mining Review.
1928. New Guinea Goldfields. Chemical Engineering and Mining Review. 20
(233): 153-156.
Chemical Engineering and Mining Review.
1938. Road to New Guinea Goldfields. Chemical Engineering and Mining
Review. 30 (358): page 392.
Chinnery, E.W. Pearson.
1934. The Central Ranges of the Mandated Territory of New Guinea from Mt.
Chapman to Mt. Hagen. Geographical Journal Volume 84: 398-412.
Chinnery, E.W. Pearson.
1926. Certain natives in South New Britain and of Dampier Straits. Melbourne:
Government Printer.
Chinnery, E.W. Pearson.
1928. Certain natives in south New Britain and Dampier Straits. In;
Territory of New Guinea Anthropological Report Number 3.
Chinnery, E.W. Pearson.
1934. Mountain tribes. Australian Board of Mission Review. 21 (6):
115-118.
Chinnery, E.W. Pearson.
1934. Mountain tribes of the mandated Territory of New Guinea from Mount
Chapman to Mount Hagen., Man. Volume 34: 113-121.
Chinnery, E. W. Pearson.
1931. Natives of Waria, Williams and Bialolo watershed. Territory of New
Guinea Anthropological Report Number 4. Canberra: Government Printer.
Chinnery, E. W. Pearson.
1928. Natives of Waria, Williams and Bialolo watershed. Territory of New
Guinea Anthropological Report Number . 3. Canberra: Government Printer.
Chinnery, E.W. Pearson.
1925. Notes on the natives. Report to the League of Nations on the
administration of the Territory of New Guinea for 1923-1924. Pages 7-16.
Chinnery, E.W. Pearson.
1925. Notes taken in Northeast New Guinea. In: Territory of New Guinea.
Anthropological Report Number 1: 32-52.
Chinnery, E.W. Pearson.
1925. Some physical measurements of natives of certain Districts of the
Mandated Territory of New Guinea. In; Territory of New Guinea.
Anthropological Report Number 1: 87-97.
Chinnery, E.W. Pearson.
1919. Stone work and goldfields in British New Guinea. Royal
Anthropological Institute of Great Britain and Ireland Journal. Volume
49: 271-191.
Chinnery, E.W. Pearson.
1925. Vocabulary of native languages. Report to the League of Nations on
the Administration of the Territory of New Guinea. for 1923-1924. pp.
88-92. (App. B)
Christensen, Dieter.
1957. Die Musik der Kate und Sialum: Beitrage zur Ethnographie Neuguineas.
Ph.D. Thesis. Frei Universitat.
Christensen, Erwin O.
1955. The South Seas and Australia. In; Primitive Art. Chapter 5:
265-312. New York: Thomas Y. Crowell..
Christensen, Rosalie.
1975. Madang and Siassi. Madang: Madang Teachers College.
Claassen, Oren. et.al.
1970. Languages of the Finisterre Range, New Guinea. In; Papers in New
Guinea Linguistics Number. 11. Edited by Gordon Bunn. Canberra: Department
of Linguistics, Research School of Pacific Studies, Australian National
University. pp. 45-60
Clark, D.S.
1991. Sunday School as a vehicle for literacy. Read. 26 (1): 17-20.
Cleland, D.W.
1954. The administrator views of New Guinea development. South Pacific.
7: 854-858.
Clements, M.A.
1996. Vanilla hirsuta (orchidaceae), a new species from Papua New Guinea.
Lasiantherera 1 (1): 46-49.
Cilento, Raphael W.
1932. The value of medical services in relation to problems of depopulation.
Medical Journal of Australia. Volume 2: 480-483.
Cilento, Raphael W.
1932. The value of medical services in relation to problems of depopulation.
Pacific Islands Monthly. 3(7): 35, 38-39, 42.
Cloutier, Guy.
1982. Low cost housing: no such thing in Lae?. A paper read at the seminar on
Objectives of building Regulations for Housing. Department of Architecture,
University of Technology.
Clune, Frank.
1951. Some where in New Guinea: a companion for prowling through Papua.
Sydney: Angus and Robertson.
Coady, C. F.
1962. The BullDog Wau Road. Australian Territories. 2 (5): 36-42
Coady, C. F.
1971. Coffee in Wau 43 years ago. New Guinea Bulletin. 12 (2):
Coldham, J.C.
1928. Reconnaissance Map of the Bulolo Goldfields, Territory of New Guinea.
Proceedings of the Australian Institute of Mining and Metallurgy. Volume
71: 73-79.
Comrie, P.
1877. Anthropological notes on New Guinea. Anthropological Institute of
Great Britain and Ireland Journal. Volume 6: 102-119.
Commonwealth War Graves Commission.
1968. Some pictures of Commonwealth War Cemeteries, 1914, 1918, 1939-1945.
London: Commonwealth War Graves Commission. (Their name liveth vol. 6. pt.2)
Conroy, W.L.
1961. Agricultural extension work in Papua and New Guinea. South Pacific
Bulletin Quarterly Bulletin. 11 (4): 49-53.
Conroy, W.L. et.al.
1950. Native agriculture in Papua and New Guinea. In; Report of the New
Guinea Nutrition Survey Expedition. 1947 (part 3) Sydney: Government
Printer. ). Pages 72-91.
Conroy, W.L.
1953. Notes on some land use problems in Papua and New Guinea. South
Pacific. 645-651.
Conroy, W.L.
1952. Notes on some land use problems in Papua and New Guinea. Australian
Geographer. 6(2): 25-30.
Conyers, Diana.
1974. District planning process - the Morobe Experience. A paper presented at
the Canberra Growth Center Seminar January 21-22.
Conyers, Diana.
1973. Preliminary Report on Growth Centres in Morobe District.
Costelloe, J.A.
1940. Customs of the Wain and Naba natives (Morobe District). Report to the
League of Nations on the administration of the Territory of New Guinea for
1939-1940. pages 22-23.
Cotte, Eric.
19--? Morobe Provincial Cultural Centre: Project Report. Lae: Morobe Cultural
Centre Committee.
Cotter, Helen. et.al.
1958. Haemoglobin in some Pacific native groups. Medical Journal of
Australia. Volume 2 : 603-605.
Coote, Eric.
1977. Northeast New Guinea and the Tami. Lae: University of Technology.
Coote, E.
1976. View from Tami Island and its people, part 1. Journal of Morobe
District Historical Society. 3 (3): 38-45.
Cooke, John.
1983. Working in Papua New Guinea, 1931-1946. [Upper Mt. Gravatt, Qld ] : Lara
Publications.
Cowan, H.K.J.
1953. De aanduiding der objects - relatie bijhet werkwoord in Papua-talen.
Bijdraen tot de tall-, land-en volkenkunde, 109: 128-143.
Cragg, S.M.
1982. Coastal resources and the Umboi logging project: an environmental impact
study. Waigani: Office of Environment and Conservation.
Craggs, E.M. et.al.
1958. The Blood groups of the Kukukuku. Oceania. 29 (1): 67-70.
Crane, G. et.al.
1972. Effect of Malaria control on haematological parameters in the Kaiapit
Subdistrict. Papua New Guinea Medical Journal 16 (3): 1567-167
Crane, G. et.al.
1985. Malaria and tropical Splenomealy syndrome in the Anga of Morobe
Province. Papua New Guinea Medical Journal 28 (1): 27-34.
Crindland, C.
1996. Smoked bodies of Bulolo. Pacific Islands Monthly. 66 (2):
32-33.
Crocombe, Ron.
1963. The Erap Mechanical farming project. Canberra: Australian National
University, New Guinea Research Unit. (New Guinea Research Bulletin Number.
1.)
Crouch, P. R.
1982. Stronyloides fulleborni - like infections in Anga children. Papua New
Guinea Medical Journal. 25 (3): 164-165.
Crouch, Stanton.
1956. Markham River. A manuscript copy held in the New Guinea Collection.
Curle, James Herbert.
1937. Face of the Earth. London: Methuen
Curtain, C. C. et.al.
1962. Distribution pattern, population genetics and anthropological
significance of Thalasse mia and abnormal heamaglobins in Melanesia.
American Journal of Physical Anthropology. 20 (4): 475-484
Curtain, C. C.
1964. Haptoglobins and transferring in Melanesia: relation to hemoglobin,
serum Haptoglobins and serum iron levels in population groups in Papua New
Guinea. American Journal of Physical Anthropology. 23 (4): 363-380.
Curtain, C. C. et.al.
1965. Malaria antibody and gamma globulin levels in Melanesian children in New
Guinea. Transactions of the Royal Society of Tropical Medical Hygiene.
59 (1): 42-45.
Dalton, K. J.
1979. Chimbu people under pressure: the social impact of urbanization.
Canberra: Center for Resources and Environmental Studies, Australian National
University.
Damm, Hans.
1951. Methoden der Feldbewasserung in Ozienien. In; Sudeseestudien,
Edenkschrift zur Erinnerun an Felix Speiser: pp. 205-234. Basel, Museum
fur Volkerkunde und Schweizerisches Museum fur Volkerkunde, Jahrbuch, 11(1952)
pages 91-98.
Damm, Hans.
1959. Die sogennanten Haarkorbchen und verwandter Kopfputz in Melanesien.
Acta Ethnologica. Volume 8: 63-83.
Damm, Hans.
1961. Die Susskartoffel (Batate) im leben der Volker Neu-Guineas.
Zeitschrift fur Ethnologie. Volume 86: 208-223.
Damm, Hans
1962. Alte Steinerate aus Melanesien und von den Samoa-Inseln. Leipzig.
Museum fur Volkerkunde, Jahrbuch. Volume 19: pages 8-26.
Dangeng, M.
1980. Preliminary micro-hydro electric survey for Aseki station. Lae:
Department of Electrical and Communication Engineering, University of
Technology.
Das, D.K.
1989. Resource use efficiency in small holder cattle projects. In; R.C. Malik
(ed.) Small Holder Animal Production in Papua New Guinea. Lae :
University of Technology. pp. 56-61
Das, D.K.
1988. Employment and income generation in small holder broiler farming. In;
Maximizing Animal Production in Papua New Guinea. Lae: University of
Technology. pp. 112-120.
David C. Cook Foundation.
1992. Mak, aposel, galesia pilipai,: Mark, Acts, Galatians and Phillipians in
the Hote language, Morobe Province. Ukarumpa: Summer Institute of
Linguistics.
Davies, Hugh. L.
1963. Geology of the Papua Belt, with particular reference to the Bowutu
mountains and Ajura Kuhjura Range. M.Sc. Thesis. University of Western
Australia.
Davies, H.
1981. Sialum: the giant's staircase. Paradise. Volume 32: 29-30.
Davis, D.R.
1969. Distinctive features of Wantoat phonemes. Linguistics. Volume 47:
5-17.
Davis, D. R.
1965. Wantoat Clauses. MA thesis. University of Indiana.
Davis, D.R.
1961. Wantoat Phonemes and orthography. In; Workshop Papers. Summer
Institute of Linguistics New Guinea Branch, Ukarumpa. pages. 121-132.
Davis, D. R.
1963. Wantoat Verb system classes and affixation in verb studies in Five New
Guinea languages. Ukarumpa: Summer Institute of Linguistics. Publications in
Linguistics and Related Fields Number. 10. Oklahoma: pages 131-180.
Day, Murray.
1981. Interim results of study of the administration of urban lands in Lae
case study area - `Birdsville". In; Land Policy and Economic Development in
Papua New Guinea. Lae: Institute of National Affairs.
Day, S. R.
1986. Resistivity investigations for groundwater resources, Sasiang
development site, Morobe Province. Konedobu: Department of Minerals and
Energy.
Deacon, A.B.
1925. The Kahihan Society of Ceram and New Guinea initiation cults.
Folklore. Volume 36: 332-361.
De M-Maclay, R.W.
1983. Russian and other names on the Maclay coast, Papua New Guinea.
Newsletter of the Miklouho-Maclay Society of Australia. 4 (4): 2-7.
Decoto, L.A.
1930. Tapping a new old field of potential importance. Engineering and
Mining World. 1 (3): 134-135.
Demaitre, Edmond.
1935. L'enfer du Pacifique: chez les cannibales et les chercheurs d'or de la
Nouvelle Guinee. Paris. Bernard Grasset.
Dempwolff, Otto.
1905. Beitrage zur Kenntnis der Sprachen von Deutsche-Neu-Guinea. Berlin.
Universitat. Seminar fur Orientalische Sprahen zu Berlin, Mitteilungen.
Volume : 182-254.
Dempwolff, Otto.
1924/1925. Das Verwandtschaftssystem der Kate (Neu Guinea) Zeitschriftfur
Eingeborenen-Sprachen Volume 15: 65-73.
Dempwolff, Otto.
1902. Dedicinische Ans chauugen der Tami-Insular. Berlinger Gesellschaft fur
Anthropologie, Ethnologie und Urgeschichte, Verhandlungen : In; Zeitschrift
fur Ethnologie. 34: 333-336.
Dempwolff, Otto.
1919/1920. Ein Kulturbild aus Neuguinea. Zeitschrift fur Eineborenen
Sprachen. 10: 22-32.
Dempwolff, Otto.
1931. Einie Probleme der vergleichenden Erforschun de Sudee-Sprahen.
Anthropos. 26: 157-170.
Dempwolff, Otto.
1939. Grammatik der Jabem-Sprache auf Neu-Guinea. Hambug. Hansische
Universitat, Abhandlungen aus dem Gebiet der Auslandskunde. Volume 50:
Dempwolff, Otto.
1910/1911. Sagen und Marchen aus Bilibili. Baessler- Archiv. Volume 1:
63-102.
Detzner, Hermann
1933. Der Saruwaged und seine ostlichen und sudostlichen Anschlussgebire.
Kolonial Rundschau. Number 25 (Booklets, 8, 9, 10) 209-221.
Detzner, Hermann.
1919. Kruez-und Querzuge im Kaiser Wilhelmsland wahrend des Weltkriege
(Februar 14-bis November 1918). Mitteilunen aus den Deutsche
Schtzgebeieten. Volume 32: 4-19.
Detzner, Hermann.
1935. Moeurs et coutumes des papous : quartre ands chez les cannibales de la
Nouvelle Guinee. (1914-1918). Paris: Payot.
Detzner, Hermann.
1928. Stammesgemeinschaften im `zentralebie' von Deutsch-Neuguinea.
Mitteilunen aus den Deutsch Schutzgebeiten Volume 36: 112-130.
Detzner, Hermann.
1921. Vier Jahre unter Kannibalen, von 1914 bis zum Waffenstillstand unter
Innern von Neuguinea. Berlin. Scherl (3rd edition revised)
Deutsche Kolonialzeitung
1910. Aberlaube und Zauberei in Neuguinea. Deutsche Kolonialzeitung.
27(31) : 524.
Deutsche Kolonialzeitung
1913. Am Goldfluss von Kaiser Wilhelmsland. Deutsche Kolonialzeitung.
30 (23): 379.
Deutsche Kolonialzeitung
1893 Aus dem Schutzebiet der Neuguinea-Kompangie (mit illustrationen)
Deutsche Kolonialzeitung. 6(1)(new series): 9-10.
Deutsche Kolonialzeitung
1914. Aus dem Sudbezirk von Kaiser Wilhelmsland. Deutsche
Kolonialzeitung. 31:251.
Deutsche Kolonialzeitung
1886. Aus Kaiser Wilhelmsland (part 1); Aus Kaiser Wilhelmsland (part 2). `die
Sammlungen des Dr. Finsch'. Deutsche Kolonialzeitung. 3(6): 175-178,
(7): 221-222.
Deutsche Kolonialzeitung
1886. Aus Kaiser Wilhelmsland. Deutsche Kolonialzeitung. 4(4):
108-110.
Deutsche Kolonialzeitung
1887. Aus Neu-Guinea. Deutsche Kolonialzeitung. 4(13):415-417
Deutsche Kolonialzeitung
1908. Bermannische Unterscuhungen und renzreelungen in Deutsche-Neuguinea.
Deutsche Kolonialzeitung. 25(49): 856.
Deutsche Kolonialzeitung
1904. Bismarck-Archipel. Deutsche Kolonialzeitung 21(39): 391.
Deutsche Kolonialzeitung
1907. Das Guttapercha-und Kautschukunternehmen in Neu-Guinea. Deutsche
Kolonialzeitung 24(50): 521-522, (51): 537-538.
Deutsche Kolonialzeitung
1910. Die Guttapercha- und Kautschuk-Expedition. Deutsche
Kolonialzeitung. 27(6) : 93-94.
Deutsche Kolonialzeitung
1888. Die Neu-Guinea-Kompangie. Deutsche Kolonialzeitung. 1(43) (new
series): 158-159.
Deutsche Kolonialzeitung
1907. Erdbeben in Deutsche-Neuguinea. Deutsche Kolonialzeitung 24 (8) :
79.
Deutsche Kolonialzeitung
1904. Erwerbsgesellschaften in Deutschen Kolonien: Neu-Guinea-Kompangie.
Deutsche Kolonialzeitung 21(17): 169.
Deutsche Kolonialzeitung
1911. Expedition im Sudostlichen Kaiser Wilhelmsland Deutsche
Kolonialzeitung. 28 (36) : 609.
Deutsche Kolonialzeitung
1912. Expedition nach dem Bezirk Finschhafen. Deutsche Kolonialzeitung
29 (10): 153.
Deutsche Kolonialzeitung
1912. Expedition des Reichs-Kolonialamts und der Deutschen Kolonialesellschaft
zur Erforschung des Kaiserin-Augustastromes (Sepik) in Kaiser Wilhelmsland.
Deutsche Kolonialzeitung. 29(18): 291.
Deutsche Kolonialzeitung
1908. Guttapercha-und Kautschuk-Expedition in Neuguinea. Deutsche
Kolonialzeitung. 25(23) : 405.
Deutsche Kolonialzeitung
1894. Koloniale Rundschau - Sudsee. Deutsche Kolonialzeitung. 7(1) (new
series): 13.
Deutsche Kolonialzeitung
1891. Neu Guinea. Deutsche Kolonialzeitung.4(10) (new series): 136-137.
Deutsche Kolonialzeitung
1914. Sonderrecht fur Schurfen auf Erdol. Deutsche Kolonialzeitung.
31(12): 205.
Deutsche Kolonialzeitung
1913. Strafexpedition in Neuguinea. Deutsche Kolonialzeitung 30 (19):
320.
Deutsche Kolonialzeitung
1889. Sudsee: Uber Kaiser Wilhelmsland und die Schutzgebiet der
Neu-Guinea-Kompangie. Deutsche Kolonialzeitung. 2(2) new series):
12-13.
Deutsche Kolonialzeitung
1910. Sudsee-Expedition der Hamburgischen Wissenschaftlichen Stifung.
Deutsche Kolonialzeitung. 27(6) : 87-88.
Deutsche Kolonialzeitung
1912. Untaten der Eingeborenen von Neuguinea. Deutsche Kolonialzeitung.
29 (48) : 811.
Deutsche Kolonialzeitung
1886. Vom Kaiser Wilhelmsland und Bismarck-Archipel. Deutsche
Kolonialzeitung 3 (24) : 813-815.
Deutsche Kolonialzeitung
1908. Von der Guttapercha-Expedition in Neu-Guinea. Deutsche
Kolonialzeitung. 25 (10) : 158-159.
Diakonoff, A. et.al.
1976. New Species of Anathamna Meyrick (Lepidoptera, tortricidae) on Toona
Sureni in Papua New Guinea. Bulletin of Entomological Research. Volume
66: 401-404
Dick, G.
1976. Gold….. but no rush. Paradise. Volume 1: 6-8.
Douglas, J.
1980. Golden waters. Paradise. Volume 23: 9-12.
Douglas, R.M.
1970. Adult Pneumonia in Lae: 99 Consecutive Cases. Papua New Guinea
Medical Journal. 13 (4): 105-109.
Dow, Duncan Bruce. et.al.
1964. Geology of the Bowutu Mountains, New Guinea. Canberra: Bureau of
Mineral Resources, Geology and Geophysics.
Dow, Duncan Bruce.
1974. Wau, Papua New Guinea. Sheet SB/55-14 International Index. Canberra:
Bureau of Mineral Resources, Geology and Geophysics. (Australia. Geophysics
1:250,000 Geological Series Explanatory Notes).
Downes, M.C. et.al.
197--?. Wild life comment on provincial report on development policies and
programs in the Morobe District. A manuscript held in the New Guinea
Collection.
Dreger, M.
1887. Anthropologische und ethnographische Beobachtungen wahrend der Fahrt zur
Untersuching des Huon Golfes. Nachrichten aus dem Kaiser Wilhelmsland.
Volume 3: 23-26.
Dreger, M.
1887. Untersuching des inneren Theiles des Huon-Golfs. Nachrichten aus dem
Kaiser Wilhelmsland. Volume 3: 164-178
Driscoll, Peter V.
1984. Effects of logging on bird populations in lowland New Guinea forest. Ph.
D. thesis. University of Queensland.
Dube, D.V.
1984. Investigation into the feasibility of growing tropical fruits and nut
trees in the Lae area. Papua New Guinea Biological Foundation Research
Review. page 10.
Dumont D'Urville, Jules Sebastian Cesar.
1830. Voyage de decouvertes de l'Astrolabe. Execute par ordre du Roi, pendant
les annes 1826-1827-1828-1829. Histoire de Voyage Journal. J. Tastu
(ed.) Paris: Tome quatrieme, later edition 1834.
Dundes, Alan.
1976. A psychoanalytic study of the Bullroarer. Man 11(2): 220-238.
Dunkin, H.H.
1950. Operations of Bulolo Gold Dredging Ltd. Reprinted from articles in
Chemical Engineering and Mining Review February 1950-May 1950.
Dunmore, John.
1961. The French contribution to the exploration of the Pacific in the 18th
century. Wellington (N.Z.) Victoria University of Wellington. Ph.D. thesis.
Dupeyyrat, Andre.
1957/1958. Note sur les pygmees de Nouvelle-Guinee. Antiquity and
Survival. 2: 55-64.
Ebert, P.
1924. Sudsee Erinnerunen. Leipzi: K.F. Koehler.
Eckert, Georg.
1936. Der Einfluss der Familienorganisation auf die Bevolkerungsbewegung in
Ozeanien. Anthropos. 31: 789-799.
Eckert, Georg.
1938. Die Arbeiterwanderungen im Australischen Mandatsgebiet Koloniale
Rundschau 29 (2) : 122-125.
Eckert, Georg.
1936. Der Goldbergbau in Deutsch-Neuguinea Koloniale Rundschau 27:
465-474.
Economist Intelligence unit (Australia) Pty Ltd.
1971. Survey of Passenger Motor Vehicle operations in the Morobe Province.
Melbourne : Economist Intelligence Unit.
Eden, D.R.A.
1957. Shade problems in Papua and New Guinea. South Pacific Commission
Quarterly Bulletin 7 (3): 39-40, 48.
Eekhoff, Henry G.
1931. Markham Valley: Rich undeveloped Agricultural region in New Guinea.
Pacific Islands Monthly. 2(2): page 7.
Eichhorn, August.
1916. Zaubermittel aus dem Bukaua und Kai-Gebeiet (Deutsche Neuguinea).
Baessler-Archiv. Volume 5 : 293-296.
Elkin, A.P.
1953. Social Anthropology in Melanesia.: A review of Research. Melbourne:
Oxford University Press.
Ellis, J. D.
1956. Some problems concerning the Chinese in Oceania. M.A. Thesis. University
of London.
Eng, Jean.
1980. Observations during a nutritional survey of children under seven years
of age in Aseki - District, Morobe Province. June 27-30 1980. Konedobu:
Nutrition Section, Department of Health.
Enright, N.J.
1978. Effects of logging on the regeneration and nutrient budget of raucaria
cunninghamii dominated tropical rainforest in Papua New Guinea. Malaysian
Forester. 41 (4): 303-318
Erce, M.M. et.al.
1990. Exploration history, geology and metallurgy of a high sulphidation
epithermal gold deposit at Wafi river. In; Papua New Guinea Geology,
Exploration and Mining Conference 1991. Proceedings. Melbourne: The
Australasian Institute of Mining and Metallurgy. pp.58-65.
Essai, Brian.
1961. Papua and New Guinea: a contemporary survey. Melbourne: Oxford
University Press.
Evacuee (pseud.)
1943. How the Japs came to Lae. Pacific Islands Monthly. 13 (7):
28-32.
Eves, R.
1991. Ideology, gender, and resistance: a critical analysis of Godelier's
theory of ideology. Dialectal Anthropology. Volume 16: 109-124.
Eyal, Michael .
1991. Review of the Wamum and Idzan Creeks Copper-Gold Mineralization, Morobe
Province, Papua New Guinea. In; Papua New Guinea Ecology, Exploration and
Mining. Conference Proceedings. 1991. pp. 87-92.
Fabian, Edmund et.al.
1978. Wekawat. Ancestral stories; stories and illustrations by Kondo Singema.
Ukarumpa: Summer Institute of Linguistics.
Fairbairn, I. J.
1967. Namasu: an innovation in economic organisation in New Guinea, people in
business activity. Canberra: Australian National University, New Guinea
Research Unit. (New Guinea Research Unit Bulletin Number. 20).
Feldt, Eric.
1951. Kukukuku patrol. Pacific Islands Monthly. 21(9): 58-59, 61, 87,
89.
Fenner, Frank J. et.al.
1946. Enteric fever due to Bacterium Enteritidis Var. Blegdam. (Slamonella
Blegdam): a series of fifty cases in Australian soldiers from New Guinea.
Medical Journal of Australia. Volume 1: 313-326.
Ferea, William.
1986. The Concept of Fear in Melanesia. B. A (Hons.) thesis Philosophy
Department. University of Papua New Guinea.
Ferea, William
1985. Morobe Students Research and Advisory Committee (Reports and Seminars)
Vol. 1. 1983-1985. Port Moresby: University of Papua New Guinea.
Ferea, William.
1987. Reviving Oral Traditions in Melanesia. Horizons. Volume 2:
28-32
Fetchko, P.
1972. Anga Material Culture. MA. Thesis. George Washington University.
Washington D.C.
Finsch, Otto
1896. Die Deutsche Kolonial-Ausstellung: zur Ethnologie unserer Sudsee
Besitzungen. Deutsche Kolonialzeitung 9(new series):26: 203-204, (27):
209-212, (28): 218-220.
Finsch, Otto.
1887. Die Sudsee (Deutsche Schutzgebeiete). Deutsche Kolonialzeitung.
4(21): 662-664
Finsch, Otto
1893. Ethnologische Erfahrungen und Belegstucke aus der Sudsee. Wein, A.
Holzhausen.
Finsch, Otto.
1909. Gedenktage der Forschungareise mit dem Deutschen Dampf `Samoa'.
Deutsche Kolonialzeitung. 26(28): 469.
Finsch, Otto
1885. Reise nach Neu-Guinea. Nachrichten aus dem Kaiser Wilhelmsland 1:
9-14,19-27,35-51
Finsch, Otto
1888. Samoafahrten, Reisen in Kaiser-Wilhelmsland und Englisch-Neuguinea, in
den Jahren 1884-1885 an Bord des Deutschen Dampfers `Samoa'. Leipzig, F.Hirt
& Sohn.
Finsch, Otto.
1977. Samoafahrten. Reisen in Kaiser-Wilhlemms-Land und in Englisch-Neu-Guinea
1884 und 1885. 2 volumes. Leipzig: Ferd. Hirth und Sohn, 1888; new edition
1977.
Finsch, Otto
1914. Sudseearbeiten. Gewerbe-und Kunstfleiss, Tauschmittel und `Geld' der
Eingeborenen auf Grundlae der Rohstoffe und der Geographischen Verbreitung.
Hamburg. Hamburgisches Kolonialinstitut, Abhandlungen, Band XLV. Reihe B.
Volkerkunde, Kulturgeschichte und Sprachen, Band 9, Hamburg L.Friederichen
& Co.
Firth, Raymond William.
1936. Art and Life in New Guinea. London: The Studio Limited.
Fisk, E.K.
1962. The Economy of Papua-New Guinea. In; The Independence of Papua-New
Guinea: what are the prerequisites? Australian National University, Public
Lectures Committee Sydney: Angus and Robertson. pp. 25-43.
Fitzgerald, Lawrence.
1980. Lebanon to Labuan: A story of mapping by the Australian Survey Corps,
World War II (1939-1945). Melbourne: Holmes.
Fitzpatrick, Ellen T.
1980. Acceptance of Subsistence agro-silviculture in the Wau valley. In;
Proceedings of the Second Papua New Guinea Food Crops Conference. Edited
by R.M. Bourke and V Kesavan. Lae: Papua New Guinea University of Technology.
Firth, Stewart G.
1972. The New Guinea Company, 1885-1889: A Case of Improfitable Imperialism.
Historical Studies. 15(361-377.
Flannery, T. F.
1993. Taxonomy of Dendrolagus goodfellowi [Macropodidae : Marsupialia with
description of new sub species. Records of the Australian Museum. Volume
45: 33-42.
Flannery, Wendy,
1983. Bilip Grup: A Contemporary Religious Movement among the Guhu-Samane
people of middle and lower Waria River valley, Morobe Province. In;
Religious Movements in Melanesia (2). Edited by Wendy Flannery. Goroka:
Melanesian Institute for Pastoral and Economic Research. (Point Series Number
3) pp. 155-193.
Flierl, Johann.
1932. Christ in New Guinea. Tanunda: Auricht's Printing Office.
Flierl, Johann
1910. Dreissi Jahre Missionsarbeit in Wusten undwildnissen
Flierl, Johann
1925. Forty-five years in New Guinea. : Memoirs of the Senior missionary.
Columbus, Ohio: The Lutheran Book Concern.
Flierl, Johann.
1927. Forty Years in New Guinea. Memoirs translated by M. Weideraenders.
Chicago: Wartburg Publishing House.
Flierl, Johann.
1899. Fuehrungen Gottes. Ein Rueckblickuf meinen Lebensgang und aufmeine 20
jaehrige Taeigkeit in der Mission. Neuendettelsau: Verlag des Missionshauses.
Flierl, Johann
19-- ? Gedenkblatt der Neuendettelsauer Mission.
Flierl, Johann
1929. Gottes Wort in den Urwaldern von Neuguinea Verlag des Missionshauses
Neuendettalsau. Number. 62 der Neuendettelsauer missionsschriften
Flierl, Johann
1913. In den missionsdienst. Reisebriefe eines alten Missionars an seinen Sohn
im Missionshaus. Leipzi, H..Wallmann
Flierl, Johann.
1931. Wunder der ottlichen nade: Evangelisten aus Menschenfressern! Aurichts
Printing Office, Tanunda.
Flierl, Johann.
1936. Zum Jubilaum der Lutherischten mission in Neuguinea II Vom Reitsochsen
zum Fluzeug III Eine kurze Denkschrift Aurichts Druckerei, Tanunda.
Flierl, Leonhard.
1931. Eemasang, die Erneuerungsbewegung in der Gemeiende Sattleburg.
Guetersloh: Bertelsmann.
Flierl, Willy.
1962. Miti Fua Ngeing Ewec. (History of the Lutheran mission and the
Indigenous Lutheran church.) Madang: Lutheran Mission Press.
Finsch, B.W.
1986. Black-headed gulls larus ridibundus at Lae airstrip, Morobe Province:
Third record for mainland Papua New Guinea. Muruk. 1 (3): page 90.
Finschhafen-Kabwum Planning and Development authority.
1976. Finschhafen-Kabwum districts regional training and development program:
A request for aid. Finschhafen: Finschhafen-Kabwum Development Authority.
Fisher, H.
1966. `Cargo ideen' Anthropos. 61 (1-2): 49-97.
Fisher, H.
1966 `Cargo ideas. Institum Anthropos. Volume 61.
Fisher, H.
1962. Einige linguistictische Indizien des Kulturwandels in Nordost-Neuguinea.
Sociologus. 12 (2): 18-36.
Fisher, H.
1962. Oberf laschenfunde and rezente Topterei am unteren Watut river
(Ost-Neuguinea) Abhandlungen and Berichte des Staatlichen Museum fur
Yolkerkunde. Volume 21: 12-33.
Fisher, H.
1964. Studien Uber seelenverstel lungen in ozeanien. Klaus Renner Verlag.
Muchen.
Fisher, H.
1965. Wampet, Mumeng und Labu: drei Kurze Workerlisten. Anthropos. 61:
878-883.
Fisher, H.
1963. Watut: notizen zur Kultureines Melanesien Stammes in Nordost Neuguinea,
Volume 10: 290pp. Braunswei.
Fisher, Hans.
1975. Gabsonkeg '71: Verwandtschaft, Siedlung und landbesitz in einem Dorf in
Neuguinea. Muchen: Renner.
Fischer, Hans.
1978. Wampar: Berichte Uber die alte Kultur eines Stammes in Papua New Guinea.
Bremen: Ubersee Museum.
Fischer, Hans.
1963. Watut: notizen zur Kultur eines Melanesierstammes in Nordost-Neuguinea.
Brauhschweig: Limbach. (Kultureschichtliche Forschunen; Bd.10)
Fischer, H.
1962. Einige linguistische Indizien des kulturwandels in Nordost-Neuguinea.
Sociologus. 12 (1):18-36.
Fisher, N.H.
1938. Alluvial mining in New Guinea. Walkabout. 4 (7): 17-21.
Fisher, N.H.
1936. Amongst the Kukukuku. Walkabout 2 (7): 12-19.
Fisher, N.H.
1977. Amongst the Kukukuku Journal of the Morobe District Historical
Society. 4 (1): 14-22.
Fisher, N.H.
1940. Gold occurrences in New Guinea: detailed description of Geological
features of large and small alluvial and lode deposits. Chemical Engineering
and Mining Review. 32 (378): 232-237.
Fisher, N.H.
1945. Fineness of gold, with special reference to the Morobe Goldfield, New
Guinea (part II) Economic Geology. 40 (8): 537-563.
Fisher, N. H.
1941. The relations between gold timeness and conditions of depositing, with
special reference to Morobe Goldfield, New Guinea. D.Sc. thesis. University of
Queensland.
Fisher, N.H.
1939. Metasomatism associated with tertiary mineralization in New Guinea.
Economic Geology. Vol. 34: 890-904
Fisher, N.H.
1939. Ore geology of the Day Dawn Mine, New Guinea. Economic Geology.
34 (2): 174-189.
Fisher, M. S.
1935. Origin and composition of alluvial old, with special reference to the
Morobe Goldfield, New Guinea. Piccadilly: Institution of Mining and
Metallurgy.
Fitzpatrick, Ellen T.
1982. Acceptance of subsistence agro-silviculture in the Wau valley. In;
Proceedings of the Second Papua New Guinea Crops Conference . Port
Moresby: Department of Primary Industry. pp. 268 - 272.
Flannery, T.F.
1993. Taxonomy of Dendrolaus good fellowi [macropodidae: Marsupialia J] with
description of a new subspecies. Records of the Australian Museum. Vol:
33-42.
Fokkinga, J.
1954. Bosbouw in Nederlands Nieuw-Guinea. Landbouwkundi tijdschrift,
Nieuw-Guinea nummer: 49-66.
Foy, W.
1900. Tanzobjekte vom Bismarck Archipel, Nissan und Buka Dresden. (K.)
Zoologisches und anthropologisch-ethnoraphisches Museum, Publikationen aus
dem Koniglichen Ethnographischen Museum zu Dresden, no.13 : 1 - 40.
Francis, Nellie O.
1938. Education in New Guinea. B.Ed. Investigation, University of
Melbourne.
Frazer, James George.
1910. Totemism and exogamy: a treatise on certain early forms of superstition
and society. Volume 2: 25-62, 118-134, Volume 4: 276-286. London: Macmillan. (4
volumes).
Franklin, K.
1988. Creating bark cloth. Paradise. Volume 66: 29-31.
Freedman, Michael Peter.
1967. Lattice organisation: an instance of loose structure in New Guinea. A
manuscript copy held in the New Guinea Collection.
Freedman, Michael Peter.
1966. The social and the political organisation of the Siassi Islands. Ph.D.
thesis. University of Michigan.
Freedman, Michael Peter.
1980. The Social and political organisation of the Siassi Islands, New Guinea.
London: University Microfilms International.
Freedman, Michael Peter.
1970. Social organisation of a Siassi island community. In; Cultures of the
Pacific. Edited by Thomas G. Harding and Ben J. Wallace. pp.159-179.
Freeman, C.
1975. Bulldog-Wau Road (1943) Sapper. 1(7): 38-43.
Frerichs, Albert.
1957. Anutu Conquers in New Guinea. Columbus, Ohio: The Wartburg Press.
Freund, A.P.H.
1946. How 250 Rabaul refugees were rescued in New Britain in March, 1942.
Pacific Islands Monthly. 17 (1): 44-50
Freund, A.P.H.
1946. Coast watching in New Guinea. Pacific Islands Monthly 17 (3):
32-36.
Freund, A.P.H.
1946. Dodging the Japs behind Finschhafen. Pacific Islands Monthly. 17
(4): 49-51, 7: 51-54.
Friederici, Georg.
1912. Wissenschaftliche Ergebnisse einer amtlichen Forschunsreise nach dem
Bismarck Archipel im Jahre 1908. II. Beitrage zur Volker-und-sprachenkunde von
Deutsche-Neuguinea. Mitteilungen aus den Deutschen Schtzgebieten
Erganzungshelf no. 5.
Friederici, Georg.
1912. Wissenschaftliche Ergebnisse einer amtlichen Forschunsreise nach dem
Bismarck Archipel im Jahre 1908. III. Beitrage zur Volker-und-sprachenkunde von
Deutsche-Neuguinea. Mitteilungen aus den Deutschen Schtzgebieten
Erganzungshelf no. 7.
Frings, August.
1904. Eine Rundfaht im bismarck Archipel. Deutsche Kolonialzeitung.
21(43): 425-427.
Frobenius, Leo
1897. Oceanische Masken; erste Mittheilung, zweite Mittheilung.
Internationales. Archiv fur Ethnographie 10: 69 - 70, 206 - 209.
Frohlich, O.
1909. Frohlichs Reise von Huongolf nach der Astrolabebai: Dezember 1907-Januar
1908. Globus, 95(5): 84.
Fromholz, Hugo.
1903. Zu den Antipoden. Berlin.: M. Driesner.
Fuglestad, P.
1982. Singsing ring - in. Paradise. Volume 35: 37-38.
Fugmann, Wilhelm
(19--?) Junge Kirche zwischen Steinzeit und Neuzeit Freimund Verlag,
Neuendettalsau.
Funnell, F.R.
1991. Wafi River Gold prospect. In, Geology of the Mineral Deposit of
Australia and Papua New Guinea. Edited by F.E. Hayes. Volume 2. Parkville,
Vic.: The Australasian Institute of Mining and Metallurgy. pp. 1731-1733
Gafiye, G.D.
1986. Report of the institutional stores survey in the Lae Town area. Lae:
Appropriate Technology Development Institute, (APTI) University of
Technology.
Gafiye, G. D.
1986. Report on the testing of JALEF/UNDATT domestic stoves in the Lae town.
Lae: AITI, University of Technology.
Garam, Zoimo Ling.et.al.
1983. Bem denne. Legends [in the] Selepet Language. Ukarumpa. Summer Institute
of Linguistics.
Garrett-Jones, Samuel Edward.
1979. Evidence for changes in holocene vegetation and lake sedimentation in
the Markham Valley, Papua New Guinea. Ph.D. thesis. Australian National
University.
Gauga, S.
1978. Morobe Province. Harvest. 4 (4): 228-238.
Gebicki, M.
1988 Striking it rich in Bulolo: gold has one from the valleys of the Kukukuku
people but its fascination remains. Paradise. 69: 33-38.
Geisler, B.
1908. Die Kampfschilde der Jabim auf Deutsche-Neuguinea. Globus. 94 (8)
: 126-128.
Gejammec, N.
1973. Forty years teaching in the Morobe District. Journal of the Morobe
District Historical Society. 1 (1): 28-33.
George, J.E.
1978. Exploratory drilling for ground water at Lae. Port Moresby: Department
of Minerals and Energy. Geological Survey of Papua New Guinea Report Number
78/01)
Ghartey, Ed. et.al.
1986. Land use planning for Kelly and Jensen area of the Atzera Range, Lae,
Morobe Province. Port Moresby: Department of Minerals and Energy. Geological
Survey of Papua New Guinea Technical Note; 86/05)
Ghartey, Ed. et.al.
1984. Slope stability study and land use planning for portion 5 subdivision at
the foot of Atzera Range, Lae, Morobe Province. Port Moresby: Department of
Minerals and Energy. (Geological Survey of Papua New Guinea; Technical Note;
84/18)
Genora, S.K.M.
1976. Experience of a Papua New Guinea goldminer and businessman. Oral
History. 4 (3): 12-15.
Gibungae, Jepther.
1976. Longwam of Bukawa. Oral History. 4 (3): 30-39.
Giblin, W.E.
1944. Some clinical notes on macrocytic anemia in New Guinea natives.
Medical Journal of Australia. Volume 1:89-90.
Gibson, D. L. et.al.
1976. Village water supply survey, Morobe Province. Port Moresby: Department
of Lands, Surveys and Mines. (Geological Survey of Papua New Guinea Report,
Number. 76/02)
Giles, E.
1966. Blood Group genetics of natives in the Morobe District and Bougainville,
Territory of New Guinea. Archaeology and Physical Anthropology in
Oceania. 1 (2): 135-154
Giles, E.
1967 Distribution of B thalasemin trait and erythrocyte Glucose -6- phosphate
de hydrogenous deficiency in the Markham River Valley of New Guinea.
American Journal of Physical Anthropology. 27 (1): 83-88
Giles, E.
1955-56. A Genetic study of the Markham, Northeastern New Guinea. Ph.D.
thesis. Harvard University.
Giles, E.
1966. Genetic Variation in New Guinea: Magnitude and Mechanisms in Morobe.
American Journal of Physical Anthropology 1(15):
Gipey, Gomi.
1978. The mobility of the 1968 Grade six students of Morobe sub district of
Papua New Guinea.: Are they Circular migrants? Paper presented for
International Seminar on cross-cultural study of circulation, East West Centre,
Honolulu.
Gipey, Gomi.
1988. Huon Development Authority (Lae) Sina 1: tri ya developmen plen,
1988-1990; Final Report. Lae: Huon Development Authority. Text in Pidgin and
English.
Girard, Francoise.
1967. Les gens de liname. Les Buang de la valle du snake, district De Morobe,
Nouvelle-Guinee. Journal d'agriculture tropicale Vol 18 (8-9):
287-338.
Girard, Francoise.
1968-1969. Les notions de nombre et de temps chez les Buang de Nouvelle-Guinea
(District du Morobe)
Girard, Francoise.
1956. Buang of the Snake River (Australian New Guinea). Antiquity and
Survival. Vol 5: 406-414
Girard, M.B. Francoise.
1956. Nouvelle Guinee: Haut Morobe et Bas Sepik: [catalogue of an exhibition at
Musee de L' Homme. Paris: Musee de L'Homme.
Girard, M.B.F.
1957. Les peintures rupestres Buang: District de Morobe-Nouvelle Guinee.
Journal De la Societe des Oceanistes. Volume 13: 4-49.
Goodenough, Ward H.
1952. Ethnological reconnaissance in New Guinea. Pennsylvania University
Museum Bulletin. 17(1): 5-37.
Gordon-Thomas, E.L.
1936. The Mopos (New Guinea) `mummies'. Man. 36:page 16.
Gorman, J.
1962. Distribution pattern of an inherited trait, red cell enzyme deficiency
in New Guinea and New Britain. American Journal of Physical Anthropology
20 (3) : 347-356.
Gorman, J.G. et.al.
1962. Distribution pattern of an inherited trait, red cell enzyme deficiency,
in New Guinea and New Britain. American Journal of Physical
Anthropology. Volume 20: 347-356.
Grabowsky, F.
1888. Das Betelkauen bei den malaiischen Volkern, besonders auf Java und
Borneo. Internationales Archiv fur Ethnologie, 7: 103-104.
Graf, W.
1950. Zur frage der Vokaleinlagen und Fullsel bei Gasengan primitiver
Volksstamme. Anthropos. 45:363.366.
Gunther, C.E.M.
1952. Outbreak of Bornholm disease in New Guinea. Medical Journal of
Australia. Vol. 2: 1-2.
Gunther, C.E.M.
1942. New parasitid mites from New Guinea (Acarina: Parasidae) Proceedings
of the Linnean Society of New South Wales. Volume 67: 87-89.
Gunther, John Thomas.
1955. Obituary: Eric Giblin. Papua New Guinea Medical Journal. 1 (2):
page 81.
Grainger, D.J.
1970. Geology of the Saruwaged Range, New Guinea. Port Moresby: Department of
Lands, Surveys and Mines. (Geological Survey of Papua New Guinea note on
investigation,70/202)
Grainger, D.J.
1970. Geology of the Atzera Range and adjacent areas, Morobe Province, New
Guinea. Port Moresby: Department of Lands, Surveys and Mines. (Geological
Survey of Papua New Guinea Note Number Investigation; 70/204)
Grainger, D.J.
1970. Geology of the Kaiapit area, Morobe Province, New Guinea. Port Moresby:
Department of Lands, Surveys and Mines. (Geological Survey of Papua New Guinea
note on investigation; 70/205)
Gray, B.
1971. Observations of the African armyworm, Spodoptera exempta (Walker)
(Lepidoptera : Noctuidae), in Papua New Guinea following an outbreak in a new
forestry plantation area. Proceedings of the Papua New Guinea Scientific
Society. Volume 23: 36-39.
Gray, B. et.al.
1969. Termite eradication in Araucaria plantations in New Guinea.
Commonwealth Forestry Review. 48 (3): 201-107.
Gressitt, J. Linsley. et.al.
1978. Guide to Mount Kaindi: Background to montane New Guinea Ecology. Wau:
Wau Ecology Institute.
Griffiths, T.
1938. Report of the committee appointed to investigate new site for the
Administrative headquarters of the Territory of New Guinea. 27th April 1938.
Canberra: Commonwealth Government Printer.
Groube, L. et.al.
1986. 40,000 year old human occupation site in Huon Peninsula, Papua New
Guinea. Nature. Volume. 324 page 409, 453-455.
Groube, Les.
1982. Recent Discoveries on the Huon Peninsula, Morobe Province. In;
Environmental Education Series Number. 1. Edited by P. Eaton. Port
Moresby: University of Papua New Guinea. (Environmental Education Series
Number. 1). pp. 8-14.
Groube, Les. et.al.
1981. Recent Discoveries on the Huon Peninsula. Manuscript copy held in the
New Guinea Collection.
Groves, W.C.
1946. Ample provision for European education in New Guinea Territories.
Pacific Islands Monthly. 17 (4). Page 25.
Groves, W.C.
1953. The blending of cultures. Papua and New Guinea Scientific Society Annual
Report and Proceedings for 1953. pages 22-33.
Groves, W.C.
1953. The development of rural education in Papua and New Guinea. South
Pacific 7 (1): 592-595.
Groves, W.C.
1934. Natives of Sio Island, Southeastern New Guinea: A Study in Culture
Contact. Oceania. 5 (1): 43-63.
Groves, W.C.
1935. Report on fieldwork in the Territory of New Guinea from May 1933 to
August 1934. Oceania 5: 218-223.
Grundemann, R.
1889. Die Evangelische Mission in den Deutschen Schutzebeieten in der Sudsee.
Deutsche Kolonialzeitung. 2 (13) : (new series) : 100-102.
Gumembi, F.G.
1979. Financing of National Business in Morobe Province. Lae: School of
Business Administration, University of Technology.
Gunther, Carl E.M.
1952. Outbreak of bornholm disease in New Guinea. Medical Journal of
Australia. Volume 2: 1-2.
Gunther Carl E.M.
1937. The serology of sixteen cases of endemic typhus in New Guinea.
Medical Journal of Australia. Volume 1: 439-440.
Gunther, Carl E.M.
1939. Endemic typhus in New Guinea; its occurrence and probable vector.
Sixth Pacific Science Congress 1939, California Proceedings. Volume 5:
715-724.
Gunther Carl E.M.
1955. A preliminary report on a form of encephalitis in New Guinea. Medical
Journal of Australia. Volume 1: 715-717.
Gunther J.T.
1955. Obituary: Eric Giblin. Papua New Guinea Medical Journal. 1 (2):
81.
Haddon, Alfred Cort.
1917. New Guinea. In; Encyclopaedia of Religion and Ethics. Edited by
J. Hastings. Edinburgh: (13 volumes.) Volume 9: 339-352.
Haddon, Alfred Cort.
1894. The decorative art of British New Guinea. : a study in Papuan
Ethnography. Dublin: Royal Irish Academy, Cunningham Memoirs no.10.
Haddon, Alfred Cort.
1916. Kava drinking in New Guinea. Man 16: 145-152.
Haddon, Alfred Cort.
1920. Migration of cultures in British New Guinea. Royal Anthropological
Institute of Great Britain and Ireland Journal. Volume 50: 237-280.
Haddon, Alfred Cort.
1938. Notes on Mr Sherwin's paper. Man. 38: 73. (comment on V.H.
Sherwin, 1938. Man 38:71-73)
Hagai, Yaeng.
1983. Fishing practices of the Busama people, Morobe Province. In;
Subsistence Fishing Practices of Papua New Guinea. Edited by Quinn N.J.
et.al. Lae: Liklik Buk Information Centre. Papua New Guinea University of
Technology. pp. 22-27.
Hagen, Bernhard.
1899. Unter den Papuas; Beobachtunen und Studien ueber land und Leute.
Tier-und Pflanzenwelt in Kaiser Wilhelmsland. Weisbaden. C.W. Kreidel's
Verlag.
Hahl, Albert.
1904. Reise des Gouverneurs mit dem Dampiers `Seestern'. Deutsche
Kolonialbaltt. 15: 615-617.
Hall, Basil
1940. Isles of Eden (Trobriand Islands) Walkabout 6 (3): 9-12.
Hall, Basil.
1959. Universal provider. Walkabout 25(3): 30-35.
Hall, Basil.
1959. Club Outing. Walkabout. 25 (5): 16-18.
Hall, Basil.
1959. Green Gold. Walkabout. 25 (7): 31-35.
Hamilton, Ray
1947. New Guinea is different now. Walkabout. 11 (8): page 17.
Harding, Thomas Grayson. et.al.
1971. Cash crops or cargo. In; The Politics of Dependence. Edited by
Epstein. Canberra: Research School of Pacific and Asian Studies, Australian
National University. pp. 162-217.
Harding, Thomas Grayson.
1967. A History of Cargoism in Sio, Northeast New Guinea. Oceania. 38
(4):1-23.
Harding, Thomas Grayson
1966. A new Exchange system. Anthropology Nytt 4: 2-14.
Harding, Thomas Grayson.
1967. Ecological and technical factors in Melanesian gardening cycle.
Mankind. 6 (9): 403-408.
Harding, Thomas Grayson.
1986. Kunai men: horticultural systems of a Papua New Guinea Society.
Berkeley: University of California Press.
Harding, Thomas Grayson.
1968. Money, Kinship and Change in a New Guinea Economy. Southwestern
Journal of Anthropology. 23 (3): 209-233.
Harding, Thomas, Grayson.
1968. Tarosi: a New Guinea Biography. San Diego: Melanesian Resource Studies
Centre. Melanesian Manuscript Series Number. 0023)
Harding, Thomas Grayson.
1974. The Trade System of the Vitiaz strait northeastern New Guinea.
University of Michigan. Ph.D. thesis.
Harding, Thomas Grayson.
1967. Voyagers of the Vitiaz Strait. Seattle: University of Washington
Press.
Harding, Thomas Grayson.
1967. Voyagers of Vitiaz Strait: A Study of New Guinea Trade System. Seattle:
University of Washington Press.
Harrison, B.W.
1975. Christ and Culture in Northeast New Guinea: Social and Educational
Policies and Attitudes of Lutheran missionaries in New Guinea. 1886-1942. MA
thesis. History Department. University of Papua New Guinea.
Harwood, Ruth.
1950. The Tamberan Cult as found in Melanesian and the tropical forest of
South America. M.A. thesis. University of Columbia.
Hasluck, Paul.
1954. Native labour employed by Commonwealth -New Guinea Timbers, at Bulolo.
South Pacific 7 (8): 820-821.
Havel, J.J.
1960. Comments in general discussion. UNESCO Symposium on the impact of man on
humid tropics vegetation. Comments made in the general discussion following the
section titled: The effect of fire used by early man on the vegetation of
the humid tropics. General discussion. Goroka, Territory of Papua and New
Guinea.: pages 133-147. Sponsored by the Administration of the Territory of
Papua and New Guinea and UNESCO Science co-operation Office of south East Asia.
Canberra: Government Printer.
Havel, J.J.
1960. Factors influencing the establishment of ligneous vegetation in
mid-mountain pyro-and anthropogenic grasslands. A paper delivered at the
UNESCO Symposium on the impact of man on humid tropics vegetation. Goroka,
Territory of Papua and New Guinea.: pages 307-312. Sponsored by the
Administration of the Territory of Papua and New Guinea and UNESCO Science
co-operation Office of south East Asia. Canberra: Government Printer.
Havel, J.J.
1960. Comments in general discussion. UNESCO Symposium on the impact of man on
humid tropics vegetation. Comments made in the general discussion following the
section titled: The nature of secondary communities resulting from the
activities of early man and the methods of their detection. General
discussion. Goroka, Territory of Papua and New Guinea.: pages 355-370.
Sponsored by the Administration of the Territory of Papua and New Guinea and
UNESCO Science co-operation Office of south East Asia. Canberra: Government
Printer.
Hawkins, B.
1976. Kahata: lapun bilong taim bipo. Paradise. Volume 12: 9-12.
Healy, A. M.
1967. Bulolo : A History of the Development of Bulolo Region, New Guinea.
Canberra: Australian National University. Guinea Research Unit. (New Guinea
Research Unit Bulletin Number. 15. )
Healy, A. M.
1965. Ophir to Bulolo: The history of the gold search in New Guinea.
Historical Studies of Australia and New Zealand. 12: (45): 103-118.
Heine-Geldern, Robert.
1932. Urhemat und Fruheste Wanderungen der Austronesier. Anthropos. 27:
543-619.
Hellwig, F.
1889. Expedition nach dem Sattelberg. Nachrichten aus dem Kaiser
Wilhelmsland. Volume 5: 40-44.
Hellwig, F.
1889 Expedition nach Tagedu. Nach Richten aus dem Kaiser Wilhelmsland.
Volume 5: 36-40.
Hellwig, F.
1890. Excursion nach Poom und Sattelber, Reisen im Schtzebiet. Nach
Richten aus dem Kaiser Wilhelmsland. Volume 6: 19-21.
Hempenstall, Peter J.
1979. Bilip na bisnis long Niugini: Ol misin na Niugini Kampani. Northeast
New Guinea. 1 (2): 11-12.
Hempenstall, Peter J. et.al.
1984. Case Study : Melanesian Myth Dreams and Transformation Cults in the Huon
Peninsula. In; Protest and dissent in the Colonial Pacific. Suva;
Institute of Pacific Studies, University of the South Pacific. pp. 129-146.
Hempenstall, Peter J.
1975. The Reception of European Missions in the German Pacific empire: The New
Guinea Experience. Journal of Pacific History. 10 (1-2): 46-64
Hempenstall, Peter J.
1979. Religion Versus commerce in Northeast New Guinea: the Missionaries and
the New Guinea Company. Northeast New Guinea. 1(2): 3-10.
Henty, E.
1960. Two drug plants in native culture. Papua New Guinea Scientific
Society Transactions. Volume 1: 19-20.
Hewicker, Friedrich et.al.
1954. Oceanic Art. (translated from German `Kunst der Sudsee'. Hamburg: 1954.
New York: Pantheon Books.
Heywood, Peter F. et.al.
1987. Nutrition and health studies in Menyamya District, Morobe Province.
Madang: Institute of Medical Research.
Hides, Jack Gordon.
1935. Through wildest Papua. London: Blackie and Son.
Hides, Jack Gordon.et.al.
1936/1937. Aerial reconnaissance of the Hide-O'Malley area in the interior of
Papua, visited by them on foot in the early half of 1936 and to be patrolled
later on by Mr Champion. Tijdschrift `Nieuw-Guinea.'. Volume 1: 62-68,
117-127.
Hilder, Brett.
1958. Japanese work in Rabaul. Walkabout. 24 (12): 25-27.
Hipsley, Eben H. et.al.
1949. Symposium on nutritional problems in the pacific area,` a nutritional
study of New Guinea natives'. Seventh Pacific Science Congress, 1949.
Proceedings. Auckland and New Zealand. Volume 7: 418-427.
Hipsley, Eben. H.
1950. The feeding of New Guinea infants. South Pacific. 4 (10):
181-187.
Hipsley, Eden.
1950. Report on health and nutritional status. In; Report of the New Guinea
Nutritional Survey Expedition, 1947 (part 1): 13-30. Sydney: Government
Printer.
Hirashima, Y. et.al.
1984. Bees of the genus palaeorhiza perkins (hymenoptera colletidae) in the
National Forest Insect collection of the Forest Research Station, Bulolo, Papua
New Guinea. Esakia Volume 22: 115-128.
Hoare, C.E.
1986. Ruptured spleen in adults: a conservative surgical approach. Papua
New Guinea Medical Journal. 29 (4): 313-315.
Hodges, K. et.al.
1950. New Guinea and Papuan food composition tables. In; Report of the New
Guinea Nutrition Survey Expedition, 1947. (Part 9): Sydney: Government
Printer. pp 269-279.
Hoft, Robert.
1993. Proceedings of the Biological Society of New Guinea: Annual meeting,
1993. Lae: Wau Ecology Institute.
Hogbin, G. R.
1963. Erap Mechanical farming project. Australian Territories. 3 (5):
10-15.
Hogbin, Ian.
1963. Kinship and Marriage in New Guinea. London: Athlone Press.
Hogbin, Ian.
1947. Pagan Religion in a New Guinea Village. Oceania 18 (2):
120-145.
Hogbin, Ian.
1951. Transformation Scene: The Changing Culture of New Guinea Village. London
: Routledge & Kegan Paul
Hogbin, Ian.
1947. Native Christianity in a New Guinea village. Oceania. 18 (1):
1-35.
Hogbin, Ian.
1947. Native trade around the Huon Gulf, Northeastern New Guinea. Journal
of the Polynesian Society. 56 (3) : 242-255
Hogbin, Ian.
1946. Sex and marriage in Busama, Northeastern New Guinea. Oceania. 17
(2): 119-138.
Hogbin, Ian.
1947. Sex and marriage in Busama, Northeastern New Guinea. Oceania. 17
(3): 225-247.
Hogbin, Ian.
1947. Shame: a study of social conformity in a New Guinea village.
Oceania. 17 (4): 273-288.
Holden, G.
1975. Buildings and Settlement of the Huon Gulf. Journal of the Morobe
District Historical Society. 3 (1): 5-20.
Holdsworth, D.
1987. Medicinal plants of the Morobe Province, Papua New Guinea: Part V, the
Upper Watut. International Journal of Crude Drug Research. 25 (4):
225-230.
Holdsworth, David. Et.al.
1986. Medicinal Plants of Morobe Province, Papua New Guinea: part III; the
Finschhafen Coast. Waigani: Department of Chemistry, University of Papua New
Guinea.
Holdsworth, David. Keith.
1972. Lae and Morobe District. Adelaide: Rigby; Port Moresby: Robert Brown and
Associates.
Hollrung, M.
1886. Erforschun des Gebietes nordlich von Finschhafen. Nachrichten aus dem
Kaiser Wilhelmsland. Volume 2:67-69, 83-90, 119-123.
Hollrung, M.
1887. Untersuchunsreisen. Nachrichten aus dem Kaiser Wilhelmsland.
Volume 3:144-150, 178-189.
Hollrung, M.
1888. Bericht uber Untersuchungen in Umbenung Finschhafen und auf den
Purdy-Inseln. Nachrichten aus dem Kaiser Wilhelmsland. Volume 4: 32-34,
183-184.
Holloway, R. S.
1973. Land resources and agricultural potential of the Markham Valley. Port
Moresby: Department of Agriculture, Stock and Fisheries. (Department of
Agriculture Stock and Fisheries Research Bulletin Number. 14)
Holloway, R.S.
1976. Soils and agricultural potential of the Markham valley: Some comments on
a recent survey. Harvest. 3 (2): page 58.
Holmes, Ann.
1992. Nevoz ne kaponiz hahokazat dede ravohokaz tep momogat 3= alphabet book
pre-primer 3; Kunimaipa language, Hate dialect. Ukarumpa: Summer Institute of
Linguistics.
Holmes, J.H.G.
1988. Comparison of Afrikaner -and Braham-cross cattle at Erap in Papua New
Guinea. In; Maximizing animal production in Papua New Guinea. Edited by
R.C. Malik. Lae: University of Technology. pp. 169-176.
Holtker, Georg.
1940/41. Einiges uber Steinkeulenkopfe und Steinbeile in Neuguinea.
Anthropos. 35-36:681-736.
Holtker, Georg.
1941. Die Mambu-Beweung in Neuguinea. Ein Beitra zum Prophetentum in
Melanesian. Annali lateranensi, 5:181-219.
Holtker, Georg.
1951. Kritik uber Blackwood's `Technology of a modern Stone Age people'.
Anthropos. 46: 682-683.
Holtker, Georg.
1963. Neue Materialien uber den todeszauber in Neuguinea. Anthropos.
58: 333-371.
Holzknecht, Hartmut.
1971. Adzera family language, Morobe Province, Papua New Guinea.
Kivung. 4 (3): 171-186.
Holzknecht, Hartmut.et.al.
1976 Party Versus Personalities: The Markham Open Electorate. In; Prelude
to Self-Government: Electoral Politics in Papua New Guinea, 1972. Edited by
David Stone. Canberra: Research School of Pacific Studies and University of
Papua New Guinea. pp. 216-237.
Holzknecht, Hartmut A.
1974. Anthropological research and associated findings in the Markham Valley
of Papua New Guinea. Konedobu: Department of Agriculture, Stock &
Fisheries. (Department of Agriculture Stock and Fisheries Research Bulletin
Number 15)
Holzknecht, Hartmut A.
1970. Society and Agriculture in the Upper Markham Valley. A paper read at the
Australia, New Zealand Association for the Advancement of Science (ANZAAS)
Symposium; Agriculture in New Guinea.
Holzknecht, Karl Rev. (compiler)
1977. Dates of contact in the Waing and the Nafir Areas of the Morobe
Province. Journal of the Morobe District Historical Society. 4 (2):
36-39.
Holzknecht, Karl.
1975. Die Erforschung und Geschichte des Markhamtales in Papua New Guinea.
Wiesbaden: B. Heymann Verlag.
Holzknecht, Karl.
1971. Genussmittel der Adzera in Neuguinea. In; Ethnomedizin 1 (2) :
Holzknecht, Karl Rev.
1974. History of the Markham Valley 1910-1925. Journal of the Morobe
District Historical Society. 2 (1): 20-33.
Holzknecht, Karl Rev.
1979. Industry and art; religious perceptions, magic, totemism, myths and
legends. Lae: Morobe Province Research Center.
Holzknecht, Karl Rev.
1973. The Exploration of the Markham Valley. Journal of the Morobe District
Historical Society. 1 (3): 33-51.
Holzknecht, Karl Rev.
1977. More on Dammkoehler and Oldoerp on the Watut. Journal of the Morobe
District Historical Society. 4 (1): page 30.
Holzknecht, Karl Rev.
1977. The musical instruments of the Adzera. Journal of the Morobe District
Historical Society. 4 (2): 17-21
Holzknecht, Karl Rev.
1977. On the pottery and clay drums of the Adzera of Eastern New Guinea.
Journal of the Morobe District Historical Society. 4 (1): 47-53.
Holzknecht, Karl Rev.
1956. Die musikinstrumente der Azera. Zeitschrift fur Ethnologie. 81:
64-69. (See English translation in Journal of the Morobe District Historical
Society 4(2): 17-21 above).
Holzknecht, Karl Rev.
1957. Uber topferei un Tontromeln der Azera in Ost-Neuguinea. Zeitschrift
fur Ethnologie. 82: 97-111. (See English Translation in Journal of the
Morobe District Historical Society. 4(1): 47-53, above.)
Holzknecht, Phillip.
1973. As I remember it…………: an interview by Mr. P.
Holzknecht with Mr B. Heath. Journal of the Morobe District Historical
Society. 1 (2): 24-29.
Holzknecht, Phillip W.
1974. Mindring: an old man of Butibam village, near Lae. Journal of the
Morobe District Historical Society. 2 (2): 2-4.
Holzknecht, Phillip W.
1975. Towards a viable council system for the inner Huon Gulf area of the
Morobe District, Papua New Guinea. B.A. (Hons.) thesis. University of Papua New
Guinea.
Holzknecht, Phillip W.
1979. Bombom - Bingsu - Ngamalac: German exploration and contact in the Morobe
Province of Papua New Guinea. M.A. thesis. University of Papua New Guinea.
Holzknecht, Phillip W.
1977. Survey of German exploration and contact in the Morobe Province of Papua
New Guinea from 1884-1930. A Manuscript held in the New Guinea Collection.
Holzknecht, Phillip W.
1973. Presenting Bertie Heath: aviator. Journal of the Morobe District
Historical Society. 1 (2): 19-22.
Holzknecht, Phillip W. (compiler).
1977. Towards a Morobe Province Bibliography. Journal of the Morobe
District Historical Society. 4 (2): 57-62.
Holzknecht, Susanne Carol.
1993. Houses and Homes and Hearts. In; Our Time but not Our Place: Voices
of Expatriate Women in Papua New Guinea. Edited by Myra Jean Bourke et.al.
Melbourne: Melbourne University Press. pp. 9-14.
Holzknecht, Susanne Carol
1984. Markham languages of Papua New Guinea: a history of Austronesian
languages of the Markham and Ramu Valley, Papua New Guinea. Ph.D. thesis.
Australian National University.
Holzknecht, Susanne Carol.
1989. Markham languages of Papua New Guinea. Canberra: Department of
Linguistics, Research School of Pacific Studies.
Holzknecht, Susanne Carol.
1980. Morphology and Grammar of the Amari language, Morobe Province, Papua New
Guinea. Department of Language and Literature. MA. Thesis. University of Papua
New Guinea.
Holzknecht, Susanne Carol.
Morphology and Grammar of Adzera (Amari dialect), Morobe Province. In;
Papers in New Guinea Linguistics. No.24. Edited by D.C. Laycock.
Department of Linguistics, Research School of Pacific Studies, Australian
National University. pp. 77-166.
Holzknecht, Susanne Carol
1987. Why is smoke not a smoke: language taboo and problems of elicitation in
the language of the Markham family. In; A World of Language: Papers
presented to Professor S.A.Wurm on his 65th Birthday. Edited by D.C.
Laycock and W. Winter. Department of Linguistics, Research School of Pacific
Studies. Australian National University. (Pacific Linguistics Series C .
no.100) pp. 257-263.
Holzknecht, Susanne Carol
1988. Word taboo and its implications for language change in the Markham
family of languages, Papua New Guinea. Language and Linguistics in
Melanesia. 18 (1-2): 43-69.
Hooley, B.A.
1971. Austronesian languages of Morobe District, Papua New Guinea. Oceanic
Linguistics 10 (2): 79-151.
Hooley, B.A.
1987. Death of life: the prognosis of Central Buang. In; World of
Language. Edited by D.C. Laycock and W. Winter. pp. 275-285.
Hooley, B.A. et.al.
1971. Gagek turinsen yonon los keriing vahi. Some true stories and fables.
Ukarumpa: Summer Institute of Linguistics.
Hooley, B. A. et.al.
1973. Gagek turinsen yonon los keriing vani sene netu luu. A second book of
true stories and fables [in Central Buang language] illustrated by Mejeng
Magin. Ukarumpa: Summer Institute of Linguistics.
Hooley, B.A.
1970. Mapos-Buang - Territory of New Guinea. Ph.D. thesis. University of
Pennsylvania.
Hooley, B.A.
1965. The Morobe District - New Guinea. Oceania Linguistics 3 (2):
201-247
Hooley, B.A.
1978. Number and time in central Buang. Kivung. 11 (2): 152-170.
Hooley, B.A.
1974. Orthography problems in Central Buang. Kivung. 7 (2): 82-90.
Hooley, B.A.
1972. Preparation of salt among the Buang, New Guinea. Man. 7 (2):
391-321.
Hooley, B. A.
1964. A Problem in Buang-Morphology. Linguistic Circle of Canberra
Publications Series A. Occasional papers Number. 3.
Horne, R.
1968. Geochemical orientation survey, Wau. New Guinea. Canberra: Bureau of
Mineral Resources, Geology and Geophysics. (Australia. Bureau of Mineral
Resources, Geology and Geophysics Records, 1968/133)
Howe, L.J.
1978. Library profile no.28. Bulolo Public Library. Toktok Bilong
Hausbuk. Volume 25-26: 28-29.
Howcroft, Neville H.S.
1993. Bulolo national seed production area: Bulolo/Wau field trip B. In;
Voices of the South Pacific: Proceedings of the South Pacific Forestry
Research Seminar 23-17 november 1992 La,e Papua New Guinea. Bangkok: United
Development Program. pp. 112-116.
Howcroft, Neville H.S.
1992. Mine site rehabilitation project New Guinea Gold Fields Ltd abandoned
site: Bulolo/Wau field trip. In; Voices of the South Pacific: Proceedings of
the South Pacific Forestry Research Seminar 23-17 November 1992 Lae Papua New
Guinea. Bangkok: United Development Program. pp. 117-119.
Howcroft, Neville H.S.
1993. National tree seed center - Bulolo; Bulolo/Wau field trip A. In;
Voices of the South Pacific: Proceedings of the South Pacific Forestry
Research Seminar 23-17 November 1992 Lae Papua New Guinea. Bangkok: United
Development Program. pp. 110-111.
Hoy, Bruce.
1987. Amelia Earhart remembered. Paradise. Vol. 63: 11-17.
Hoy, Bruce.
1992. Raid on Lae and Salamaua. Paradise. Volume 91:29-33.
Hoy, Bruce.
1966. Recapture of Lae: Historical memories. Paradise. Vol 14: 59-61
Humphries, Walter Richard.
1923. Patrolling in Papua: with an introduction by J.H.P. Murray.
Lieutenant-Governor and chief judicial officer of Papua. London: T. Fisher
Unwin Ltd.
Humphries, Walter Richard.
1919. Report of patrol by Mr Humphries from Nepa, Lakekamu Goldfield to Ioma,
Mambare Division for the purpose of connecting up the two stations. Papua
Annual Report for 1917-1918 : 62-67. (App.B).
Hungerford, D.A.
1965. Chromosomes studies of Eastern New Guinea. Current Anthropology 6
(1): 107-111.
Huston, L.W.
1962. Forestry development in Papua New Guinea. Australian Territories.
2 (6): 4-11.
Hutchinson, D.S.
1973. Little Wau Creek gold prospect. Port Moresby: Department of Lands,
Surveys and Mines.
Hutton, M.J.
1990. Kereminge Gold prospect. In; Geology of the mineral deposit of
Australia and Papua New Guinea. Edited by F.C. Hayes. Parkville, Vic.: The
Australasian Institute of Mining and Metallurgy. pp 1769-1772.
Idriess, I.I.
1964. Gold dust and ashes; the romantic story of New Guinea goldfields.
Sydney: Angus and Robertson.
Idrus, N.
1991. Graduate Diploma in total management as a means to a formalized
nationwide CEE in Papua New Guinea. International Journal of Continuing
Engine Education. 1(4): 377-390
Inapi, A. et.al.
1983. Brief ideal library competition: Butibam community school. A manuscript
copy held in the New Guinea collection.
Inselmann, R.
1948. Changing missionary methods in Lutmis, New Guinea. B. Divinity thesis.
Wartburg Seminary Duduque (Iowa).
Inselmann, R.
1944. Letub, the cult of the secrets of wealth. M.A. Thesis. Kennedy School of
Missions, Hartford Seminary Foundation. Lutheran Mission.
Isaiah, Ruby.
1980. Report of the National Youth Leaders training workshop, Lae, Morobe
Province. Hohola: Department of Community and Family Service.
Ivancic, A. et.al.
1996. New mutation of taro (colocasia esculenta) observed at Bubia
agricultural research Center. Papua New Guinea Journal of Agriculture,
Forestry and Fisheries. 39 (2): 6-9.
Jachmann, Friedegard.
1969. Seelen-und Totenvorstellungen bei drei Bevolkerungruppen in Neu-Guinea.
Weisbaden: Steiner.
Jackman, Harry.
1977. The 1947 Nutrition Survey in Busamang. Journal of the Morobe District
Historical Society 4 (1): 11-13.
Jackson, Graham George.
1965. Cattle, Coffee and land among the Wain. Canberra: New Guinea Research
Unit. New Guinea Research Unit Number. 8
Jackson, Graham George.
1965. Cattle, Coffee and land among the Wain (New Guinea). MA thesis.
University of Auckland.
Jackson, Richard Thomas.
1976. Bulolo and Wau. In; An Introduction to Urban Geography. Edited by
Richard Jackson. Waigani: Department of Geography, University of Papua New
Guinea. Occasional Paper Number 13. pp. 305-321.
Jackson, Richard Thomas.
1976. Lae. In; An Introduction to Urban Geography. Edited by Richard
Jackson. Waigani: Department of Geography, University of Papua New Guinea.
Occasional Paper Number 13. pp. 274-304.
Jackson, Richard Thomas.
1976. Ethnic Segregation in Port Moresby and Lae. Yagl Ambu. 3 (4):
233-245.
Jackson, Richard Thomas.
1988. Socio-economic impact [study] of the Hidden Valley Gold Project.
Brisbane: James Cook University.
Jackson, Richard Thomas.
1988. The social and economic impact of the Hidden Valley old Project.
Konedobu: Department of Minerals and Energy.
Jacob, J. et.al.
1973. History of Wagang Village. Journal of the Morobe District Historical
Society. 1 (2): 35-36.
Jacobson, G.
1971. Geological investigation of the Watut-Mount Kaindi, Edie Creek Road,
Morobe District, New Guinea. (investigation no. 71420). Port Moresby :
Department of Lands, Survey and mines. (Geological Survey of Papua New Guinea
Note on Investigation: 71/014).
Jacobson, G.
1971. Preliminary appraisal of groundwater resources, Markham valley, New
Guinea. (investigation no. 71401). Port Moresby: Department of Lands, Surveys
and mines. (Geological Survey of Papua New Guinea note on investigation,
71/005)
Jacobson, G. et.al.
1972. Summary of Groundwater bore data, Lae, Morobe District, Papua New Guinea
(Investigation no. 72419. Port Moresby: Department of Lands, Surveys and Mines.
(Geological Survey of Papua New Guinea Note on Investigation Number ; 72/018)
Jajing, L.
1982. Survey of microhydro schemes in Pindiu area. Lae: Department of
Electrical and Communication Engineering, University of Technology.
Jarman, J.
1982. English In-Service in Lae High Schools. TESLA. Volume 1: 43-44.
Jeffries, Dougal
1979. From Kaukau to Coke: study of rural urban food habits in Papua New
Guinea. Canberra: Centre for Resource and Environmental Studies, Australian
National University.
Jennings, J.F.
1935. Australia's stake in New Guinea. Pacific Islands Monthly. 6(1):
page 16.
Jephson, M.
1995. Reducing maternal and infant mortality in Papua New Guinea. Focus.
Pages 14-17.
Joseph, Ben.
1996. Perspective of the hidden Valley Landowners towards Economic Development
and Conservation. In; From Rio to Rai. Edited by D. Gladman, D.Mowbray
and John Duguman. Waigani: University of Papua New Guinea Press. Volume 4. pp.
55-58.
Joint Services College of Papua New Guinea.
1974. Buang people of the Snake river area. Port Moresby: The College. A study
by Officer Cadets.
Johnson, C.
1996. Lecturer stabbed . Campus Review. 6 (17): page 5.
Jones, H. Ian et.al.
1947. Infections with salmonella Bledam amongst the natives of New Guinea: an
account of fourteen cases with post mortem reports of four fatal cases.
Medical Journal of Australia. Volume 2: 356-362.
Julius, Charles.
1947. Busama. At head of the title; Notes from the late Mr. Charles Julius.
Held in the New Guinea Collection.
Jones, H.I.
1984. Blood parasites in birds in Morobe Province. Papua New Guinea
Biological Foundation Research Review. Page 10.
Julius, Charles
19---? Patep village. At the head of the title; Notes from the late Mr.
Charles Julius. Held in the New Guinea Collection.
Kaiku, Ombone.
1982. Keeping and handling knowledge in PNG Societies: case of the Hube of
Morobe Province. Oral History. 10 (1): 1-4.
Kaiku, Resonga.
1978. Hube Business, Finschhafen (with Pidgin translation). Oral
History. 6 (1): 2-32.
Kaima, Sam Tua.
1998. Archives and Records of Administrative History in Papua New Guinea. A
paper read at the 12th Pacific History Association, (PHA) Honiara, Solomon
Islands, June 22-28.
Kaima, Sam. Tua
1997. Archives and records of education in Papua New Guinea, past, present and
Future. Papua New Guinea Journal of Education 33 (2):107-116.
Kaima, Sam .Tua
1989. Attitudes towards changing leadership patterns Papua New Guinea. M.A.
Thesis. University of Hawaii.
Kaima, Sam Tua.
1987. Bibliography of Cargo Cults in the Momase region. Originally submitted
for Papua New Guinea Bibliography course at the Administrative College for a
Diploma in Library Science. Manuscript copy held in the New Guinea
Collection.
Kaima, Sam Tua.
1986. Creation myths and the belief systems of the Wantoat. A manuscript, a
summarized version of the B.A. (Hons.) thesis copy held in the New Guinea
Collection.
Kaima, Sam. Tua
1986. Creation myths: the impact of the changing creation myths on the belief
systems and the daily activities of the Wantoat, Morobe Province, Papua New
Guinea. B. A. (Hons.) thesis. History Department, University of Papua New
Guinea.
Kaima, Sam. Tua
1979. Economic Initiatives in Wantoat: A Report to the people of Wantoat.
History Department, University of Papua New Guinea and Department of Primary
Industry and History Department. (History of Agriculture Discussion Paper No.
36.)
Kaima, Sam Tua.
1987. Ethnographic history of the Wantoat, Morobe Province, Manuscript copy
held in the New Guinea.
Kaima, Sam Tua.
1989. Evolution of Cargo Cults and the Emergence of Political Parties in
Melanesia. Catalyst. 19 (4): 333-352.
Kaima, Sam Tua.
1993. Evolution of Cargo Cults and the Emergence of Political Parties in
Melanesia. Journal De la Societes des Oceanistes 92-93 (1-2):
173-180.
Kaima, Sam Tua
1994. Group Identity Versus and Open Electorate in PNG Politics: The Case of
Markham Open Electorate in 1987 Elections. A paper read at the Pacific Islands
Political Studies Association (PIPSA) Conference Monash University. December
15-18 .
Kaima, Sam Tua.
1986. History of Colonial contact in Wantoat. A manuscript copy held in the
New Guinea Collection.
Kaima, Sam Tua
1998. A History of the Markham Open Electorate: Changes and Continuities of
the Wantoat in PNG National Politics. A paper read at the Pacific Islands
Political Studies Association (PIPSA) Conference, University of Canterbury,
December 7-10.
Kaima, Sam Tua.
1992. Lost souls in Search of Salvation: Evolution of cargo cults and the rise
of new religious sects in Papua New Guinea. In Pacific History: Papers from
the 8th Pacific History Association Conference. Edited by Donald
Rubinstein. Micronesian Area Research Center, University of Guam. pp.
113-124.
Kaima, Sam Tua.
1991. Man from the Mountain: Mambon of Wantoat. Times of Papua New Guinea.
September 19, pages 9,11,13.
Kaima, Sam Tua.
1986. Myths do explain social change. A manuscript held in the New Guinea
Collection.
Kaima, Sam Tua.
1987. Oral Accounts: Possible source for writing history. Horizons.
Volume 2: 33-37.
Kaima, Sam. Tua
1986. Oral Sources, Archives and Published Materials: the case of the Wantoat.
Pacific Archives Journal Vol. 4. Pp. 9-19.
Kaima, Sam Tua.
1987. Politics as cargo in Papua New Guinea. Catalyst. 17 (2):
149-162
Kaima, Sam Tua
1980. Rise of Cargo Cults in Wantoat: Comparison of two religions, traditional
and foreign. A paper submitted for the Te Rangi Heroa Essay Competition. A
copy held in the New Guinea Collection.
Kaima, Sam Tua
1987. The Rise of Cargo Cults in Wantoat. Catalyst. 17 (1): 55-70.
Kaima, Sam Tua.
1998. The Significance of Dam Building in Wantoat. A manuscript sent to
Catalyst, Melanesian Institute for publication. Copy held in the New
Guinea Collection.
Kaima, Sam Tua.
1998. Takwan: Traditional Knowledge and Information systems of the Wantoat. A
manuscript sent to Catalyst, Melanesian Institute for publication. Copy
held in the New Guinea Collection.
Kaima, Sam Tua.
1989 Use of oral sources in writing religious history of Papua New Guinea.
Catalyst. 19(3): 297-304.
Kaima, Sam Tua.
1985. Wantoat in Port Moresby. An unpublished manuscript held in the New Guinea
Collection.
Kaima, Sam Tua.
1998. The Wantoat in Port Moresby: A Personal Recollection. A manuscript sent
to Oceania for publication, copy held in the New Guinea Collection.
Kaima, Sam Tua.
1987. Wantoat Migrant Workforce in the Towns of Papua New Guinea. An
exploratory essay for further research. Manuscript copy held in the New
Guinea.
Kaima, Sam Tua
1980. Where have all the Men gone in Wantoat? Special issue, 1980 National
Population Census. Yagl Ambu. 10 (3): pp. 105-108.
Kaitilla, S.
1994. Urban residence and housing improvement in a Lae
squatter settlement, Papua New Guinea. Environment and Behavior. 26
(5): 640-668.
Kaitilla, S.
1992. Influence of overseas trade on housing quality among the Siassi of Papua
New Guinea. ARCH. and BEHAV. 8 (4): 367-378.
Kaitilla, S.
1994. Post-occupancy evaluation in self-housing schemes: Tentsiti Settlement,
Lae , Papua New Guinea. Cities. 11 (5): 312-324.
Kaitilla, S.
1993 Sustainable urban development: Industrial siting in Lae, Papua New
Guinea. United Environment Program Industry and Environment. 16 (1-2):
67-70
Kambuou, R.N.
1986. Adzuki bean variety testing in the Markham valley. Harvest. 11
(4): 131-135.
Kamene, Sakarepe Keosai.
1995. Literacy with/without roots. In; Critical Development and
Literacy. Edited by Otto Nekitel, Steven Winduo and Sakarepe Kamene.
Department of Language and Literature. University of Papua New Guinea. pp.
79-93.
Kanasa, Biama Bruce. et.al.
1982. Community government campaign report: Morobe and Salamaua Districts,
November 1981 - January 1982. Lae: Morobe Provincial Government.
Kanasa, Biama.
1989. Leadership and Organisation among the Zia of Morobe Province.
Catalyst. 19 (3): 251-264.
Kanasa, Biama .
1987. Wori! Wori! : The Zia Response to the German Imperialism: 1884-1920.
B.A. (Hons.) thesis. History Department. University of Papua New Guinea.
Kanasa, Biama.
1995. Reconstructing the Zia Past to 1920 with special reference to the
Contact with the Early Europeans, M.A. Thesis. History Department. University
of Papua New Guinea.
Kanasa, Biama
1983. The Yarawi Tribe. Journal of Oral History. 11 (3) : 83-87
Kanasa, Biama. et.al
1983. Results of a Test of School Readiness for village, urban and other urban
children. Papua New Guinea Journal of Education 19 (1): 7-16.
Kanasa, Biama
1997. Collecting Local History, In; Information and Nation: To know and Be
Known. A paper read at the Waigani Seminar.
Kanom, Benjamin.
1977. How a cat saved the lives of two people. Journal of the Morobe
District Historical Society 4 (1): page 22.
Karel, H.
Knowledge of aids in Morobe Province, Papua New Guinea. Pacific Health
Dialog. 2 (2): 20-23.
Karnbach, L.
1893. Eine Bootsfarhrt durch den Huongolf in Kaiser Wilhelmsland. Deustche
Kolonialzeitung 6(13): 170-173.
Karnbach, L.
1893. Eine botanische Weihnachts-Exkursion in Neu-Guinea. Gartenflora.
Volume 42: 4-7.
Kay, B.U.
1937. Rafting down the Markham. Walkabout 3 (7): 32-33.
Keck, V.
1993. Talk about changing world; young Yupno men in Papua New Guinea Debate
their future. Canberra Anthropology. 16 (2): 67-96.
Keck, V.
1993. Two ways of explaining reality: the sickness of a small boy of Papua New
Guinea from anthropological and biomedical perspective. Oceania. 63 (4):
294-312.
Kelly, D.
1995. Coffee mill to re-power the people. Cuso Forum. 13 (1): 1-2.
Kelsey, John Russell.
1993. Music of the Irumu people, Morobe Province. Ph.D. thesis. Wesleyan
University. Ann Arbor, Mich. University Microfilms International.
Keogh, Sean
1948. Everything is temporary post war Moresby. Walkabout. 14 (6):
9-12.
Kerr, A.
1971. Lae: Employment and population projections, 1966-1990. Port Moresby:
Growth Analysis Pty. Ltd.
Kerstan, H.E.
1915. Die Tuberkulose in KaiserWilhelms-land (Deutsche-Neuguinea). Archiv
fur Schiffs-und Tropen-Hygiene 19(4): 101-108
Ketan, Joe. et.al.
1988. Preliminary Study survey report on Lae urban youth (September 1988): A
study implications and recommendations to the National Government. Sponsored by
Papua New Guinea Law and Order Committee.
Keurs, Peiter.
1985. Island of wood carvers: Mandok, Papua New Guinea. (A Manuscript held in
the New Guinea Collection.
Keysser, Christian.
1926. Anutu in Papualande. Nurnberg, locken Verlag. also in
Neuendettalsausauer Missionschriften. Nr. 63.
Keysser, Christian
1950. Eine Papua Gemeinde. Freimend Verlag Neuendettelsau
Keysser, Christian
1954. Die Papua und Ihr Gott. Freimund Verlag Neuendettelsau
Keysser, Christian
1949. Gottes Weg ins Hubeland. Freimund Verlag Neuendettelsau
Keysser, Christian
1966. Das Bin Bloss Ich. Freimund Verlag Neuendettalsau
Keysser, Christian
n.d. Zake der Papua Hauotling. Freimund Verlag. Neuendettelsau.
Keysser, Christian.
1911. Aus dem Leben der Kaileute. In; Neuhauss, Deutsche Neuguinea.
Volume 3: 3-242. Berlin, Dietrich Reimer A.G.
Keysser, Christian.
1912. Vom Sattelberg zum Markham. Zeitschrift fur Ethnologie, 44:
558-584.
Keysser, Christian.
1913. Die erste Ersteiung der ostlichen Gipfel des Finister regebirges
(Kaiser-Wilhelmsland). Petermanns Geographische Mitteilungen 59 (2):
177-181.
Keysser, Christian.
1924. Mission work among primitive peoples of New Guinea. International
Review of Missions. 13: 426-435.
Keysser, Christian.
1925. Worterbuch der Kate-Sprache, gesprochen in Neuguinea. Zeitschrift fur
Eingeborenen-Sprachen 7. Beiheft. Berlin, Dietrich Reimer (Ernst Vohsen)
A.G.
Keysser, Christian.
1929. Eine Papuaemeinde. Kassel, Barenreiter-Verlag.
Kidd, C.H.
1974. Pollution hazards arising from the location of sewage treatment lagoons
on Lot 261, Lae. Port Moresby: Department of Lands Surveys and Mines.
(Geological Survey of Papua New Guinea. Report Number 74/23)
Kidd, S.B.
1997. Note on piper aduncum in Morobe Province, Papua New Guinea. Science
in New Guinea. 22 (3): 121-124.
Kigasung, W.W.
1978. Change and Development in a local church: a history of the Bukawa Church
since 1906. M.A. thesis. History Department. University of Papua New Guinea.
Kigasung, W.W.
1976. Mission pioneering in Siassi 1847-1947. B.A. (Hons.) thesis. University
of Technology.
Kigasung, W.W.
1978. The Value of Bukawa Initiation. Goroka: Melanesian Institute of Pastoral
and Economic Services. Point Series. Vol 2: 128-139.
King, Joseph. et.al.
1987. Report on the effects on the Vitiaz earthquake of 9th February 1987,
Morobe Province. Konedobu: department of Minerals and Energy. (Geological
Survey of Papua New Guinea Report Number: 87/03)
King, Robin.
1975. Bush walkers guide to the Huon Peninsula. Lae: Papua New Guinea
University of Technology.
Kingasa, J.
1976. Story bilong Kingasa. Journal of the Morobe District Historical
Society. 3 (3): 21-28.
Kirschbaum, Franz J.
1926. Miscellanea aus neuguinea. Anthropos. 21: 274-277
Kirschbaum, Franz J.
1934. Neuguinea auf dem Internationalen Anthropologen-und Ethnologen Kongress
in London, 1934. Anthropos 29: 817-818.
Kiyingi, K. S. et.al.
1990. Ewing's sarcoma : fifteen years experience at Angau Memorial Hospital.
Papua New Guinea Medical Journal. 33 (1): 17-23.
Knoll, Werner.
1979. The Building of Hikost self-help housing scheme in Lae. Yagl Ambu
6 (3-4): 4-10.
Knoll, Werner.
1979. Squatter Settlements in Lae and other parts of Morobe Province.
Northeast New Guinea. 1 (1) : 32-37.
Koch, K.
1939. Totemismus und Zweiklassen in Neuguinea. Zeitschraft fur
Ethnologie, 71: 318-385.
Kocher-Schmid, C.
1990. Magic and scent: the role of indigenous gingers and peppers among the
Nokopo people of the Yupna area, Madang and Morobe Province, Papua New Guinea.
Research in Melanesia. Volume 14 : 22-30
Kocher-Schmid, Christin.
1991. Of people and plants: a botanical ethnography of Nokopo Village, Madang
and Morobe Provinces, Papua New Guinea. Basel: Wepf.
Koeget, Salee K.
1985. Preliminary survey of human uses and coliform counts at three locations
along Bumbu river in Lae: Lae: Department of Fisheries, University of
Technology. (Papua New Guinea University of Technology, Department of Fisheries
Report Series Number 85/1).
Koepping, Kluas-Peter.
1973. Some preliminary ethnographic notes on the Erap Valley, Huon Peninsula.
In; University of Queensland; Anthropology Museum Occasional Papers Number.
2.
Koenigswald, G.H.R.
1961. Opmerkingen over Chines en Indonesische invloeden op de kunst van Nieuw
Guinea. Kultuurpatronen (Delfs ethnografisch Museum), deel 3-4:124-140.
Koenneritz, von.
1886. Kolonial politische Vorgange: S.M. Krueuzer `Albatros' in der Sudsee.
Deutsche Kolonialzeitung, 3(12): 365-366.
Kohler, J.
1901. Uber den Geisterglauben der Naturvolker. Archiv fur
Religionwissenschaft 4: 338-348.
Kohlschutter, E.
1912. Bericht uber die Arbeiten des Hauptmanns Foerster, bei Geleenhelt der
renzfestsetzung von Kaiser-Wilhelmsland imm Verlauf des 8. Grades Sudlicher
Breite. Mitteilungen aus den Deutschen Schutzgebeiten, 25(1): 72-74.
Kohun, P.J.
1988. Reproduction performance of Priangan ewes in Lae. In; Maximising
Animal Production in Papua New Guinea. Edited by R.C. Malik. Lae:
University of Technology. pp. 160-164.
Koni, Y. Mandani
1973. Biyangai yelewikyen. Biangai stories. Unkarumpa: Summer Institute of
Linguistics.
Kooijman, S.
1955? De kunst van Nieuw Guinea. Den Haag. Servire.
Koppenhagen, Conrad.
1922. Reisen im Markham-Ramu-Gebiet, Kaiser-Wilhemsland, Neu-Guinea.
Gesellschaft fur Erdkunde zu Berlin, Zeitschrift, no. 3-4: 145-147.
Ko'saung, Nganining Yalu.
1979. Toktok Bilong skul bipo na Nau. Northeast New Guinea. 1(1):
14-16.
Ko'saung, Nganining Yalu.
1979. Tinting long lo bilong bipo na nau tu. Northeast New Guinea 1 (3
&4): page 9
Ko'saung, Nganining Yalu.
1979. Some thoughts about the law of past and present. Northeast New
Guinea. 1 (3 & 4): page 10.
Kow, Felicia. et.al.
1991. Determination of anthropometric cut-off points for protein - energy
malnutrition using the maximum chi-squared statistical technique. Papua New
Guinea Medical Journal. 34 (1): 49-53.
Kow, Felicia.
1981. Comparative nutritional status study: report on nutritional Survey-Buimo
Road Settlement. Lae 1980. Lae: Department of Chemical Technology, University
of Technology.
Kow, Felicia.
1982. Comparative nutritional status study: report on nutritional survey-Wasu
1980. Lae: Department of Chemical Technology, University of Technology.
Kow, Felicia.
1980. Interim report on child nutrition survey 1980. Lae: Department of
Chemical Technology, University of Technology.
Kow, Felicia.
1983. Patterns of nutrition and related health factors among pre-school aged
children in Papua New Guinea. A paper presented at the 15th Pacific Science
Congress, Dunedin, New Zealand. February 1-11.
Kow, Felicia.
1980. Supplementary report on child nutrition survey, 1980. Lae: Department of
Chemical Technology, University of Technology.
Krauss,
1912. Bericht des Polizeimeisters Krauss in Morobe uber die Inland Expedition
zur Nord-West-Grenzevom 31. Oktober bis 19. November 1911. Amtsblatt fur das
Schutzgebiet Deutsch-Neuguinea 4(1): 7-9.
Krieger, Maximilian.
1899. Uber Klimaverhaltnisse in Kaiser wilhelmsland. Duetsche
Kolonialzeitung, 12(18) (new series): 152-153.
Krieger, Maximilian.
1899. Die missionen von Kaiser Wilhelmsland. Deutsche Kolonialzeitung.
12 (21) (new series): 179-180.
Krieger, Maximilian.
1899. Uber das Arbeitermaterial in Neuguinea. Deutsche Kolonialzeitung
12(29): (new series):260-261.
Krieger, Maximilian.
1899. Uber die Kulturfahikeit von Kaiser-Wilhelmsland. Deutsche
Kolonialzeitung 12(32) (new series): 290.
Krieger, Maximilian.
1899 Aus Neu-Guinea. Deutsche Kolonialzeitung 12 (40 (new series):
379-380
Kreiger, Maximilian.
1899. Uber Arbeiterbehandlung und Anwerbun in Neu-Guinea. Deutsche
Kolonialzeitung 12(43) (new series): 411-412.
Kriele, Ed.
1927. Das Kreuz unter den Palmen: die Reinische Mission in Neu-Guinea. Barmen,
Verlag des missionhauses.
Kuder, John.
1973. Change and Development in the Morobe District since World War II: the
mission contribution. Journal of the Morobe District Historical Society.
1 (1): 21-27.
Kukari, Arnold.
1991. School organizational climate and student discipline problems in
provincial high schools of Morobe. In; Distance Education in Papua New
Guinea. Edited by B. Avolos. Waigani: University of Papua New Guinea. pp.
259.
Kuluah, Albert.
1983. Wokim Gold long Wau: 1922-1942. A paper presented at the Conference on
Small Scale Gold mining in Papua New Guinea held at the University of
Technology. June 5-6.
Kuma, Paul.
1976. Advanced fieldwork report. Waigani: University of Papua New Guinea.
Based on field work carried out during the 1975/76 long vacation in Lae, Morobe
Province.
Kumar, Ray.
1991. Research into pests of maize in Markham Valley. In; Proceedings of
the Seminar on Diseases of Food Crops, 1991. Edited by R. Kumar. Lae:
University of Technology. pp. 15-25.
Kuniata, L.S.
1994. Phytophaquos insects of the giant sensitive plant (mimisa invisa) at
Ramu, Papua New Guinea. Papua New Guinea Journal of Agriculture, Forestry
and Fisheries. 37 (2): 36-39.
Kuniata, L.S. et.al.
1991. Pests of sugarcane and their management. In; Proceedings of a Seminar
on Pests and Diseases of food Crops 1991. Edited By R., Kumar. Lae:
University of Technology. pp. ???
Kunsei, M. et.al.
1979. Buara Settlement, no. 3, Lae. Yagl Ambu. 6 (3-4): 14-16.
Kurahasi, H.
1989. Two new species of euphumosia from Papua New Guinea (diptera:
calliphoridae) Mem Institute of Oswaldo Cruz Rio De Janeiro . 84 (4):
297-302.
Kuwabara, S.
1977. Lae. Paradise. Volume 3: 16-17.
Lacey, Roderic.
1985. Journeys and transformations: the process of innovation in Papua New
Guinea. Pacific Viewpoint. 26 (1): 81-105.
Lae Chamber of Commerce and Industry.
1985. Guide to business and travel in Lae and Morobe Province. Lae: Chamber of
Commerce and Industry.
Lakau, Andrew Luckster.
1990. Biangais of the Wau-Bulolo valley and their management of customary land
in a changing context. Lae: University of Technology.
Lambert, C.R.
1952. Prospect for European agricultural development in Papua and New Guinea.
South Pacific 6 (5): 388-392.
Lambert, Noel.
1951. Rabaul: problems child of the Pacific. Walkabout 17 (8):
10-16.
Lamster, J.C.
1925. Beschavinsebieden op Nieuw-Guinee. Nederlandsch aardrijkskunding
genootschap, Amsterdam, Tijdschrift, 21 (2nd series) : 402-417.
Lamster, J.C.
1936. Naschrift oostelijk centraal nieuw Guinee. Nederlandsch aardrijkskundig
genootschap, Amsterdam, Tijdschrift, 53 : 849-901.
Langhans, Paul.
1895. Beitrage zur Kenntnis der Deutschen Schutzgebiete: a_) Rochells Aufnahme
des Warangoi-Flusses, b) Karnbachs Fahrten an der Nordkuste des Huon Golfes.
Petermanns Geographische Mitteilungen, 41: 169-170.
Langley, Doreen.
1950. Food consumption and dietary levels. In; Report of the New Guinea
Nutrition Survey Expedition, 1947 (Part 4). Sydney: Government Printer. pp.
92-142.
Lanyon-Orgill, Peter A.
1942. A Polynesian settlement in New Britain. Journal of the Polynesian
Society. Volume 51: 87-114.
Lauck, Linda M.
1976. Patep sentences. In; Grammatical Studies in Patep. Edited by R.
Living. pp. 5-123.
Lauterbach, Carl.
1921? Die Pflanzenformen einier Gebeiete Nordost-Neu Guineas und des Bismarck
Archipels; In; Beitrage zur Flora von Papuasien. Volume 15.
Lauterbach, Carl.
1921? Die Pflanzenformen einier Gebeiete Nordost-Neu Guineas und des Bismarck
Archipels; In; Beitrage zur Flora von Papuasien. Volume 17.
Lea, M.A.
1985. News from PNG. Incite. 6 (16): page 11.
Lea-Cameron Joint Venture.
1974. Hydrological, hydraulic and preliminary bridge report for Highlands
Highway (Munum to Waterais) to Government of Papua New Guinea. Boroko: Lea
Cameron Joint Venture.
Leahy, Michael.
1975. Edie Creek and prospecting . Journal of the Morobe District
Historical Society. 3 (1): 21-37.
Leahy, Michael J.
1936. The central highlands of New Guinea. Geographical Journal. Volume
87: 229-262.
Leahy, Michael J. et.al.
1937. The land that time forgot; adventures and discoveries in New Guinea.
London: Hurst & Blackett.
Lean, Glendon A.
1991. Morobe Province. 2nd.Ed. Lae: Department of Mathematics and Statistics,
University of Technology. (Counting Systems of Papua New Guinea. Volume 16)
Lebasi, B.
1978. Flying around PNG (Lae). New Nation. 2 (7): page 10.
Lehmann, Friedrich Rudolf.
1939. Weltunterang und Welterneuerung im Glauben Schriftloser Volker.
Zeitschrift fur Ethnologie 71: 103-115.
Lehner, Stephen.
1911. Bukawa. In; R. Neuhauss, Deutsche Neu-Guinea. Vol.3: 397-485.
Berlin, Dietrich Reimer. A.G.
Lehner, Stephen.
1930/31. Marchen und Sagen des Lenesierstammes der Bukawac
Baessler-Archiv, 14: 35-72.
Lehner, Stephen.
1930/31 Die Naturanschauung der Eingebornen in N.O. Neu-Guineas.
Baessler-Archiv. 14 : 105-122.
Lehner, Stephen.
1932. Maja: the notion of `Maja' in Jabem language of Northeast New Guinea.
Journal of the Polynesian Society. 41 : 121-130.
Lehner, Stephen.
1934. Die soziale Stellung der Frau bei der papuanisch-melanesischen
Bevolkerung von Nordost-Neuguinea. Gessellschaft fur Volkerkunde (Leipzig)
Mitteilungsbaltt, 3: 12-18.
Lehner, Stephen.
1935. Sitten und Rechte des Melanesierstammes der Bukawac. Archiv fur
Anthropologie. 23 (4): (neue Folge): 239-284.
Lehner, Stephen.
1935. Einie Gedanken zum Kapital `Frauenkauf' bei den Eingebornen in Huongolf,
Nordosten Neuguineas. Gessellschaft fur Volkerkunde, (Leipzig)
Mitteilungsbaltt, 6: 14-24.
Lehner, Stephen.
1935. Die Vorstellung vom Todeszauber (Opa, Ofang, Silam, Selam oder Bumbum)
unter den Eingeborenen Neuguineas. Esellschaft fur Volkerkunde, (Leipzig),
Mitteilungsbaltt, 6: 32-43
Lehner, Stephen.
1938. Zur Psychologie des Melanessierstammes der Bukawac. Archiv fur
Anthropologie 24: 45-63.
Lehner, Stephen.
1938. Zur Naturanscchauung des Melanesierstammes der Bukawac. Archiv fur
Anthropologie, 24: 96-102
Lehner, Stephen.
1940. Spieele der Eineborenen am HuonGolf in Nordost Neuguinea.
Gesellschaft fur Volkerkunde, (Leipzig), Mitteilungsbaltt, 10: 31-75.
Lehner, Stephen.
1977. Balum Cult of the Bukawa of the Huon Gulf, New Guinea. Journal of the
Morobe District Historical Society. 4 (2): 51-56.
Lehner, Stephen.
1935. Balum Cult of the Bukawa of the Huon Gulf, New Guinea. Oceania. 5
(3): 338-345.
Lehner, Stephen.
1930. Eister und seelengglaube der Bukawa und anderer Eieborenenstamme im
Houngolf Nordost-Neuguineas Mitteilungen mus voelkerk Hamburg. Volume
14: 3-44.
Leisten, Hans Joachim.
1968. Leider der Watut Kultesane aus Bentsen, Mararena und Madzim
(Nordost-Neuguinea). Ph.D. thesis. Friede Universitat.
Lemonnier, P.
1986. Study of material culture today: toward an anthropology of technical
system (about the Anga of New Guinea). Journal of Anthropological
Archaeology. 5 (2): 147-186.
Levy-Bruhl, Lucien.
1954. The primitive's sense of death. (first published in 1922). In;
Primitive Heritage. Edited by Margaret Mead and N. Calas. London: Victor
Gollarncz. pp.41-46.
Lewis, Albert Buell.
1925. Decorative art of New Guinea : incised designs. Chicago: Field Museum of
Natural History, Anthropology leaflet no.17:1-10.
Lewis, Albert Buell.
1929. Melanesian shell money in field museum collections. Chicago: Field
Museum of Natural History Publications 268. Anthropological series 19(1) :
1-36.
Lewis, Albert Buell.
1931. Carved and painted designs from New Guinea. Chicago: Field Museum of
Natural History, Anthropology design series No.5.
Lewis, A. D. et.al.
1977. Brief Guide to the tunas and billfish of Papua New Guinea. Port Moresby
: Kanudi Fisheries Research Station.
Lilley, Ian.
1986-1987. Archaeological investigations in the Vitiaz Strait region, Morobe
Province, Papua New Guinea. Bulletin of the Indo-Pacific Prehistory
Association. Volume 7: 51-74.
Lilley, Ian.
1986. Prehistoric exchange in the Vitiaz Strait, Papua New Guinea. Ph.D.
thesis, Australian National University.
Lilley, I.
1988. Prehistoric exchange across the Vitiaz Strait, Papua New Guinea.
Current Anthropology. 29 (3): 513-516.
Lilley, I.
1985. Chiefs without chiefdoms? Comments on prehistoric sociopolitical
organisation in western Melanesia. Arch. Oceania. 20 (2): 60-65.
Lincoln, Peter Craig.
19---? Rai Coast Austronesian language survey data, part 2. (draft.) A
manuscript held in the New Guinea Collection.
Lincoln, Peter Craig.
1976. Rai Coast word list. A manuscript copy held in the New Guinea
Collection.
Lindgren, Eric.
1976. Morobe, Papua New Guinea. Port Moresby: Robert Brown and Associates.
Liu, K et.al.
1995. Submarine features of modern open-sea fan deltas, Huon Peninsula, Papua
New Guinea. Sedimentary Geology. Vol : 98 : 63-77.
Liu, K. et.al.
1991. Variations between tectono-sedimentary regimes during collision zone
evolution; the Markham valley suture zone, Papua New Guinea. In; Papua New
Guinea Geology Exploration and Mining Conference 1991. Proceedings.
Parkville, Vic.: The Australasian Institute of Mining and Metallurgy.
pp.8-16.
Lloyd, T.
1979. Dua dua. Paradise. Volume 26: 43-46.
Lofena, Kwalimu.
1980. Report of the Commission of Inquiry into Matters in the Menyamya
District.
Logan, Ali.
1980. Field Report II. Waigani : Educational Research Unit, University of
Papua New Guinea.
Logan, Ali.
1981. Food for thought: education and change on Mandok. Waigani: Educational
Research Unit, University of Papua New Guinea.
Lohia, S.
1978. Ororo rua goridia (Motu translaction). Oral History. 6 (7): page
73.
Louman, Bas et.al.
1993. Tree species selection for village woodlots on Markham grassland.
Klinkii: Journal of Forestry in Papua New Guinea. Vol. 5 (1):
Louman, Bas.
1994. Trees and village in the Markham valley - Papua New Guinea. Papua New
Guinea Journal of Land Studies 1 (1): 39-49.
1
Loveday, Ian. C.
1986. Site investigation for a mini hydropower scheme at Menyamya, Morobe
Province. Konedobu: Department of Minerals and Energy. (Geological Survey of
Papua New Guinea technical note; 86/30)
Lowenstein, P.L.
1982. Economic Geology of the Morobe Goldfield, Papua New Guinea. Volume 1.
Port Moresby: Geological Survey of Papua New Guinea.
Loweinstein, P.L.
1982. Economic Geology of the Morobe Goldfield, Papua New Guinea. Volume II.
Port Moresby: Ecological Survey of Papua New Guinea.
Lubin,
1991. Patterns of variation in female--biased colony sex ratios in a social
spider. Biological Journal of Linnean Society. 43 (4(: 297-311
Lucas, J.
1972. The Lae: a town in transition. Oceania. 42 (4): 260-275.
Maahs, A.M.
1951. Bones of the Buangs. Walkabout 17 (12): 14-18.
Macgregor, Peter B.
1927. Report of the Royal Commission on the Edie Creek (New Guinea) Leases
(with summary of exhibits). Canberra: Government Printer. Report of the Royal
Commission for the Australian Parliament.
Macias, L.F.
1971. Geological investigation of the Wantoat-Leron Road, Morobe Province, New
Guinea. (Investigation no. 71412). Port Moresby: Department of Lands, Surveys
and Mines. (Geological Survey of Papua New Guinea Note on Investigation;
71/003)
Mackay, N.J.
1955. Geological report of a reconnaissance of the Markham and Upper Ramu
drainage systems, New Guinea. Canberra: Bureau of Mineral, Resources, Geology
and Geophysics. (Australia. Bureau of Mineral Resources, Geology and Geophysics
Records, 1955/25)
Maclean, J.L.
1975. Red Tide in the Morobe District of Papua New Guinea. Pacific
Science. 29 (1): 7-13.
Maeyama, T. et.al.
1994. Abnormal behavior of colobopssis sp. (hymenoptera: formicidae)
parasitized by mermis (nematoda) in Papua New Guinea. Sociobiology. 24
(2): 115-119.
Maha, Api.
1995. Managing educational change in the decentralized contest of Papua New
Guinea. A paper read at the Education Department Senior Officer's Conference
Lae, Morobe Province. September 7-11 1992.
Mahoney, Carl T.
1980. First Aseki road traffic survey, 1980. Lae: Department of Architecture
and Building, University of Technology. (Aseki Road Impact Study Report Number.
1)
Mahoney, Carl T.
1982. Fourth traffic survey, January 1982. Lae: Department of Architecture and
Building, University of Technology. (Aseki Road Impact Study Report Number.
5)
Mahoney, Carl
1981. Third traffic survey, July 1981. Lae: Department of Architecture and
Building, Papua New Guinea University of Technology. (Aseki Road Impact Study
Report, Number. 4)
Mahoney, D.B. et.al.
1983. Survey of the microbiological quality of meat available from supermarkets
in Lae. Science in New Guinea. 10 (2): 69-77.
Malagun, Salam .et.al.
1981. Coal occurrences in the Central Huon Peninsula, near Pindiu, Morobe
Province. Science in New Guinea. 8 (1): 49-55.
Malcolm, L.A.
1973. Need and demand for health and medical care in urban Lae. Papua New
Guinea Medical Journal. 16 (3): 157-167
Malik, Ramesh C.
1988. Maximising animal production in Papua Guinea: Proceedings of the Papua
New Guinea Society of Animal production. Lae: University of Technology.
Mambu, J.
1975. Bishop Mambu I tingting bek . Journal of the Morobe District
Historical Society. 17-27.
Manadhar, Ramesh.
1989. Bricks: is there a future in Papua New Guinea. In; Renewable Energy
for Rural Development. Edited by F.Welt. Lae: University of Technology. pp.
159-168.
Mangiri, Gerry.
1979. A Story about dew. Northeast New Guinea. 1 (1): page 30.
Manly, L. et.al.
1989. Guarded secrets. Paradise . Volume 74: 8-13.
Manning, H.J.
1936. Aerial transport of New Guinea. Walkabout. 2 (11): 12-24.
Manning, H.J.
1959. Golden voice Vial. South Pacific 10 (4): 86-92.
Manus, Peter.
1988. Economics of small holder broiler production in Morobe Province: an
analysis of producers income. In; Maximizing Animal Production in Papua New
Guinea. Edited by R.C. Malik. Lae: University of Technology. pp. 36-40
Manus, Peter.
1984. Economics of small holder poultry farming in Morobe Province. B. Agr.
(Hons.) thesis. University of Papua New Guinea.
Mare, B.
1976. Gardening among the Dedua. Oral History. 4 (1): 92-94.
Marr, Colin C.
1938. An agricultural survey of the Markham Valley in the Morobe District.
Papua New Guinea Agricultural Gazette. 4(1): 2-12.
Marshall, Alan J.
1938. Germany's former Colonies: III. Northeast New Guinea and the Bismarck
Archipelago. Geographical Agricultural Magazine. Volume 7: 281-288.
Marshall, C.
1988. Kabwum: Talair's best kept secret. Insait. Volume 6: 22-23.
Masani, Judy.
1979. Community profile of the Wabezaire sub-village, Hamua Village, Morobe
Patrol Post, Morobe Province. Port Moresby: Office of Home Affairs.
Mathews, C.L.
1974. Cardiovascular disease in Lae: a five-year review. Papua New Guinea
Medical Journal. 17 (3): 251-262.
Mathews, C.L. et.al.
1974. Hypoplastic left heart syndrome. Papua New Guinea Medical
Journal. 17 (3): 282-284.
Maxton-Graham, P.
1951. The Administration tea project at Garaina. South Pacific. 5 (4):
page 58.
Maxton-Graham, P.
1951. The administration of the tea project at Garaina. (Papua). South
Pacific. 5 (4): page 58.
Mayr, E.
1931. Die Vogel des Saruwaged-und Herzoggebirdes (NO-Neuguinea).
Mitteilengen Zoologie Museum Berlin. 77 (5) 639-723.
Mazzucconi, Giovani et.al.
1965. Scritti del servo di Dio Piovanni Mazzucconi. Milano: Pontificio
Instituto missioni Estere.
Mc Arthur, M.
1962. The Kunimaipa: the social structure of a Papuan people. Ph.D. thesis.
Australian National University, Canberra.
McCarthy, A.J.
1974. The Surveying education report. Journal of the Association of
Surveyors of Papua New Guinea. 4 (3): 31-33.
McCarthy, Frederick
1936. A prehistoric mortar from New Guinea. Australian Museum Magazine.
6 (4): page 111.
McCarthy, Frederick.
1949. The designers of the Huon Gulf, New Guinea. Australian Museum
Magazine. 9 (11): 359-364.
McCarthy, John Keith.
1947. How 240 men were saved. Pacific Islands Monthly. 17(6) : 55-58,
60-61, (7): 32-34, 43-44,46.
McCarthy, John Keith.
1961. In Papua and New guinea……… new ways of learning for
village people. South Pacific Commission Quarterly Bulletin 11 (4):
42-24,67-68.
McColl, K.H.
1947. (1) Out on the end of a limb! (2) trapped by Nips" (3) `Operation
Sepik'. Pacific Islands Monthly. 17(8): 32-34, (9): 33-36, (10):
33-35.
McCullagh, S.F.
1963. The goitre endemic of the Huon Peninsula of the Territory of Papua New
Guinea. M.D. thesis. University of Sydney.
McCullagh, S.F.
1959. Interim report: goitre control project. Papua and New Guinea Medical
Journal. 3(2): 43-37.
McCullagh, S.F.
1963. The Huon Peninsula endemic: I. The effectiveness of the intramuscular
depot of iodized oil in the control of endemic goitre. II. The effect in the
female of endemic goitre on reproductive function. III. The effect in the
female of endemic goitre on reproductive function. IV. Endemic goitre and
congenital defect. Medical Journal of Australia. 1 : 769-777, 806-808,
844-890.
McCulloch, R.N.
1944. Notes on the habits and distribution of trombiculid mites in Queensland
and New Guinea. Medical Journal of Australia. Volume 2: 543-555.
McLeod, J.S.
1939. Customs of people living in Vailala river valley. Report to the
League of Nations on the administration of the Territory of New Guinea. for
1937-1938. Page 21.
McElhanon, Kenneth Andrew.
1969. Komba kinship terminology. Ethnology. 8 (3): 273-277.
McElhanon, Kenneth Andrew.
1968-1969. Current Cargo Beliefs in the Kabwum Sub-District. Oceania. 39
(3): 174-186
McElhanon, Kenneth Andrew.
1979. Fresh look at Nabak morphophonemics. Kivung. 12 (1): 74-88.
McElhanon, Kenneth Andrew.
1977. The Identification of birds by the Selepet, Papua New Guinea.
Oceania. 48 (1): 64-74.
McElhanon, Kenneth Andrew.
1975. Idiomaticity in a Papuan (non-Austronesian) language. Kivung. 8
(2): 103-144.
McElhanon, Kenneth Andrew.
1970. Lexico-statistics and the classification of Huon Peninsula languages.
Oceania. 40 (3): 216-231.
McElhanon, Kenneth Andrew.
1984. Linguistic field guide to the Morobe Province, Papua New Guinea.
Canberra: Department of Linguistics. Research School of Pacific Studies,
Australian National University. (Pacific Linguistics series D. no.57.)
McElhanon, Kenneth Andrew.
1970. Papers in New Guinea Linguistics no. 11. Canberra: Department of
Linguistics, Research School of Pacific Studies. Australian National
University. Contain papers on Golin, Kunimaipa and Yareba languages and on the
Finisterre languages.
McElhanon, Kenneth Andrew.
1967. Preliminary observation on Huon Peninsula languages. Oceania
Linguistics. 6 (1): 1-45
McElhanon, Kenneth Andrew.
1974. Towards a history of Huon Peninsula. Oral History. 2 (10):
21-30.
McElhanon, Kenneth Andrew.
1973. Towards a typology of the Finisterre-Huon languages, New Guinea: Some
grammatical comparisons of the Finisterre-Huon languages, New Guinea. Canberra:
Department of Linguistics Research School of Pacific Studies, Australian
National University.
McElhanon, Kenneth Andrew.
1970. The Selepet language within the Finisterre-Huon Phylum (New Guinea)
Ph.D. thesis. Australian National University.
McElhanon, Kenneth Andrew.
1968. Selepet social organisation and kinship. Ethnology. 7 (3):
296-304
McElhanon, Kenneth Andrew.
1967. Selepet vocoid clusters, Pacific Linguistics Series A. Occasional
Papers no.12, Papers in New Guinea Linguistics no 6. pp.1-18.
Mckay, John. et.al.
1975. Transport, market channels and local trade in Lae region, Papua New
Guinea. Final report part 1. Port Moresby: Department of Transport. Submitted
to the Joint Program of Studies in transport process.
McMurtry, J.A. et.al.
1985. Some phytoseiid mites (acari) of Papua New Guinea, with descriptions of
six new species. International Journal of Acarology. 11(2): 75-88.
Mcphee, E. C.
1988. Ecology and diet of some rodents from the lower montane region of Papua
New Guinea. Australian Wildlife Research. Vol.15: 91-102
Meier, Hans.
1911. Bericht des Architekten Meier uber eine von Simbang aus unternommene
Inland expedition. Amsblatt zur das Schutzgebiet Deutsch Neuguinea. 3
(12): 130-135.
Meier, Hans.
1911. Bericht des Architekten Meier uber eine von Simbang aus unternommene
Inland expedition. Deutsches Kolonialbaltt. 22: 629-635.
Meuser, William.
1977. New Guinea airlift. Journal of the Morobe District Historical
Society. 4 (1): 41-42
Miles, G.P.L.
1938. Another stone mortar from New Guinea. Man. Volume 38: page 96.
Milliman, J.D.
1995. Sediment discharge to the ocean from small mountainous rivers: The New
Guinea example. Geo-Marine Letters. Vol.15: 127-133.
Mimica, Jadran F.
1981. Omalyce: an ethnography of the Ikwaye view of the cosmos. Ph. D. Thesis.
Australian National University.
Mimica J.
1991. Incest passions: an outline of the logic of the Iqwaye social
organisation. Oceania. 62 (1): 34-58
Mitio, Ngawae.
1981. Biangae Marriage and its relationship to kinship and property; the case
of Werewere Village, Wau District. B.A. (Hons.) thesis. University of Papua New
Guinea.
Mitio, Ngawae.
1986. Factors affecting attitudes to their resources: the case of timber.
Boroko: Institute of Applied, Social and Economic Research.
Mollock, B.
1977. Power to the people. New Nation. 1 (2): 6-7.
Moody, J.
1994. Report on the second international conference English for professional
communication. TESLA. 10 (1): 51-64.
Moramoro, M.A.
1973. A survey of employment, staff training practices and training needs of
103 employees in Lae, Papua New Guinea. Lae: Department of Accountancy and
Business Studies, Papua New Guinea University of Technology.
Moramoro, M.A.
1975. A Survey of Staff Localization in Lae. Management 1 (1): 47-53.
Moramoro, M.A.
1984. Morobe Province : Women's Profile. Boroko: Department of the Prime
Minister.
Moresby, John.
1875. Discoveries in eastern New Guinea by Captain John Moresby and the
officers of H.M.S. Basilisk. Royal Geographical Society Journal. 45:
153-170.
Moresby, John.
1875. Discoveries in eastern New Guinea by Captain John Moresby and the
officers of H.M.S. Basilisk. Royal Geographical Society Proceedings 19:
225-244
Moresby, John.
1875. Discoveries in eastern New Guinea by Captain John Moresby and the
officers of H.M.S. Basilisk. Geographical Magazine 2: 119-123.
Moresby, John.
1876. New Guinea and Polynesia. Discoveries and surveys in New Guinea and the
d'Entrecasteaux islands: a cruise in Polynesia and visits to the pearl-shelling
stations in Torres Straits of H.M.S. Basilisk. London: J. Murray.
Morobe District Agricultural Society.
1964. Lae and Morobe District. Lae: Morobe District Agricultural Society.
Morobe District Historical Society.
1974. Morobe District Historical Society. Tour one: Ampo Lutheran mission.
Journal of the Morobe District Historical Society. 2 (2): 19-21.
Morobe District Historical Society.
1974. The New Guinea Airways complex. Journal of the Morobe District
Historical Society 2 (1): 45-47.
Morobe District Historical Society.
1975. The Buang people of the Snake River area. Journal of the Morobe
District Historical Society. 2 (3): 47-54.
Morobe District Historical Society.
1976. The Buang people of the Snake River area: Mangga village. Journal of
the Morobe District Historical Society. 3 (1): 52-55.
Morobe District Historical Society.
1977. Romance of Bulolo Figures: how aeroplanes and dredges were introduced.
Journal of the Morobe District Historical Society. 4 (2): 4-6.
Morobe Province. Assembly.
198-? Morobe Tutumang Standing Orders. Lae: Morobe Provincial Government.
Morobe Province. Assembly.
198--?. Stedin oda bilong Morobe Tutumang: Ol kainkain toksave bilong stendin
oda. Lae: Morobe Provincial Government.
Morobe Province. Assembly.
1982. Tuam Declaration: principal directive principles, development aims and
provincial five-year plan; 1982-1986 Volume 1. Lae: Morobe Provincial
Government.
Morobe Province. Constitution.
1977. Constitution of the Morobe Province. Typescript copy held in the New
Guinea Collection.
Morobe Province. Constitution.
1977. Constitution of Morobe (including amendments)
Morobe Students Research and Advisory Committee. University of Papua New
Guinea.
1985. Some recommendations to the Tutumang as a student contribution to the
review of the community Government system in Morobe Province: A report from
Morobe Students Research and Advisory Committee at University Papua New Guinea.
Morobe Students Research and Advisory Committee. University of Papua New
Guinea.
1984. Reports. Volume 1. 1983-1984. Waigani: Morobe Students Research and
Advisory Committee.
Morren, F.W.
1895. Einhollandischer Pflanzer uber Deutsch-Neu-Guinea. Deutsche
Kolonialzeitung. 8 (14): (new series) pages 106-108.
Morris, R.J.
1971. Radio Survey - Morobe. Port Moresby: Department of Information and
Extension Services. (Studies in Communication : an extension project.)
Morrison, J. et.al.
1994. Land use and agriculture In; Proceedings of the Science of the
Pacific Islands Conference: Suva: Institute of Pacific Studies, The
University of the South Pacific. Vol.2. (Science of the Pacific Island Peoples
Volume. 2)
Morriss, Jamoa. 1
1983. Finschhafen area, Morobe Province. In; Customary Law in Papua New
Guinea. Edited by R. Scaglion. Waigani: University of Papua New Guinea. pp.
54-58.
Morton-Davis. E.
1972. Science for new literates. Read. 7 (1): 26-27.
Moyne, Walter Edward Guiness.
1936. Walkabout, a journey in lands between the Pacific and Indian Oceans.
(with introduction by C.A. Haddon and appendix by A.J.E. Cave) London: William
Heinneman.
Muke, John D.
1984. Huon discoveries: a preliminary report on the stone artifacts and a
comparative analysis of the distribution of wasted tools in Greater New Guinea.
Bachelor of Letters Degree (B.Litt.). Canberra: Australian National University.
Mulderink, Anthony.
1976. Trochus shell arm ornaments of the Siassi Islands. Lae : University of
Technology.
Mulderink, Anthony.
1979. Northeast New Guinea Profile One: Aibale Timotheus on of Papua New
Guinea's remarkable men. Northeast New Guinea. 1(2): 13-19.
Mulderink, Anthony.
1979. Wanpela bikpela man bilong Papua New Guinea. (Translation of the above)
Northeast New Guinea. 1 (2): 20 -24.
Munster, Peter M.
1975. Three men form Morobe; a neglected aspect of highlands early contact
history. Journal of the Morobe District Historical Society. 3 (2):
32-45.
Munster, Peter.
1975. Morobe people in other areas, Buko Usemo, a Lutheran Evangelist in
Goroka area. Journal of the Morobe District Historical Society. 3 (1):
38-41.
Murdock, George Peter.
1949. Social Structure. New York: MacMillan Co.
Murphy, John Joseph.
1938/39. Stone workers of New Guinea, past and present. Oceania. 9 (1):
37-40.
Murphy, P.
1988. Introduction to Lae and Morobe Province. South Pacific Magazine.
1 (1): 22-24.
Murray, G.H.
1937. Outbreak promecotheca Antiqua: Lindenhafen Estate. New Guinea
Agricultural Gazette 3 (2): 1-2.
Musee de l'Homme (Paris)
1956. Novelle Guinee : Haut Morobe et bas Sepik. Paris: Musse de l'Homme
Mustar, E.
1973. Pilots of the purpose twilight. Journal of the Morobe District
Historical Society. 1 (1): 34-38.
Mwapua, G.
1982. Day to day situation and actual problems in relation to the building
regulations. A paper presented at the Building Regulations for Housing in the
South Pacific, Lae. Department of Architecture, University of Technology
Namto, S.
1978. Legends. New Nation. 2 (5): page 11.
Narere, Waupp.
1977. From Weri language, Morobe Province. Oral History. 5 (5): page
75.
Narewe, Waupp.
1977. Stories from upper Waria villages, Garaina (1-4) Journal of the
Morobe District Historical Society. 4 (3): 54-66.
Narewe, Waupp.
1979. Garaina Stories One: Tupela Brata I kros long karuka na I kilim tewel
man long as bilong karuka. Northeast New Guinea. 1(2): 25-26.
Narewe, Waupp.
1979. The devil in the pandanus tree (translation of above) Northeast New
Guinea. 1(2): 27-28.
Narewe, Waupp.
1979. Garaina Stories Two: Ol masalai bilong raunwara I givim ris bilum long
man. Northeast New Guinea. 1(2): 29-31
Narewe, Waupp.
1979. The lake spirit and the magic bag. (Translation of the above)
Northeast New Guinea. 1 (3&4): page 32.
Narewe, Waupp.
1979 Garaina Stories Three: Ol man I slip na ston I bruk na karamapim.
Northeast New Guinea. 1(3&4): page 35.
Narewe, Waupp.
1979 Sleeping villagers killed in landslide (Translation of the above)
Northeast New Guinea. 1(3&4): page 36
Narewe, Waupp.
1979. Garaina Stories Four: Sibob I kilim tewel manki na ol I kaikai.
Northeast New Guinea. 1(3 &4): page 73
Narewe, Waupp.
1979 Sibob kills the boy devil (Translation of the above) Northeast New
Guinea. 1(3&4): page 74
Narewe, Waupp.
1979. Garaina Stories Five: Tewel meri I kaikaim pikinini bilong man tru.
Northeast New Guinea. 1(3&4): page 75
Narewe, Waupp.
1979. The devil woman eats the baby. Northeast New Guinea 1 (3&4):
page 76.
Natural Systems Research Pty. Ltd.
1985. NGG holdings Limited: Wau Mine Upgrading, environmental plan. : Volume
II. Hawthorn, Vic.: Natural Systems Research Pty. Ltd.
Nedeco- Haskoning et.al.
1980. Lae port development project: feasibility study: final report.
Manuscript copy held in the New Guinea Collection.
Netherlands Engineering consultants.
1973. Port Development Lae. The Hague: NEDECO.
Neuhauss, Richard.
1909. Brief des Hern R. Neuhauss aus neu-Guinea. Zeitschrift fur
Ethnologie 41:751-753, 962-963.
Neuhauss, Richard.
1979. Concerning Birds of Paradise. Northeast New Guinea. 1 (3 & 4)
: 5-6.
Neuhauss, Richard.
1979 Sampela tingting long kumul (Translation of the above) Northeast New
Guinea 1 (3&4): 7-8.
Neuhauss, Richard.
1909. Der Stamm der Lae-Womba am Markhamflusz. Deutsche
Kolonialzeitung. 26(46): 770-771
Neuhauss, Richard.
1979. Industry and Art; Religious perceptions, magic, totemism, myths and
legends. (Being chapters 20 ad 25, volume 1of ) R. Neuhauss.
Deutsch-Neu-Guinea. Berlin, Verlag Dietrich Reimer, 1911. Translated by K..
Holzknecht, with E.C. and S.N. Holzknecht 1979. Northeast New Guinea special
Publication No.1.
Neuhauss, Richard.
1911. Kinematographische und phonographische Aufnahmen aus Deutsche-Neuguinea.
Zeitschrift fur Ethnologie 43:136-138.
Neuhauss, Richard.
1911. Ueber die Pymaen in Deutsch-Neuguinea und uber das Haar der Papua.
Zeitschrift fur Ethnologie. 43:280-287.
Neuhauss, Richard.
1911. Deutsch-Neu-Guinea. Berlin, Dietrich Remier A.G.
Neuhauss, Richard.
1912. Funde von Rook. Zeitschrift Ethnologie. 44:409-410
Neuhauss, Richard.
1912. Die Pygmaen in Deutsch-Neuguinea. Anthropologische Gesellschaft in
Wein, Mitteilungen, Sitzungsberichte 1911-1912: 67-69.
Neuhauss, Richard.
1913. Bemerkungen zu dem Aufsatz von A.J.P. v.d. Broek uber Pygmaen in
Niederlandisch-Sud-Neu-Guinea. Zeitschrift fur Ethnologie 45:45-48.
Neuhauss, Richard
1913. Das rotblonde Haar der Papua. Zeitschrift fur Ethnologie 45 :
259-260.
Neuhauss, Richard.
1914. Felszeichnungen auf der Insel Umboi. Zeitschrift fur Ethnologie,
46:529-531.
Neuhauss, Richard.
1914. Die Pygmaenfrage in Neu-Guinea. Zeitschrift fur Ethnologie 46 :
753-754.
Newcombe, K.
1980. Energy for development: the energy policy papers of the Lae project.
Canberra: Australian National University, Center for Resources and
Environmental Studies for Unesco.
Newcombe. Ken
1984. Energy conservation and diversification of energy sources in and around
the city of Lae, Papua New Guinea. Photocopied from F. De Castri, F.W. Baker.
Ecology in Practice part II. Pp.88-111.
Newcombe, K.
1980. The Lae project: an ecological approach to third world urbanization.
Ambio 2(3): 73-78.
Nelson, C.W.
1991. Historical profiles of Mayo: Mayo in New Guinea. Mayo Clinic
Procedure. Volume. 66: page 456.
Netherlands Engineering Consultants.
1973. Port Development, Lae. The Hague: NEDECO.
Nelson, Hank N.
1975. Living with a blind giant: villagers and foreigners. Meanjin
Quarterly Vol. 34: 351-357.
Neumann, Klaus.
1986. Tami Histories. Canberra: Research School of Pacific Studies and South
East Asian History. Australian National University. Unpublished manuscript.
Neumann, Klaus.
1992. Tradition and identity in Papua New Guinea: some observations regarding
Tami and Tolai. Oceania. 62 (4): 295-316.
Neverman, Hans.
1938. Kava auf Neuguinea. Ethos. Volume 3: 179-192.
New Guinea Annual Report.
1926. Report on Patrol to Bubu, Ono, and Upper Waria rivers and north therefrom
to the Bialolo river. Report to the League of Nations on the administration
of the Territory of New Guinea for 1924-1925. pp. 98-108. (Appendix C)
New Guinea Annual Report.
1932. Patrol Report. Report to the League of Nations on the administration
of the Territory of New Guinea for 1930-1931. pp. 96-100.
New Guinea Annual Report.
1933. Patrols. Report to the League of Nations on the administration of the
Territory of New Guinea for 1931-1932. pp. 88-91.
New Guinea Annual Report.
1934. Patrols. Report to the League of Nations on the administration of the
Territory of New Guinea for 1932-1933. pp. 29-33.
New Guinea Annual Report.
1935. Patrols. Report to the League of Nations on the administration of the
Territory of New Guinea for 1933-1934. pp. 25-30
New Guinea Annual Report.
1936. Anthropological Investigations. Report to the League of Nations on
the administration of the Territory of New Guinea for 1934-1935. pp.
19-21.
New Guinea Annual Report.
1950. Sorcery in the Upper Watut area of the Morobe District. Report to the
General Assembly of the United Nations on the administration of the Territory
of New Guinea for 1949-1950. page 173. (Appendix XIX)
New Guinea Annual Report.
1950. Peaceful penetration, headwaters of Markham river. Report to the
General Assembly of the United Nations on the administration of the Territory
of New Guinea for 1949-1950. page 175. (Appendix XIX)
New, Kasemuk Pashimah
1984. Community based food-processing industries for Papua New Guinea. The
Situm Banana Chip Enterprise. Lae: Appropriate Technology Development
Institute, University of Technology.
Niall, H.R.
1970. Report of the Urban local Government, Lae. Consultative Committee to the
District Commissioner, Morobe District. Lae Urban Consultative Committee.
Niall, H. R.
1973. Second World War in the Morobe District. Journal of the Morobe
District Historical Society. 1 (1): 7-19.
Nidung, L.G.
1981. Passage of Sai. Paradise. Volume 32. : 31-32.
Nidung, L.G.
1966-1967. Two legends:1 The Passage of Sai. Journal of the Papua New Guinea
Society. 1 (1): 68-70.
Niligur, William et.al.
1991. Rapid environmental appraisal of the interior of Huon Peninsula, Morobe
Province, Papua New Guinea. Port Moresby: University of Papua New Guinea.
Niven, D.
1973. Lae traffic survey, August-September 1973. Lae, Morobe Province.
Nick, A. et.al.
1994. Antibacterial triterpenoid acids from dillenia Papuana. Journal of
Natural Products. 57 (9): 1245-1250.
Northeast New Guinea.
1979. Northeast New Guinea Profile: Geyamalo Apo. Northeast New Guinea.
1 (3&4): 44-52.
Norwood, Hugh C.
1979. Papua New Guinea, people's participation in urban settlement upgrading:
three case studies; papers of workshop at Asian Institute of Technology, 1-14
October. Bangkok: Asian Institute of Technology.
Norumum, W.W.
1978. Studies on the nutritive values of fresh, sun-dried and dehydrated green
leafy vegetable grown in Lae. Lae: Department of Chemical Technology,
University of Technology.
O'Collins, Maev.
1979. If he does not come; will they work on the road? Hikost in 1972. Yagl
Ambu. 6 (3-4): 11-13.
Odgers, G.
1979. Air war against Japan, 1943-1945. Canberra: Australian War Museum.
Okada, T.
1987. Genus mycodrosophila oldemnber (diptera, drosophilidae) of Southeast Asia
and New Guinea I. Typical species. Kontyu 54 (1) : 112-123.
Okona, Rex.
1978. Baindoang project: basic information for social -impact study of the
introduction of a micro hydro-electricity scheme in a rural area. Lae:
University of Technology.
Okpul, T. et.al.
1996. Hybridization of taro (colocasia esculenta) (1) schott): floral
development and stigma receptivity. Papua New Guinea Journal of Agriculture,
Forestry and Fisheries. 39 (1): 12-18
Oldorp, Rudolf.
1909. Auszug aus einem Berichte des Herrn Oldorp vom 4. Oktober 1909.
Amtsblattfur das Schutzebiet Deutsch-Neuguinea, 1(20) : 155-157, (21):
162.
Oldorp, Rudolf.
1909. Auszug aus einem Berichte des Herrn Oldorp vom 4. Oktober 1909.
Deutsche Kolonialzeitung 26(52):872-873.
Onsa, Keon Kelokelo.
1985. Labu Butu pilot mariculture project: net cage culture of the troschel's
mullet Liza Macrolepis (Smith). Lae: Department of Fisheries, University of
Technology. (Papua New Guinea University of Technology Department of Fisheries
Report 85/15)
Ooman, H.A.P.C.
1959. Poor food patterns in New Guinea. Nieuw-Guinea Studien 3:
35-46.
Osborne, D.H.
1947. Early days in Papua. Pacific Islands Monthly. 18 (4): page 58.
Ota, Y.
1993. Holocene coral reef terraces and coseismic uplift of Huon Peninsula,
Papua New Guinea. Quaternary Research 40 (2): 177-188
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1938. 1915 Earthquake. [Salamaua] Pacific Islands Monthly. July 1938
page 42
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1947. 1932 Photograph [Lae] Pacific Islands Monthly. April 1947 page
39; June 1947 page 9
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1950. 10,000 Pounds for Timber Rights. [Bulolo] Pacific Islands
Monthly November 1950 page 10.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1932. 5 Acres slips into Sea. [Lae] Pacific Islands Monthly. September
1932. page 35.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1954 24 Hour Power Supply [Lae] Pacific Islands Monthly. December
1954 page 39.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1948. 37 killed in a New Guinea air tragedy. Pacific Islands Monthly.
18 (10): page 13.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1945. Abandoned Salamaua. Pacific Islands Monthly April 1945 page 10
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1943. AIF Division Advances.[Lae] Pacific Islands Monthly. September
1943 page 1.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1951. Administrative Highhandedness. Pacific Islands Monthly. August
1951 page 116.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1946 Administrative Staff Entertains. [Lae] Pacific Islands Monthly.
July 1946 page 74
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1948. Administrative Visit. [Bulolo] Pacific Islands Monthly. January
1948 page 30.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1939 Administrators Visit. [Morobe District] Pacific Islands Monthly.
June 1939 page 26.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1951. Administration Changes [Wau] Pacific Islands Monthly. February
1951 page 109
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1951. Advisory Council [Lae] Pacific Islands Monthly. March 1951 page
38.; October 1951 page 6
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1951. Advisory Council [Morobe District] Pacific Islands Monthly.
September 1951 page 111; April 1952 page 104.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1953. Advisory Council [Wau] Pacific Islands Monthly February 1953
page 125; July 1953 page 43; November 1954 page 33.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1951. Advisory Councils in New Guinea: Lae, Wau and Morobe district.
Pacific Islands Monthly. 22(2): page 111.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1938 Aerial view. [Lae] Pacific Islands Monthly. September 1938 cover,
September 1941 cover.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1932. Aerodrome [Morobe District]. Pacific Islands Monthly. March 1932
page 4.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1946. Aerodrome [Nadzab] Pacific Islands Monthly. August 1946 page
13;
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1932. Aerodrome.[Salamaua] Pacific Islands Monthly. December 1932 page
5; August 1934 page 5; September 1934 page 13; January 1935 page 8; September
1935 page 53; October 1937 page 47; February 1936 page 52; September 1936 page
75; June 1937 page 67; November 1937 page 22.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1932. Aerodrome [Wau] Pacific Islands Monthly. February 1932 page 29;
June 1936 page 75; November 1936 page 71; September 37 page 31; November 1937
page 47.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1946. Aerodrome condemned [Wau] Pacific Islands Monthly. January 1946
page 4;
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1930. Aerodrome Petrol tank Installed. [Lae]. Pacific Islands Monthly.
December 1930 page 7.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1939. Agriculture [Morobe District] Pacific Islands Monthly. July 1939
page 54
Pacific Islands Monthly
1954. Agriculture Show [Wau] Pacific Islands Monthly July 1954 page
132; November 1954 page 37.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1951. Airfield Closed. [Bulolo] Pacific Islands Monthly. June 1951 page
11; 77 October 1952 page 127.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1942. Airfield Smashed.[Salamaua] Pacific Islands Monthly April 1942
page 9
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1951 Air Mail Charges [Lae] Pacific Islands Monthly. July 1951 page
101.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1948 Airport [Lae] Pacific Islands Monthly. March 1948 page 78
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1953. Airport Argument [Lae] Pacific Islands Monthly. October 1953 page
53; March 1954 page 31
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1932. `Aliwa' Wrecked. [Siassi Group] Pacific Islands Monthly. October
1932 page 10
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1942. Allied Attack. [Salamaua] Pacific Islands Monthly July 1942 page
1.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1937. Amelia Earhart to Visit. Pacific Islands Monthly. February 1937
page 73
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1955 Americans Fined for film. [Lae] Pacific Islands Monthly April
1955 page 19, 117
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1937. Ancient Artifacts. [Morobe District] Pacific Islands Monthly.
November 1937 page 26
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1946. Anger and disappointment in the Australian Territories. Pacific
Islands Monthly. 17(1): 9, 74-75.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1949 Anglican Church [Lae] Pacific Islands Monthly. June 1949 page 21;
November 1949 page 21; July 1950 page 7; August 1950 page 20
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1936. Anglican Church. [Wau] Pacific Islands Monthly. December 1936
page 19
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1940. Another Hotel [Salamaua] Pacific Islands Monthly April 1940 page
65.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1949. ANZAC Day [Bulolo] Pacific Islands Monthly. May 1949 page 90.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1940. ANZAC Day [Wau] Pacific Islands Monthly. May 1940 page 46
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1951 ANZAC Day Ceremonies [Lae] Pacific Islands Monthly. May 1951 page
105.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1945. Apologies to Lutheran Missionaries Pacific Islands Monthly
February 1945 page 28
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1960. The army crosses New Guinea. Pacific Islands Monthly. 30 (12):
133.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1961. Arrest made by a Papuan patrol. Pacific Islands Monthly. 32 (3):
129-130.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1938. Athletic Club [Morobe District] Pacific Islands Monthly. June
1938 page 31
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1943. Australians attack. [Lae] Pacific Islands Monthly. February 1943
page 1.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1943. Australian Attack [Salamaua] Pacific Islands Monthly February
1943 page 1
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1943. Australian Forces Advance. Pacific Islands Monthly July 1943 page
1
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1935. Australian Parliamentary Visit [Wau] Pacific Islands Monthly.
June 1935 page5.
Pacific Islands Monthly
1949 Bachelors Entertain [Wau] Pacific Islands Monthly November 1949
page 20; December 1950 page 83
Pacific Islands Monthly
1937. Bakery [Wau] Pacific Islands Monthly. November 1937 page 16;
January 1938 page 56; March 1938 page 42; June 1938 page 54.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1942. Bank of New South Wales. Pacific Islands Monthly. January 1942
page 57.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1953. Bank of New South Wales [Bulolo] Pacific Islands Monthly. October
1953 page 147
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1947. Bank of NSW [Lae] Pacific Islands Monthly. February 1947 page
14.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1943. Battle of Salamaua Pacific Islands Monthly August 1943 page 10;
August 1943 page 11
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1943. Battle of Wau Pacific Islands Monthly August 1943 page 11
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1945. Becomes base. [Finschhafen]. Pacific Islands Monthly. May 1945
page 17
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1946 Beer Shortage [Lae] Pacific Islands Monthly November 1946 page
43
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1953 The Beginning [Lae] Pacific Islands Monthly. October 1953 page
59
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1936. Betel-Nut Farm [Morobe District] Pacific Islands Monthly. April
1936 page 26.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1949. BGD Housing. [Bulolo] Pacific Islands Monthly. March 1949 page
42
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1957. BGD's impressive changeover in New Guinea: from gold to timber.
Pacific Islands Monthly. 27 (8): page 41.
Pacific Islands Monthly
1938. Big Public Meeting. [Wau] Pacific Islands Monthly. October 1938
page 76.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1953. Billiard Table fit to Drink. [Salamaua] Pacific Islands Monthly.
September 1953 page 21
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1955 Births [Lae] Pacific Islands Monthly. January 1955 page 43.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1951. Births, Engagements [Wau] Pacific Islands Monthly February 1951
page 109; October 1951 page 119.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1939. Biscuit Factory [Salamaua] Pacific Islands Monthly November 1939
page 10
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1939. Biscuits [Wau] Pacific Islands Monthly. February 1939 page 26
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1940 Bishop Strong's Visit. [Wau] Pacific Islands Monthly. February
1940 page 53.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1950 Blood Flown in [Lae] Pacific Islands Monthly. July 1950 page 46.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1943. Bombarded by warships.[Finschhafen] Pacific Islands Monthly.
September 1943 page 1.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1946. Bowling Club Trophy. [Bulolo] Pacific Islands Monthly. January
1946 page 56.
Pacific Islands Monthly
1951. `Boys' night. [Wau] Pacific Islands Monthly. March 1951 page
92'
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1942. BP Liquor store looted. Pacific Islands Monthly. March 1942 page
34.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1940. BP Recreation Club. Pacific Islands Monthly February 1940 page
12.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1938. BP Store. [Bulolo] Pacific Islands Monthly. October 1938 page
49.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1934. BP Store [Wau] Pacific Islands Monthly. October 1934 page 7
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1943. The bravery of Father Glover in New Guinea evacuation. Pacific
Islands Monthly. 14(1): page 9.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1936. Brewery [Wau] Pacific Islands Monthly. August 1936 page 55;
January 1937 page 57; May 1937 page 40
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1954. Bridges are a priority road problem in New Guinea: First Jeep trip form
Lae to Highlands. Pacific Islands Monthly. 24 (6): 135-136.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1947. Bristol Freighter Wrecked [Wau] Pacific Islands Monthly.
November 1947 page 20.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1951. Building Boom [Lae] Pacific Islands Monthly. July 1951 page
101.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1944. Building reconstruction. [Finschhafen] Pacific Islands Monthly.
April 1944 page 15.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1950 Bulk Oil Terminal [Lae] 1950 Pacific Islands Monthly. January 1950
page 94; July 1950 page 6; July 1950 page 21.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1947. Bulolo Gold Dredging. Pacific Islands Monthly March 1947 page 7;
September 1947 page 8; October 1947 page 6; March 1948 page 8; April 1948 page
8; January 1949 page 4; June 1949 page 47.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1947. Bulolo-Wau Cricket Match. Pacific Islands Monthly. March 1947
page 50; May 1948 page 83.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1936. Bulolo-Wau walking record. Pacific Islands Monthly. February 1936
page 46.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1947 Bungalows [Lae] Pacific Islands Monthly. April 1947 page 69
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1949. Busy Airport [Lae] Pacific Islands Monthly. September 1949 page
54
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1946 Busy Town [Lae] Pacific Islands Monthly. July 1946 page 15
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1948. C. Booth and Timber Leases 1925;[Bulolo] Pacific Islands Monthly.
June 1948 page 46.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1939. C. Jacobsen's Poultry Farm. [Markham Valley] Pacific Islands
Monthly. November 1939 page 9.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1939. C.J. Levien Photograph Unveiled. Pacific Islands Monthly. June
1939 page 8.
Pacific Islands Monthly
1938. C. Lilley, Bootmaker. [Wau] Pacific Islands Monthly. June 1938
page 31
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1949. (a) Can we hope to see the end of Wardism in New Guinea? (b) New Guinea
Timber lease still drags on (c) Ward enquiry drags on (d) Ward exonerated-
Garden and Farrell were the crooks. Pacific Islands Monthly. 19 (6):
1-2; (8): 7-8; (9): 9; (12): 29,31.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1943. Canteen Order. [Salamaua] Pacific Islands Monthly June 1943 page
7
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1943. Captured by Australians.[Finschhafen] Pacific Islands Monthly.
October 1943 page 1.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1943. Captured by Australians.[Lae] Pacific Islands Monthly. October
1943 page 1.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1939. Car accident. [Bulolo] Pacific Islands Monthly. November 1939
page 58.
Pacific Islands Monthly
1938. Car Accidents [Wau] Pacific Islands Monthly. March 1938 page
32.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1955. Carefully vetted plants enrich Papua-New Guinea agriculture. Pacific
Islands Monthly. 25 (10: 115,117-118.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1946 Cargo Pilfering [Lae] Pacific Islands Monthly. November 1946 page
32.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1938. Carpenter Service, Salamaua-Wewak. Pacific Islands Monthly.
October 1938 page 10
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1938. Carpenter's Store [Salamaua] Pacific Islands Monthly. January
1938 page 65.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1942. (a) Case history of Yali-, New Guinea's first native leader. (b) some
sidelights on Yali: Can he be regarded as cargo cult of mischievous influence?
(c) Yali is in goal. Pacific Islands Monthly. 20 (10: 33,35, 21 (2):
45-47, (4): 54.
Pacific Islands Monthly
1938. `Cash Only' [Wau] Pacific Islands Monthly. May 1938 page 5
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1940. Catholic Church. [Wau] Pacific Islands Monthly. March 1940 page
46; June 1940 page 15.
Pacific Islands Monthly
1951 Catholic Church [Wau] Pacific Islands Monthly March 1951 page 92
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1941. Cattle droving. [Markham Valley] Pacific Islands Monthly. July
1941 page 28
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1939. Cedar.[Bulolo] Pacific Islands Monthly. September 1939 page 20
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1936. Chamber of Mines [Morobe District] Pacific Islands Monthly.
November 1936 page 72
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1945. Changes in New Guinea and Papua. Pacific Islands Monthly.15 (12):
32-33.
Pacific Islands Monthly
1953. Changing Times [Wau] Pacific Islands Monthly May 1953 page 68;
October 1953 page 57
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1933. Charge that New Guinea natives and restless and dangerous. Pacific
Islands Monthly. 4 (1) : page 21.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1938. Cheap transport to coast wanted. [Morobe District] Pacific Islands
Monthly. June 1938 page 3.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1947. Children Put Nails on Road [Finschhafen] Pacific Islands Monthly.
June 1947 page 65
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1951 Children's Christmas Party. [Wau] Pacific Islands Monthly. January
1951 page 77.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1947. Chinatown [Lae] Pacific Islands Monthly. July 1947 page 60
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1940. Chinatown [Wau] Pacific Islands Monthly November 1940 page 20
Pacific Islands Monthly
1938 Chinese Stores. [Wau] Pacific Islands Monthly. March 1938 page 7;
July 1940 page 17; January 1941 page 34;
March 1941 page 42; October 1941 page 17.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1934. Chinese Tick Fever [Morobe District] Pacific Islands Monthly.
September 1934 page 5.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1948. Christmas [Finschhafen] Pacific Islands Monthly. January 1948
page 80
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1949 Christmas [Lae] Pacific Islands Monthly. January 1949 page 87
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1938 Christmas Celebrations [Morobe District] Pacific Islands Monthly.
February 1938 page 71.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1934. Christmas Festivities. [Wau] Pacific Islands Monthly. January
1934 page 25
Pacific Islands Monthly
1955 Christmas Isolation.[ Wau] Pacific Islands Monthly February 1955
page 39
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1951 Christmas Singsing [Wau] Pacific Islands Monthly January 1951
page 78
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1946 Chunks of Gold [Lae] Pacific Islands Monthly. November 1946 page
43
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1953 Cinema [Lae] Pacific Islands Monthly. October 1953 page 13
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1936. Clay Pigeon Shooting. Pacific Islands Monthly. December 1936
page 77.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1936. Clem Wharton-Kirke, Pioneer [Morobe District] Pacific Islands
Monthly. October 1936 page 34.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1937. Coffee [Wau] Pacific Islands Monthly. March 1937 page 38; October
1943 page 14.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1941. Compared With Rabaul [Wau] Pacific Islands Monthly July 1941
page 25.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1946. Conditions improving in New Guineas and Papua. Pacific Islands
Monthly. 16 (9) : 10, 58-59.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1947. Conditions in Lae. Pacific Islands Monthly. 17 (9): 30-31.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1948. Confusion With Coastal Station [Morobe District.] Pacific Islands
Monthly. March 1948 page 28
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1933 Correct Postal Address [Wau] Pacific Islands Monthly. January 1933
page 4
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1948 Cost of Living [Lae] Pacific Islands Monthly. September 1948 page
11
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1940. Cost of new capital. Pacific Islands Monthly. February 1940 page
62.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1936. Crater Mountain Sluicing. [Wau] Pacific Islands Monthly. December
1936 page 6
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1934. Cricket [Wau] Pacific Islands Monthly. February 1934 page 4;
February 1934 page 34; March 1934 page 25; February 1936 page 50; February 1939
page 9.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1935. Cricket [Wau] Pacific Islands Monthly. January 1935 page 49.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1935. Crime [Wau] Pacific Islands Monthly. September 1935 page 16;
November 1935 page 15.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1948 Crossword Clue [Lae] Pacific Islands Monthly. January 1948 page
42
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1948 Culture Theatre [Lae] Pacific Islands Monthly. February 1948 page
53; March 1951 page 105.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1938. `Curse of the Pass' [Wau] Pacific Islands Monthly. August 1938
page 41; September 1938 page 24.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1954. D.C. sees big future for Upper Markham. Pacific Islands Monthly.
25 (5) : 157.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1935. D. Crisp's Plane Crash.[Wau] Pacific Islands Monthly. January
1935 page 5; January 1935 page 22.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1938. Dairy Farming. [Markham Valley] Pacific Islands Monthly.
December 1938 page 4.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1959. Death of a New Guinea native. Pacific Islands Monthly. 29 (11):
page 25.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1937. Death of a New Guinea Patrol Officer: Results of arrow wound in Lung.
Pacific Islands Monthly. page 52.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1950. Defence Organisation Apathy [Lae] Pacific Islands Monthly.
August 1950 page 30
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1941. Department of District Services. [Salamaua] Pacific Islands
Monthly October 1941 page 8.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1952. Description [Finschhafen] Pacific Islands Monthly. July 1952
page 133
Pacific Islands Monthly
1938. Dewar Cup. [Wau] Pacific Islands Monthly. January 1938 page 62
Pacific Islands Monthly
1952 Dick Greatrix Showhouse. [Wau] Pacific Islands Monthly April
1952 page 39
Pacific Islands Monthly
1937. District Court House. [Wau] Pacific Islands Monthly. September
1937 page 10
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1936. District Office. [Lae] Pacific Islands Monthly. March 1936 page
47.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1935. District Office [Wau] Pacific Islands Monthly. July 1935 page
67.
Pacific Islands Monthly
1937. `Disturb the Peace ' Charge. [Wau] Pacific Islands Monthly.
November 1937 page 67.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1951. Do Salvaged [Finschhafen] Pacific Islands Monthly. April 1951
page 29
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1953. `Do you remember'. Pacific Islands Monthly. 24 (1): page 13.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1949. Dodging the Japanese Behind Finschhafen. Pacific Islands Monthly.
November 1949 page 49; February 1947 page 51.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1954 Dramatic Growth [Lae] Pacific Islands Monthly. November 1954 page
137
Pacific Islands Monthly
1937. Dramatic Society. [Wau] Pacific Islands Monthly. August 1937 page
27; June 1938 page 57 October 1939 page 41
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1950. Dramatic Society [Wau] Pacific Islands Monthly December 1950 page
83
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1945. Duke of Gloucester's Visit. [Lae] Pacific Islands Monthly. July
1945 page 9
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1947. E. Blau Bungalow Declared Open. [Finschhafen] Pacific Islands
Monthly. December 1947 page 78
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1938. Earthquake [Morobe District] Pacific Islands Monthly. May 1938
page 4
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1939. Earthquake [Salamaua] Pacific Islands Monthly. February 1939
page 4.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1953. Earthquake [Umboi Island] Pacific Islands Monthly. January 1953
page 93.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1935. Earthquake [Wau] Pacific Islands Monthly. February 1935 page 1
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1939. Early Explorers [Morobe District] Pacific Islands Monthly.
September 1939 page 65
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1941. Earth Tremor [Wau] Pacific Islands Monthly December 1941 page
47
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1946. Economic Confusion [Lae] Pacific Islands Monthly. August 1946
page 9
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1955. Economic Development Plan [Morobe District] Pacific Islands Monthly.
May 1955 page 41.
Pacific Islands Monthly
1954. Edie Creek Road Opens. Pacific Islands Monthly . November 1954
page 35; January 1955 page 45
Pacific Islands Monthly
1937. Electric Light [Wau] Pacific Islands Monthly. August 1937 page
27
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1935. Electricity [Salamaua] Pacific Islands Monthly November 1935 page
16.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1947 Engineering Shop, `Myoko Maru' [Lae] Pacific Islands Monthly.
October 1947 page 4.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1953. Equatorial mountain freezes New Guinea patrol. Pacific Islands
Monthly 23 (9): 109.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1941. Eric Chater Killed. Pacific Islands Monthly. October 1941 page 7,
November 1941 page 17.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1951 European School [Lae] Pacific Islands Monthly. April 1951 page 83,
December 1951 page 111; March 1952 page 75 ; April 1952 page 109.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1942. Evacuation. [Salamaua] Pacific Islands Monthly. February 1942
page 14, March 1942 page 31
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1950. Fatal Crash [Lae] Pacific Islands Monthly. April 1950 page 32
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1939. Fatal Lorry Accident Pacific Islands Monthly May 1939 page 32.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1937. Fertile Valley. [Bulolo] Pacific Islands Monthly. April 1937 page
36.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1950. Fete, Exhibition. [Bulolo] Pacific Islands Monthly. December
1950 page 83
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1936. Fever Prevalent.[Wau] Pacific Islands Monthly. June 1936 page
54.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1954. Fighting [Menyamya] Pacific Islands Monthly. February 1954 page
125
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1942. Fighting in New Guinea Jungles. Pacific Islands Monthly. 12 (8):
page 6.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1956. Finschhafen-Lae. Pacific Islands Monthly. 26 (12): 113-114.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1941. Fire, A. Fuller's Sawmill [Wau] Pacific Islands Monthly November
1941 page 8
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1941. Fire, BP Store. [Salamaua] Pacific Islands Monthly September 1941
page7
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1936. Fire, H.G. Strong's House. Pacific Islands Monthly. July 1936
page 63.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1936. Fire, Kirke Bros' House. Pacific Islands Monthly. October 1936
page 54.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1941. Fire, Mrs Fuller's House.[Wau] Pacific Islands Monthly April
1941 page 43
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1931. First Church [Salamaua] Pacific Islands Monthly. October 1931
page 8
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1932. First Dance.[Bulolo] Pacific Islands Monthly. August 1932 page
33.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1954. First Hotel Planned. [Bulolo] Pacific Islands Monthly. June 1954
page 147.
Pacific Islands Monthly
1937. First White Twins Born. [Wau] Pacific Islands Monthly. October
1937 page 63.
Pacific Islands Monthly
1939. Five Dragon Planes. [Wau] Pacific Islands Monthly. October 1939
page 55
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1943. Flood. [Markham Valley.] Pacific Islands Monthly. November 1943
page 23.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1939. Flood [Morobe District] Pacific Islands Monthly. June 1939 page
46.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1935. Flood [Wau] Pacific Islands Monthly. February 1935 page 1
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1931. `Flu' [Markham Valley]. Pacific Islands Monthly. September 1931
page 9
Pacific Islands Monthly
1938 Flu. [Wau] Pacific Islands Monthly. March 1938 page 70
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1948. Fly Wire Theft. [Finschhafen] Pacific Islands Monthly. March
1948 page 16.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1936. `Flying Flea'. [Bulolo] Pacific Islands Monthly. February 1936
page 46.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1950 Flying Houses [Lae] Pacific Islands Monthly. December 1950 page
53
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1931. Fokker Crash. [Salamaua] Pacific Islands Monthly. April 1931 page
1.
Pacific Islands Monthly
1955 Food Poisoning from Cassowary. [Wau] Pacific Islands Monthly May
1955 page 33
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1938. Fox Moth crashes. [Morobe District] Pacific Islands Monthly.
March 1938 page 71
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1932. Freezing plant.[Bulolo]. Pacific Islands Monthly. May 1932
page 48.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1942. Freezing plant. [Lae] Pacific Islands Monthly. May 1942 page
48.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1932 Fresh Meat Supplies. [Morobe District] Pacific Islands Monthly.
March 1932 page 10.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1941. From Rabaul to Lae. Pacific Islands Monthly. 12 (5): 44-45.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1939 Four Deaths in Five Days. [Morobe District] Pacific Islands
Monthly. January 1939 page 63
Pacific Islands Monthly
1946. Future Doubtful [Wau] Pacific Islands Monthly March 1946 page
65.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1931. Gardens [Wau]. Pacific Islands Monthly. February 1931 page 4.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1947 General Conditions [Lae] Pacific Islands Monthly. April 1947 page
30; November 1947 page 74
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1947 General Descriptions [Lae] Pacific Islands Monthly. May 1947 page
74
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1935. Geological Survey. [Morobe District] Pacific Islands Monthly.
January 1935 page 10; January 1936 page 70; March 1936 page 58.
Pacific Islands Monthly
1946. Ghost town [Salamaua] Pacific Islands Monthly. June 1946 page 14;
November 1946 page 53; July 1947 page 60.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1936. Giant Sweet Potato.[Bulolo] Pacific Islands Monthly. July 1936
page 31.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1939. Gisarum [Siassi Group] Pacific Islands Monthly. October 1939 page
9.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1931. Gold. [Bulolo] Pacific Islands Monthly. July 1931 page 8;
December 1931, page 3, December 1931 page.39; April 1932 page 17, May 1932 page
31; May 1932, page 42, May 1932 page 44; June 1932 page 35, October 1932 page
42, November 1932, page 20, January 1933 page 9, January 1933 page 27, April
1933 page 27, December 1933 page 16, December 1933 page 23, June 1934 page 20,
November 1934, page 30, July 1935 page 6, December 1935 page 18, December 1938
page 34, February 1939 page 61.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1930. Gold [Morobe District] October 1930 page 4; October 1930 page 8;
February 1931 page 7; February 1932 page 6; March 1932 page 8; February 1933
page 16; April 1933 page 42; June 1933 page 42; September 1933 page 44;
December 1933 page 23; January 1934 page 3; February 1934 page 4; July 1934
page 29; September 1934 page 55; November 1934, page 2; November 1934 page 16;
January 1935 page 10; February 9135 page 72; April 1935 page 38; June 1935
page 74; October 1935 page 47; November 1935 page 72; January 1936 page 70;
February 1936 page 71; March 1936 page 32; April 1936 page 74; May 1936 page
70; September 1936 page 14; February 1937 page 57; March 1937 page 51; October
1937 page 78; November 1937 page 75; December 1937 page 41; May 1938 page 68;
October 1938 page 38; June 1939 page 3; June 1939 page 3; July 1939 page 4;
July 1939 page 60; March 1940 page 32; May 1940 page 38; June 1940 page 32;
July 1940 page 9; November 9140 page 38; December 1940 page 55; February 1941
page 27.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1935. Gold [Wampit Valley] Pacific Islands Monthly. December 1935 page
5; December 1936 page 8; February 1936 page 38; February 1936 page 71.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1936. Gold [Wau] Pacific Islands Monthly. September 1936 page 68;
December 1936 page 5; May 1940 page 26; May 1940 page 41.
Pacific Islands Monthly .
1953. Gold Bricks Found. [Bulolo] Pacific Islands Monthly. July 1953
page 15.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1939. Gold `Discovery' [Wau] Pacific Islands Monthly September 1939
page 30
Pacific Islands Monthly
1951. Golden Ridge Mill [Wau] Pacific Islands Monthly January 1951
page 77
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1931. Goldfields labour [Morobe District]. Pacific islands Monthly.
November 1931 page 5.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1948. Gold Mining [Morobe District]. Pacific Islands Monthly. August
1948 page 32; September 1948 page 26.
Pacific Islands Monthly
1945. Goldmining Prospects.[Wau] Pacific Islands Monthly February 1945
page 12.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1942. Gold-mining stops. [Bulolo] Pacific Islands Monthly. February
1942 page 16
Pacific Islands Monthly
1955. Gold Nugget Found [Wau] Pacific Islands Monthly January 1955
page 113.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1932. (a) Gold search and discoveries in Pacific islands; (b) Ramu gold; (c)
No 2 Bulolo Dredge completed on New Guinea goldfield. Pacific Islands
Monthly. 3(4):3-4; 35, (4): 11, 4:20-21.
Pacific Islands Monthly
1939. Gold Sluicing Industry. [Wau] Pacific Islands Monthly. March 1939
page 63
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1934. Gold Stealers Sentenced. [Salamaua]. Pacific Islands Monthly.
September 1934. page 10.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1939. Golf . [Bulolo] Pacific Islands Monthly. June 1939 page 29
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1941. Golf [Morobe District] Pacific Islands Monthly. November 1941
page 28
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1953 Golf Club [Lae] Pacific Islands Monthly. October 1953 page 53.
Pacific Islands Monthly
1951. Golf For Children. [Wau] Pacific Islands Monthly January 1951
page 77
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1939. Govt. Stops sing sings [Morobe District] Pacific Islands Monthly.
June 1939 page 33
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1934. Growth [Wau] Pacific Islands Monthly. May 1934 page 37.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1930. Growth of Morobe. Pacific Islands Monthly. 2 (2): page 14.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1931. Growth of Morobe. Pacific Islands Monthly. September 1931 page
14.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1932. Growth of Port [Salamaua] Pacific Islands Monthly. March 1932
page 9.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1938 Guest House [Wau] Pacific Islands Monthly. January 1938 page 10
Pacific Islands Monthly
1939 Guilty Native Acquitted. [Wau] Pacific Islands Monthly. July 1939
page 74
Pacific Islands Monthly
1938. Guria [Wau] Pacific Islands Monthly. June 1938 page 31
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1940. H. Brooke killed. [Bulolo] Pacific Islands Monthly. October 1940
page 38
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1934. H. Kirke's Market Garden [Wau] Pacific Islands Monthly. August
1934 page 56; November 1934 page 65; September 1935 page 10; October 1935 page
60.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1932. H.L. Downing Bulolo Photographs. Pacific Islands Monthly. February
1932 page 6.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1941. Harbour [Lae]. Pacific Islands Monthly. November 1941 page 35.
Pacific Islands Monthly
1952 Health Resort. [Wau] Pacific Islands Monthly November 1952 page
28
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1952. Heifers Anyone? [Rooke Island] Pacific Islands Monthly. April
1952 page 22.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1955. Heinrich Rudolph Wahlen (75 years) may keep on fighting, despite
rejection of his Waria claim. Pacific Islands Monthly. 25 (8): page
15.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1954 Highlands Road [Lae] Pacific Islands Monthly. August 1954 page
128; February 1955 page 129.
Pacific Islands Monthly
1950 Hill-and-Health Station. [Wau] Pacific Islands Monthly November
1950 page 47
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1933. Hogmanay Celebrations. [Wau] Pacific Islands Monthly. February
1933 page 28.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1938. Hoile Bros' Sawmill.[Markham Valley] . Pacific Islands Monthly.
December 1938 page 4.
Pacific Islands Monthly
1954 Holiday Houses for Public Servants [Wau] Pacific Islands Monthly
February 1954 page 124.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1949. Honiara [Air] Service [Lae] Pacific Islands Monthly. July 1949
page 27
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1933. Hospital [Finschhafen] Pacific Islands Monthly. February 1933.
page 16.
Pacific Islands Monthly
1953. Hospital [Wau] Pacific Islands Monthly August 1953 page 105
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1951 Hospital `Disgrace' [Lae] Pacific Islands Monthly. April 1951 page
37; June 1951 page 103; March 1953 page 113; June 1953 page 97.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1951 Hospital Staff Changes [Lae] Pacific Islands Monthly. February
1951 page 111.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1934. Hotel Bulolo. Pacific Islands Monthly. September 1934; page 13;
December 1934 page 11; April 1936 page 24; November 1940 page 47.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1934. Hotel Salamaua Pacific Islands Monthly October 1934 page 38; July
1938 page 43; September 1939 page 22.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1936. Hotels [Lae] Pacific Islands Monthly. March 1936. page 47
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1934. Hotels [Wau] Pacific Islands Monthly. February 1934 page 28; April
1934 page 41; September 1934 13; December 1934 page 11; June 1935 page 24; July
1935 page 67; October 1935 page 10; April 1936 page 24; June 1936 page 20;
November 1936 page 7; October 1938 page 4; November 1940; page 47.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1952. Houses for NSW [Bulolo] Pacific Islands Monthly. February 1952
page 21.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1937. Housing Shortage. [Wau] Pacific Islands Monthly. December 1937
page 3.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1940. How airman found Wau. Pacific Islands Monthly. 11(1):24, 44-45.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1940. How Airmen Found Wau, 1927; Pacific Islands Monthly August 1940
page 24; November 1940 page 13; December 1940 page 34.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1942. How the Japs came to Morobe Goldfield. Pacific Islands Monthly.
12 (7): 16-17.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1943. How Japs. Came. [Lae]. Pacific Islands Monthly. February 1943
page 28.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1942. How Japs Came. [Morobe District] Pacific Islands Monthly.
February 1942 page 16.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1955. Huge area provisionally goes to the syndicate. Pacific Islands
Monthly. 25 (8): page 15.
Pacific Islands Monthly
1937. Hydro-Electric Power. [Wau] Pacific Islands Monthly. April 1937
page 41
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1931. Ice and aeroplanes give fresh meat thrice daily to Morobe Goldfields.
Pacific Islands Monthly. 2(8): page 10.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1932. Impressive tour. Pacific Islands Monthly. 3(11): page 36.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1938. Improvements [Wau] Pacific Islands Monthly. June 1938 page 42
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1959. Increased gold price vital to New Guinea industry. Pacific Islands
Monthly. 29 (7): 169-170.
Pacific Islands Monthly
1954. Increasing Interesting [Wau] Pacific Islands Monthly September
1954 page 121.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1947. Into battle with NGVR. Pacific Islands Monthly. 18(3): 44-45;
50-59, (4): 41-42, 44, 54-55, 57.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1933. Is Edie Creek another Rand? Pacific Islands Monthly. 1(1) : 1-2.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1996. Is Jap breaking in New Guinea? Pacific Islands Monthly. 14 (7):
page 5.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1943. Isolated Japs.[Finschhafen] Pacific Islands Monthly. November
1943 page iii.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1932. J.J. Lennon Injured. [Bulolo]. Pacific Islands Monthly. March
1932 page 6.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1942. Jap Advances. [Markham Valley] Pacific Islands Monthly. April
1942 page 9
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1943. Jap Attack Repulsed. [Wau] Pacific Islands Monthly February 1943
page 1
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1942. Jap. Bombing raid. [Bulolo] Pacific Islands Monthly. February
1942 page 14
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1943. Jap. convoy turns back. [Finschhafen]. Pacific Islands Monthly.
April 1943 page 1.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1942. Jap. Landing. [Finschhafen] Pacific Islands Monthly. March 1942
page 2.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1942. Jap landing. [ Salamaua] Pacific Islands Monthly March 1942 page
6
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1942. Jap. Occupation.[Finschhafen] Pacific Islands Monthly. March 1942
page 9
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1942. Jap Occupation [Salamaua] Pacific Islands Monthly April 1942
page 9
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1942. Jap. Occupation.[Lae]. Pacific Islands Monthly. April 1942 page
9.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1943. Jap. Planes Destroyed. [Lae] Pacific Islands Monthly. January
1943 page 1.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1942. Jap Raids, Pacific Islands Monthly. February 1942 page 15; March
1942 page 34; March 1942 page 37.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1942. Jap. Raids [Wau] Pacific Islands Monthly February 1942 page 15;
March 1942 page 34; February 1943 page 1; March 1943 page 1
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1942. Japanese in Papua. Pacific Islands Monthly. 13 (1): page 13.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1939. Japanese River Fever.[Morobe District] Pacific Islands Monthly.
May 1939 page 15
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1943. Japs. Retire [Satelberg] Pacific Islands Monthly. December 1943
page 1.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1943. Japs Retreat. Pacific Islands Monthly September 1943 page 1
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1941. Jean Wilson Murdered.[Wau] Pacific Islands Monthly July 1941
page 14; August 1941 page 9; September 1941 page 22
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1946 Jeep Allocation [Lae] Pacific Islands Monthly. December 1946 page
25
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1953. Kenaf today and, perhaps tomorrow. Pacific Islands Monthly. 23
(11): 102-107.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1953 Kindergarten [Lae] Pacific Islands Monthly. March 1953 page 92.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1950. Kruse's Jeep Stays. [Bulolo] Pacific Islands Monthly. September
1950 page 61
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1950. Kukukuku Post Opened. [Wau] Pacific Islands Monthly. December
1950 page 83.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1931. L.V. Waterhouse's Films.[Bulolo] Pacific Islands Monthly.
September 1931 page 2.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1932. L.V. Waterhouse's Films. [Bulolo] Pacific Islands Monthly. March
1944 page 2.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1954 L-Shaped Houses [Lae] Pacific Islands Monthly. July 1954 page
37.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1939. Labour Party. [Wau] Pacific Islands Monthly. September 1939 page
22; May 1940 page 37; December 1940 page 9
Pacific Islands Monthly
1946. Labu-Wau Road. Pacific Islands Monthly November 1946 page 17;
December 1946 page 39; February 1946 page 35; July 1947 page 23; August 1947
page 28; November 1947 page 77; August 1953 page 74; January 1954 page 19;
February 1955 page 39.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1955. Lae-Hagen by car. Pacific Islands Monthly. 25 (7):129.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1933. Lae - Port Moresby Air Service. Pacific Islands Monthly. November
1933. page 14.
Pacific Islands Monthly
1946 Lae-Wau Road Pacific Islands Monthly September 1946 page 60;
November 1950 page 67; 88; May 1955 page 42.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1954. Lae or Madang? Which will be Highlands port? Pacific Islands
Monthly. 25 (3): page 103.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1938. Lae suggested as Capital. Pacific Islands Monthly. October 1938
page 5, November 1938, p3; December 1938 p63.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1951. Lake Triste Patrol [Wau] Pacific Islands Monthly. August 1951
page 95
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1953. Land Lease for Agriculture. Pacific Islands Monthly. November
1953 page 157.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1947. Landing Commemoration, Scarlet Beach. [Finschhafen] Pacific Islands
Monthly. October 1947 page 73
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1941. Lands Department Transfers. Pacific Islands Monthly. November
1941 page 8.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1935. Large aircraft center. [Lae] Pacific Islands Monthly. October
1935. page 75.
Pacific Islands Monthly
1937. Large Motor Truck. [Wau] Pacific Islands Monthly. August 1937
page 27
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1938. Laundry [Wau] Pacific Islands Monthly. June 1938 page 31
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1952 Law: JPs Approved [Lae] Pacific Islands Monthly. April 1952 page
35
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1937. Letter from Morobe [Morobe District] Pacific Islands Monthly.
February 1937 page 57
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1936. Levien Trophy . Pacific Islands Monthly May 1936 page 56.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1936. Levien Trophy [Wau] Pacific Islands Monthly. May 1936 page 56
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1936. Levien St. Widened. [Wau] Pacific Islands Monthly. September 1936
page 68
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1943. Light on war damaged claims. Pacific Islands Monthly. 13 (8):
page 7.
Pacific Islands Monthly
1939. Liquor licenses [Wau] Pacific Islands Monthly. August 1939 page
57
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1948. Livestock [Markham Valley] Pacific Islands Monthly. January
1948 page 55
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1951. Local voice in Papua New Guinea Administration; Legislative council
taking shape after long delay. Pacific Islands Monthly. 22 (3): page
7.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1948. Lockheed-Hudson Crash. Pacific Islands Monthly. May 1948 page 39;
October 1949 page 37
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1951. Lutheran Boarding School [Wau] Pacific Islands Monthly March 1951
page 101.
Pacific Islands Monthly
1951. Lutheran Church [Wau] Pacific Islands Monthly April 1951 page
101
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1948. Lutheran Mission Conference [Finschhafen] Pacific Islands
Monthly. February 1948 page 59.
Pacific Islands Monthly
1952 Lutheran Mission Conference [Wau] Pacific Islands Monthly.
February 1952 page 135.
Pacific Islands Monthly
1946. Lutheran mission Internees Wish to Return. [Finschhafen] Pacific
Islands Monthly. March 1946 page 53.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1938. Lutheran Mission Plane.[Finschhafen] Pacific Islands Monthly.
1938. page 5.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1947. Lutheran Mission Ship [Rooke Island] Pacific Islands Monthly.
February 1947 page 57.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1936. Mail Day [Wau] Pacific Islands Monthly. October 1936 page 48
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1951. Malahang Airport [Lae] Pacific Islands Monthly. April 1951 page
29.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1931. Manganese [Morobe District] Pacific Islands Monthly January 1931
page 7.
Pacific Islands Monthly
1937. Manganese Treatment Plant. [Wau] Pacific Islands Monthly. July
1937 page 8
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1948. Markham Bridge. Pacific Islands Monthly. September 1948 page
87
Pacific Islands Monthly
1946. Markham -Bulolo Road. Pacific Islands Monthly. April 1946 page
58.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1945. Markham - Wau Road. Pacific Islands Monthly October 1945 page
27; December 1945 page 21; September 1946 page 60;
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1955. The Markham spanned! Bridge open for traffic in January. Pacific
Islands Monthly. 25 (6): 149.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1955. Markham valley roads. Pacific Islands Monthly. 26 (3): 46-47.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1945. Markham -Wau Road. [Markham Valley] Pacific Islands Monthly.
October 1945 page 27; December 1945 page 21
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1934. Marshall's Lae - Sydney Flight. Pacific Islands Monthly. April
1934 page 12.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1934. Marshall's Lae - Sydney Flight. Pacific Islands Monthly. October
1934 page 62
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1934. Masonic Temple. [Wau] Pacific Islands Monthly. June 1934 page
51.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1938. May Not be Capital. [Salamaua] Pacific Islands Monthly. August
1938 page 38.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1946 Meat Bender [Lae] Pacific Islands Monthly. October 1946 page
13.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1930. Meat Supply [Wau]. Pacific Islands Monthly August 1930 page 7
Pacific Islands Monthly
1950. Memorial [Wau] Pacific Islands Monthly December 1950 page 26.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1936. Memories of `Rush' Days. Pacific Islands Monthly January 1936.
page 19.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1941. Men join AIF. [Morobe District] Pacific Islands Monthly. May 1941
page 34.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1945. Metamorphosis. Pacific Islands Monthly. 15(10): 17-18.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1939. Milk Supplies. [Wau] Pacific Islands Monthly. September 1939 page
57.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1942. Miners [Morobe District] Pacific Islands Monthly. August 1942
page 33
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1938. Miners Association [Morobe District] Pacific Islands Monthly.
June 1938 page 8
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1938. Miners Boycott Carpenters. [Wau] Pacific Islands Monthly.
October 1938 page 4; November 1938 page 16; December 1938 page 16.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1936. Miners' Berlin Holidays. Pacific Islands Monthly. May 1936 page
32.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1949. Minister's Visit. [Lae] Pacific Islands Monthly. February 1949
page 11.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1942 Mission Property Damage. [Rooke Island] Pacific Islands Monthly.
July 1945 page 36.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1946. Mission Staff Returns [Siassi Group] Pacific Islands Monthly. May
1946 page 50
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1936. Model village [Kaisinik] Pacific Islands Monthly. October 1936
page 15.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1931. Money plentiful. Pacific Islands Monthly. November. page 8.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1931. Money plentiful [Salamaua] Pacific Islands Monthly. August 1931
page 16.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1937. Moonlight in Wau. Pacific Islands Monthly. March 1937 page 20
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1936. More Buildings. [Wau] Pacific Islands Monthly. July 1936 page
17
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1949. More Japanese Found. [Finisterre Ranges] Pacific Islands Monthly.
October 1949 page 27.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1950. More waste in New Guinea: 10,000 pounds for Manki village. Pacific
Islands Monthly. 21 (4): page 10
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1936. Morobe Chamber of Mines. [Wau] Pacific Islands Monthly. November
1936 page 72
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1953. Morobe could grow all rice requirements. Pacific Islands Monthly.
25 (3): page 153.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1940. `Morobe News'. Pacific Islands Monthly. August 1940 page 7
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1941. `Morobe News' Moves to Lae. [from Wau] Pacific Islands Monthly
November 1941 page 36
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1935. Motor Cars [Wau] Pacific Islands Monthly. July 1935 page 67.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1939. `Mr Field's Sick Headache' Pacific Islands Monthly September 1939
page 21.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1944. Mrs A. Innes' Christmases Pacific Islands Monthly December 1944
page 28
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1948. Mrs A.A. Innes, `My Garden of Sinners' [Salamaua] Pacific Islands
Monthly. December 1948 page 45
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1941. Mrs. R. McGlynn Accidentally shot. [Bulolo] Pacific Islands
Monthly. October 1941 page 50.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1939. Mrs Jones's Air Transport Service. [Morobe District] Pacific Islands
Monthly. September 1939 page 76
Pacific Islands Monthly
1948. Mrs Millar's Dinner Party. [Salamaua] Pacific Islands Monthly.
September 1948 page 43
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1946 Mrs Stewart's Hostel [Lae] Pacific Islands Monthly. April 1946
page 59; June 1946 page 15; August 1953 page 18.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1938. Muddled Mail Service. Pacific Islands Monthly. March 1938 page
21.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1948 Muddling Along. [Lae] Pacific Islands Monthly. February 1948 page
26.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1950 Mumeng Hotel. Pacific Islands Monthly. December 1950 page 87.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1934. Mummies in New Guinea Cave. Pacific Islands Monthly. 5(12): page
15.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1934. Mummified native corpse. Pacific Islands Monthly. July 1934 page
28; July 1935 page 15; August 1935 page 5; August 1935 page 42; September 1935
page 28; October 1935 page 11; November 1935 page 60; November 1935 page 74;
February 1936 page 59.
Pacific Islands Monthly
1938. Musical Society. [Wau] Pacific Islands Monthly. February 1938
page 50
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1940. Mysterious Balloons. [Salamaua] Pacific Islands Monthly September
1940 page 10
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1941. NG Administrative Headquarters. Pacific Islands Monthly. September
1941 page 63; October 1941 page 8; December 1941 page 44.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1938. NG Capital [Salamaua] Pacific Islands Monthly. July 1938 page 8;
July 1938 page 15; July 1938 page 37; July 1938 page 41; September 1938 page
55.
Pacific Islands Monthly
1938. NGG Gold Ingot Stolen. [Wau] Pacific Islands Monthly. August 1938
page 75
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1932. NG Goldfields Port?. [Lae] Pacific Islands Monthly. September
1932 page 9
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1948. NGVR Scholarship Fund Donation. [Bulolo] Pacific Islands Monthly.
April 1948 page 67
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1943. Nadzab as big airfield. Pacific Islands Monthly. 17 (1): page
13.
Pacific Islands Monthly
1955. Native Apprenticeships [Wau] Pacific Islands Monthly April 1955
page 117.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1931. Native attacks [Morobe District] Pacific Islands Monthly July
1931 page 2; July 1931 page 6; September 1931 page 1; February 1933 page 11;
June 1933 page 19; November 1933 page 20.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1944. Native Medical Schools. Pacific Islands Monthly. 15 (4): page
47.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1939. Native Orgies. [Morobe District.] Pacific Islands Monthly.
December 1939 page 15.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1932. Native Servants [Salamaua] Pacific Islands Monthly. March 1932
page 8
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1944. Native troops mutiny. Pacific Islands Monthly.16 (2): 73.
Pacific Islands Monthly
1947. Natives and Chinese Dollars. [Finschhafen] Pacific Islands
Monthly. December 1947 page 13.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1933. Natives Restless. [Markham Valley] Pacific Islands Monthly.
August 1933 page 21.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1949. Natives Slain with Japanese rifles. [Markham Valley] Pacific Islands
Monthly. January 1949 page 5; March 1949 page 31.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1947. Natives' Strange Belief. [Siassi Group] Pacific Islands Monthly.
August 1947 page 20.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1945. New administration in the Territories. Pacific Islands Monthly 16
(4): 7-8.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1954. New Airport [Lae] Pacific Islands Monthly. December 1954 page 13;
June 1955 page 138
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1942. New Britain lost and Papua menaced. Pacific Islands Monthly. 12
(7): 13-16.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1935. New Buildings [Lae] Pacific Islands Monthly. October 1935 page
75
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1948. New Center [Mumeng] Pacific Islands Monthly. July 1948 page
50
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1951. New Hospital [Lae] Pacific Islands Monthly. May 1951 page 41;
April 1954 page 86; July 1954 page 123; September 1954 page 118.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1946. New Hostel in Lae. Pacific Islands Monthly. 16 (11) : 14-15.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1935. New Guinea Airways Building. [Lae] Pacific Islands Monthly.
August 1935 page 32.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1942. New Guinea Airways Workshops Destroyed. Pacific Islands Monthly.
March 1942 page 34; March 1942 page 37.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1954. New Guinea economy alters as natives are encouraged to develop coconut
planting. Pacific Islands Monthly. 25 (8): 39-40.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1935. New Guinea Mummies. Pacific Islands Monthly. 6 (2): page 28.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1937. New Guinea outside men: Better compensation urged for Patrol risk.
Pacific Islands Monthly. February 1937. Page 28.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1953. New Guinea rice growers: an enterprise near Lae. Pacific Islands
Monthly. 24 (2): page 39.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1930 New Guinea's unique air service. Pacific Islands Monthly. 1(3):
page 2.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1949. New Guinea's War Graves. Pacific Islands Monthly. 19 (6): 87.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1954 New Hotel Deferred [Lae] Pacific Islands Monthly. March 1954 page
15.
Pacific Islands Monthly
1938. New Name for Wau? Pacific Islands Monthly. August 1938 page 19
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1940. New Photograph. [Salamaua] Pacific Islands Monthly April 1940
cover.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1946. New Settlement [Markham Valley] Pacific Islands Monthly. April
1946 page 58
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1935. New Stores [Lae] Pacific Islands Monthly. June 1935 page 5.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1931. New Wharf [Lae] Pacific Islands Monthly. February 1931 page 3.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1949 New Year Sports [Lae] Pacific Islands Monthly. February 1949 page
46.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1947. News Items [Finschhafen] Pacific Islands Monthly. December 1947
page 68; March 1948 page 50; April 1948 page 16.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1946 News, Newspapers. [Lae] Pacific Islands Monthly. November 1946
page 54; November 1948 page 53; June 1951 page 103; July 1951 page 101; August
1951 page 116; October 1951 page 53; December 1951 page 111; Garamut November
1957 page 50,60.
Pacific Islands Monthly
1953. News, [Morobe District] Pacific Islands Monthly. September 1953
page 9.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1938 No Salamaua Chart [Salamaua] Pacific Islands Monthly. September
1938 page 24
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1946. Not Being Rebuilt [Salamaua] Pacific Islands Monthly. March 1946
page 65
Pacific Islands Monthly
1951 Notes from the Goldfields [Wau] Pacific Islands Monthly June 1951
page 116; July 1951 page 86; August 1951 page 95; September 1951 page 93;
November 1951 page 127; December 1951 page 77; January 1952 page 78; April 1953
page 111; July 1953 page 43; November 1953 page 97; February 1954 page 153;
April 1954 page 56; August 1954 page 46.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1948. Now a Port [Finschhafen] Pacific Islands Monthly. March 1948 page
50.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1947. Official muddle over recruiting in New Guinea. Pacific Islands
Monthly. 17 (8): 68.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1938. Officials wear neckties. Pacific Islands Monthly. October 1938
page 7.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1947. Old Photographs. [Salamaua] Pacific Islands Monthly. April 1947
page 39; June 1947 page 9; March 1948 page 17; April 1948 page 6.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1943. Old timers. Pacific Islands Monthly. 14 (5): page 5.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1943. Old-timers help to chase Japs. [Finschhafen] Pacific Islands Monthly.
December 1943 page 5.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1943. Old timers help chase Japs. [Lae] Pacific Islands Monthly.
December 1943 page 5.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1953. Old Waria syndicate stakes a claim in New Guinea. Pacific Islands
Monthly. 23(7): 61-62.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1939. Optimism and Gaiety. [Bulolo] Pacific Islands Monthly. September
1939 page 22
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1950 OTC Coastal Radio Station [Lae] Pacific Islands Monthly.
September 1950 page 7
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1955 Overcrowded School [Lae] Pacific Islands Monthly. June 1955 page
138
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1945. Overlanding Cattle in New Guinea. Pacific Islands Monthly. 13 (7):
page 12.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1942. The Pacific drama. Pacific Islands Monthly. 12 (7): page 7.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1945. Papua Government. Pacific Islands Monthly. 15 (11): page 5.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1947. Papua New Guinea Scene. Pacific Islands Monthly. 17(10): 14-16.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1943. Papuan and New Guinea Problems. Pacific Islands Monthly 14
(2)11-12.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1947. Papua New Guinea Scene. Pacific Islands Monthly. 17(10): 14-16.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1935. Pastoral Lease [Morobe District]. Pacific Islands Monthly.
September 1935 page 50
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1943. Patrol Activity. [Wau] Pacific Islands Monthly February 1943 page
1
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1931. Patrols [Morobe District] Pacific Islands Monthly. August 1931
page 5.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1931. Patrols Increased: on Morobe Goldfields. Pacific Islands Monthly.
2(1): page 5.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1953. Peanut, Rice Rotation [Morobe District] Pacific Islands Monthly.
December 1953 page 66.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1936. Petrol Flares. [Wau] Pacific Islands Monthly. November 1936 page
71
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1942. Picture Show Destroyed. [Wau] Pacific Islands Monthly March 1942
page 34.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1947. Picture Show [Wau] Pacific Islands Monthly June 1947 page 78
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1941. Piece-meal transfer of New Guinea administration. Pacific Islands
Monthly. 12 (3): page 8.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1946. Pilfering of Cargo. Pacific Islands Monthly. November 1946 page
32
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1933. Pilot Drayton Killed. [Wau] Pacific Islands Monthly. January 1933
page 31; January 1933 page 34; February 1933 page 7.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1931. Pilot Trist Body Found. [Wampit Valley] Pacific Islands Monthly.
August 1931 page 9
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1953. Pine Planting. [Bulolo] Pacific Islands Monthly. September 1953
page 114.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1946. Plagues for New Guinea war graves. Pacific Islands Monthly. 19
(1): page 40.
Pacific Islands Monthly
1940. Plane Accident [Wau] Pacific Islands Monthly August 1940 page
46
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1934. Plane crash. [Salamaua] Pacific Islands Monthly. May 1934 page 5;
November 1935 page 74.
Pacific Islands Monthly
1937. Plane Crashes. [Wau] Pacific Islands Monthly. September 1937
page 15; October 1937 page 68.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1942. Plane Wreck [Wau] Pacific Islands Monthly January 1942 page 16
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1933 Plane Damaged. [Morobe District] Pacific Islands Monthly. November
1933 page 9
Pacific Islands Monthly
1939. Plane Damaged. [Wau] Pacific Islands Monthly. March 1939 page 8;
April 1939 page 47
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1940. Plane lands in Water. [Salamaua] Pacific Islands Monthly August
1940 page 6
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1932. Plane Service [Wau]. Pacific Islands Monthly May 1932 page 7;
June 1932 page 26; December 1932 page 15; February 1933 page 15; February 1933
page 25; February 1933 page 43.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1941. Plane Wrecked. [Wau] Pacific Islands Monthly November 1941
page 21.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1936. Plane's influence. [Morobe District] Pacific Islands Monthly.
December 1936 page 63
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1952. Planning for Primary industries for Papua New Guinea: what agriculture
department is doing. Pacific Islands Monthly 23(4): 91, 93.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1953. Plywood Factory. [Bulolo] Pacific Islands Monthly. October 1953
page 28; February 1954 page 17.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1957. P.N.G. 's most important road. 4 bridges separate Lae and Mt. Hagen.
Pacific Islands Monthly. 27 (6):111.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1936. Pneumonia [Wau] Pacific Islands Monthly. September 1936 page 68
Pacific Islands Monthly
1946. Poem `Morobe Warriors' Pacific Islands Monthly. February 1946
page 66
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1931. Police [Salamaua] Pacific Islands Monthly. August 1931 page 5
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1931. Police [Wau] Pacific Islands Monthly. August 1931 page 5
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1949. Poll Herefords. [Morobe District] Pacific Islands Monthly.
January 1949 page 19
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1932. Port Doomed [Salamaua] Pacific Islands Monthly. July 1932 page 9;
September 1932 page 9
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1939. Port Survey [Salamaua] Pacific Islands Monthly August 1939 page
43.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1938. Possible NG Capital. Pacific Islands Monthly. January 1938 page
11
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1946. Post-War Reconstruction Official Visit. [Lae] Pacific Islands
Monthly. August 1946 page 63.
Pacific Islands Monthly
1939. Post Office Service. [Wau] Pacific Islands Monthly. January 1939
page 16.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1945. Postwar Changes.[Lae] Pacific Islands Monthly. July 1945 page
32.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1945. Postwar Changes. [Salamaua] Pacific Islands Monthly July 1945
page 32.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1932. Power line [Morobe District]. Pacific Islands Monthly. March 1932
page 14.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1955. Praised [Finschhafen] Pacific Islands Monthly. April 1955 page
47.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1940. Preston, First Miner? [Koranga] Pacific Islands Monthly. July
1940 page 58.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1943. Problems of territories' evacuees. Pacific Islands Monthly. 13
(11): 8-9; 32-33,36.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1946. Progress of rehabilitation in New Guinea and Papua. Pacific Islands
Monthly. 16 (8): 4, 65.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1940. Prospecting trip. 1912. [Markham Valley] Pacific Islands Monthly.
March 1940 page 58.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1951 Public works [Lae] Pacific Islands Monthly. October 1951 page 6
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1941. R. Guest killed. [Bulolo] Pacific Islands Monthly. August 1941
page 38
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1938. R. Parer Crashes. [Wau] Pacific Islands Monthly. July 1938 page
74
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1939. R. Parer's Morobe-Wau Transport Service. Pacific Islands Monthly.
July 1939 page 67; September 1939 page 76
Pacific Islands Monthly
1937. R.W. Robson's Views. [Wau] Pacific Islands Monthly. December 1937
page 9
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1934. Racing [Wau] Pacific Islands Monthly. May 1934 page 30; June 1934
page 51; July 1934 page 25; January 1940 page 53; March 1941 page 16.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1932. Radio [Morobe District]. Pacific Islands Monthly. March 1932 page
38
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1937. Rain [Morobe District] Pacific Islands Monthly. November 1937
page 24
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1947. Random Notes. [Finschhafen] Pacific Islands Monthly. June 1947
page 49
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1938. Reafforestation. [Bulolo] Pacific Islands Monthly. December 1938
page 22.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1946. Rebuilding [Bulolo] Pacific Islands Monthly. March 1946 page 65
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1939. Red Cross. [Wau] Pacific Islands Monthly. December 1939 page 60;
June 1940 page 58.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1946. Red Cross War Fund [Salamaua] Pacific Islands Monthly. November
1946 page 14.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1935. Rescue of aviators: what native did. Pacific Islands Monthly. 1
(3): page 9.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1947. Residents' Posthumous V.C. [Bulolo] Pacific Islands Monthly. June
1947 page 37.
Pacific Islands Monthly
1939. Rev. Kirschbaum's Funeral [Wau] Pacific Islands Monthly.
September 1939 page 60.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1938. Rev. Oertel's Death. [Markham Valley] Pacific Islands Monthly
August 1938 page 48.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1953. Rice Growing, Nadzab. [Markham Valley] Pacific Islands Monthly.
September 1953 page 39; February 1954 page 122.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1954 Rice Mill [Lae] Pacific Islands Monthly. October 1954 page 153.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1931. Rich area. [Markham Valley]. Pacific Islands Monthly. September
1931 page 7.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1949. Rich Gold Patch [Bulolo] Pacific Islands Monthly January 1949
page 5
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1939. Rifle Range [Wau] Pacific Islands Monthly. September 1939 page
52
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1950. River Flats Unsightly [Bulolo] Pacific Islands Monthly. December
1950 page 58
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1936. Road to Bulolo Pacific Islands Monthly. March 1936 page 47.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1933. Road to Edie Creek. Pacific Islands Monthly. July 1933 page 1;
July 1933 page 38; May 1935 page 5; July 1935 page 67; August 1935 page 65.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1957. Road to the Highlands: needs tough vehicles and iron men. Pacific
Islands Monthly. 28 (3): page 161.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1960. The Road to the highlands. Pacific Islands Monthly. 13 (3):
69-78.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1953. Road to Lae. [Bulolo] Pacific Islands Monthly. August 1953 page
74.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1944. The Road to Wau. Pacific Islands Monthly. 15 (1): page 11.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1938. Road repaired. [Markham Valley] Pacific Islands Monthly June
1938 page 57; November 1939 page 8
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1946. Road Toll [Markham Valley] Pacific Islands Monthly. February
1946 page 25
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1946. Road Toll [Morobe District] Pacific Islands Monthly. February
1946 page 25.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1939 Roads [Morobe District] Pacific Islands Monthly. January 1939 page
10; April 1939 page 14.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1937. Roads [Wau] Pacific Islands Monthly. January 1937 page 14.
Pacific Islands Monthly
1954 Roads Washed Away [Wau] Pacific Islands Monthly January 1954
page 66; May 1954 page 125
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1938. Romance of Bulolo. Pacific Islands Monthly. December 1938 page
34.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1940. Ron Doyle Crashes. [Wau] Pacific Islands Monthly. February 1940
page 9
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1950 RSL Club [Lae] Pacific Islands Monthly. July 1950 page 82; March
1951 page 86; March 1952 page 53; October 1953 page 53;
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1946. RSL Pilgrimage [Finschhafen] Pacific Islands Monthly. June 1946
page 33
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1939 Rucksacks, Wooden boxes for laborers. [Morobe District] Pacific
Islands Monthly. May 1939 page 9.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1935. Salamaua-Edie Creek Road. Pacific Islands Monthly October 1935.
page 33.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1933. Salamaua-Goldfields Aviation. Pacific Islands Monthly. December
1932 page 5 February 1933 page 15.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1939. Salamaua-Lae Road. Pacific Islands Monthly. January 1939 page 47.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1941. Salamaua - Sydney in 1 Day. Pacific Islands Monthly. October 1941
page 46.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1937. Salamaua-Sydney Trip. Pacific Islands Monthly January 1937 page
5.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1938. (a) Salamaua to be capital of New Guinea; (b) The war of the capital
site, (c) no decision in New Guinea (d) Lae may be chosen. Pacific Islands
Monthly. 8(12) 37-40; 9(1): 26-27, 57-62, (2): 26-27, 55-57, 9(3): 5,
75-77; 9 (4): 3.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1931. Salamaua-Wau Road. Pacific Islands Monthly. May 1931 page 2;
June 1934 page 51; December 1936 page 72; January 1937 page 16; June 1937 page
20; April 1938 page 44; June 1938 page 23;July 1938 page 4; July 1938 page 9;
July 1938 page 47; July 1938 page 41; August 1938 page 8; September 1938 page
3; September 1938 page 27; September 1938 page 65; October 1938 page 4; October
1938 page 76; November 1938 page 3; November 1938 page 15; December 1938 page
15; January 1939 page 7; January 1939 page 16; February 1939 page 16; February
1939 page 16; March 1939 page 14; April 1939 page 14; May 1939 page 39; June
1939 page 32; July 1939 page 12; August 1939 page 55; September 1939 page 5;
September 1939 page 73; November 1939 page 12; December 1939 page 30; January
1940 page 8; January 1940 page 16; March 1940 page 44; April 1940 page 7; May
1940 page 8; June 1940 page 8; August 1940 page 18; September 1940 page 55;
November 1940 page 61; January 1941 page 7; March 1941 page 21; April 1941 page
4; May 1941 page 13; May 1941 page 50; June 1941 page 8; September 1941 page
36; December 1941 page 26.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1953. Sarawaged Range Patrol [Finschhafen] Pacific Islands Monthly.
April 1953 page 109.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1937. Santa Claus Comes by Plane. [Wau] Pacific Islands Monthly.
February 1937 page 24.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1952. School [Kaisinik] Pacific Islands Monthly. April 1952 page 87.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1933. School [Wau] Pacific Islands Monthly. March 1933 page 43; April
1933 page 14.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1950. School Building postponed. [Wau] Pacific Islands Monthly
September 1950 page 13; October 1950 page 21; November 1950 page 54.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1947. School for Chinese, Malays [Lae] Pacific Islands Monthly.
February 1947 page 58
Pacific Islands Monthly
1955. School Overcrowded. [Wau] Pacific Islands Monthly June 1955 page
138.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1951 Secondary Industries, Timber [Lae] Pacific Islands Monthly. July
1951 page 99
Pacific Islands Monthly
1950 Secondary School [Wau] Pacific Islands Monthly May 1950 page 22;
June 1950 page10; July 1950 page 13; August 1953 page 103;
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1948. (a) Sensational 50,000 pound New Guinea Timber deal alleged. (b) Jock
Garden goes to trial on forgery and fraud charges, (c) New Guinea Timber lease
(d) New Guinea Timber cases (e) Mr. Ward under sharp fire (f) New Guinea timber
lease case. Pacific Islands Monthly. 18(6):10; 7: 10-11, 13; (8): 7;
(10):11, (11): 13, 15, 19(5):8.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1940. Sharks [Salamaua] Pacific Islands Monthly February 1940 page 7
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1946 Shipping Wharf [Lae] Pacific Islands Monthly. August 1946 page
21; September 1948 page 48; October 1950 page 10; March 1951 page 87; April
1951 page 32; June 1951 page 103; June 1955 page 137.
Pacific Islands Monthly
1950 Shopping Improves. [Wau] Pacific Islands Monthly December 1950
page 83
Pacific Islands Monthly
1939. Shortage of Girls. [Wau] Pacific Islands Monthly. September 1939
page 57.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1934. Should be Administration Center. [Wau] Pacific Islands Monthly.
September 1934 page 9; March 1938 page 7; September 1938 page 55; October 1938
page 5; November 1938 page 3; December 1938 page 63;
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1934. Skating Rink. [Wau] Pacific Islands Monthly. June 1934 page 51
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1950. Slow Works and Housing Payments [Lae] Pacific Islands Monthly.
June 1950 page 10.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1939. Sluicing enterprise [Koranga.] Pacific Islands Monthly. November
1939 page 60.
Pacific Islands Monthly
1937. Snakes. [Wau] Pacific Islands Monthly. October 1937 page 40.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1947. Social Evening [Finschhafen] Pacific Islands Monthly. August
1947 page 28
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1947. Some Japs still at large in South West Pacific. Pacific Islands
Monthly. 17(9): page 8.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1953. Some more roads for Papua-New Guinea. Pacific Islands Monthly.
23(11): 89-90.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1936. Spanish Coins Found. Pacific Islands Monthly. March 1936 page 7;
May 1936 page 40; July 1936 page 40.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1936. Spinsters' Ball. [Wau] Pacific Islands Monthly. April 1936 page
52.
Pacific Islands Monthly
1946. Spitfire Found. [Wau] Pacific Islands Monthly April 1946 page
19.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1941. Spitfire fund.[Bulolo] Pacific Islands Monthly. January 1941
page 8
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1941. Spitfire in Britain fund. [Morobe District] Pacific Islands
Monthly. March 1941 page 47; April 1941 page 36; June 1941 page 46; January
1942 page 55.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1935. Sport [Wau] Pacific Islands Monthly. February 1935 page 52;
January 19356 page 80.
Pacific Islands Monthly
1939. Sports ground. [Wau] Pacific Islands Monthly. September 1939 page
55
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1950 Sports Reserve. [Lae] Pacific Islands Monthly. November 1950 page
116.
Pacific Islands Monthly
1946 Still A Wreck [ Wau] Pacific Islands Monthly April 1946 page 59
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1953. Street Names [Bulolo] Pacific Islands Monthly. May 1953 page
68.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1955 Student Accommodation [Lae] Pacific Islands Monthly February 1955
page 16
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1950. Student's Australian Education [Wau] Pacific Islands Monthly
November 1950 page 89
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1952. Sub-Treasury. [Lae] Pacific Islands Monthly. June 1952 page 75.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1946. Suggested as Capital [Lae] Pacific Islands Monthly. January 1946
page 4
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1953. Sunday Barge, Lae-Labu. [Morobe District] Pacific Islands
Monthly. March 1953 page 132.
Pacific Islands Monthly
1950. Supreme Court Sittings [Wau] Pacific Islands Monthly December
1950 page 83
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1955 Survey Ships at Wharf [Lae] Pacific Islands Monthly. January 1955
page 42.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1937. Swimming baths.[Bulolo] Pacific Islands Monthly. November 1937
page 48.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1935. Swimming Baths. Pacific Islands Monthly April 1935 page 3; April
1935 page 12.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1936. Swimming Pool [Wau] Pacific Islands Monthly. July 1936 page 21;
February 1937 page 10.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1937. Sydney-Salamaua Air Service. Pacific Islands Monthly January 1937
page 7.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1936. T. Flower, Builder [Wau] Pacific Islands Monthly. June 1936 page
10
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1934. Talkies. [Bulolo] Pacific Islands Monthly. April 1934 page 41.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1954. Tea-processing Factory. [Garaina] Pacific Islands Monthly. June
1954 page 147.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1954. Teacher Housing. [Bulolo] Pacific Islands Monthly. February 1954
page 132
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1950 Telecommunication: OTC Closure opposed [Lae] Pacific Islands
Monthly. August 1950 page 6.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1936. Telephones. [Wau] Pacific Islands Monthly. April 1936 page 32;
June 1936 page 75.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1952. Telephones [Wau] Pacific Islands Monthly. February 1952 page
123
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1938. Temporary NG Capital [Salamaua] Pacific Islands Monthly.
December 1938 page 9
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1946. Temporary War Cemetery. [Finschhafen] Pacific Islands Monthly.
September 1946 59
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1935. Tennis [Wau] Pacific Islands Monthly. January 1935 page 49; June
1938 page 31.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1942. There will be roads in New Guinea. Pacific Islands Monthly. 13
(5): page 27.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1942. They got away. Pacific Islands Monthly. 12 (12): 28-30
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1960. They're cotton picking in the Markham now. Pacific Islands
Monthly 30 (10): 77-79.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1960. They're happy to do it themselves. Pacific Islands Monthly. 30
(12): 69.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1961. Thirty reported kill in New Guinea Tribal attack. Pacific Islands
Monthly. 32 (2): 119-120.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1952. Three attacks by New Guinea natives. Pacific Islands Monthly 22
(6): page 127.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1936. Thriving Wau. Pacific Islands Monthly. April 1936 page 39Thriving
Wau. Pacific Islands Monthly. April 1936 page 39
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1932. Timber [Bulolo] Pacific Islands Monthly. February 1932 page 34.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1939. Timber [Bulolo] Pacific Islands Monthly. March 1939 page 27.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1932. Timber [Morobe District]. Pacific Islands Monthly. J January
1932 page 19; September 1934 page 9.
Pacific Islands Monthly
1951. Timber [Wau] Pacific Islands Monthly October 1951 page 117; April
1953 page 111
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1951. Timber Agreement. [Bulolo] Pacific Islands Monthly. January 1951
page 97.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1949. Timber Company Proposed. [Bulolo] Pacific Islands Monthly.
November 1949 page 15
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1951. Timber Compensation. [Bulolo] Pacific Islands Monthly. January
1951 page 56
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1938 Timber Milling [Morobe District] Pacific Islands Monthly. August
1938 page 69
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1950. Timber Scandal. [Bulolo] Pacific Islands Monthly. November 1950
page 107
Pacific Islands Monthly
1937. Tinned Beer. [Wau] Pacific Islands Monthly. April 1937 page 36
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1950 Too Many Accidents [Lae] Pacific Islands Monthly. July 1950 page
59
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1946. Tools, Equipment Wanted. [Lae] Pacific Islands Monthly August
1946 page 64.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1946 Tourism: Hotels [Lae] Pacific Islands Monthly. March 1946 page 33;
August 1946 page 63; May 1948 page 212; March 1951 page 9; July 1952 page 31.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1946 Town Planning: Territories Commission. [Lae] Pacific Islands
Monthly. September 1946 page 62.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1931. Township's Growth. [Bulolo] Pacific Islands Monthly. September
1931 page 14.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1931. Township's Growth [Salamaua] Pacific Islands Monthly. September
1931 page 14.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1956. Trade Stores [Lae] Pacific Islands Monthly. November 1956 page
54; March 1948 page 26
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1947. Traffic Accident [Finschhafen] Pacific Islands Monthly.
September 1947 64
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1941. Transfer from Rabaul to Lae. Pacific Islands Monthly. 12(2):
63-64.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1932. Transport [Morobe District] Pacific Islands Monthly April 1932
page 39
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1947. Trapped by Nips. [Finschhafen] Pacific Islands Monthly. April
1947 page 33
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1951. Tremor Rumors Unfounded [Markham Valley] Pacific Islands
Monthly. March 1951 page 22
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1951. Tribal Clash [Mumeng] Pacific Islands Monthly. June 1951 page
103.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1936. Tribute to George V. [Bulolo] Pacific Islands Monthly. March 1936
page 46.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1947. Tribute to US Dead. [Finschhafen] Pacific Islands Monthly. July
1947 page 35.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1937. Truck Accident. [Bulolo] Pacific Islands Monthly. December 1937
page 2.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1936. Truck Accident. [Wau] Pacific Islands Monthly. May 1936 page 54
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1951 Truck Driver's Rates [Lae] Pacific Islands Monthly. March 1951
page 87
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1933 Turf Club [Morobe District]. Pacific Islands Monthly. November
1933 page 34; November 1933 page 43.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1951. Two Killed in Fire. [Lae] Pacific Islands Monthly. February 1951
page 111.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1946 Two New Schools [Lae] Pacific Islands Monthly. November 1946 page
54
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1941. Two planes wrecked. [Morobe District] Pacific Islands Monthly.
November 1941 page 21
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1947 Typewriters Available [Lae] Pacific Islands Monthly. May 1947 page
70
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1934. Typhoid [Morobe District] Pacific Islands Monthly. May 1934 page
38
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1936. Typhoid [Salamaua] Pacific Islands Monthly. May 1934 page 38
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1940. Un represented in Legislative Council. [Morobe District] Pacific
Islands Monthly. February 1940 page 40.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1951. Unsung Heroes [Lae] Pacific Islands Monthly. March 1951 page
79.
Pacific Islands Monthly
1947. US Graves [Finschhafen] Pacific Islands Monthly. December 1947
page 68
Pacific Islands Monthly .
1947. US War Materials for China. [Finschhafen] Pacific Islands
Monthly. November 1947 page 51
Pacific Islands Monthly
1946 V. Hearnes Photo Negatives. [Bulolo] Pacific Islands Monthly.
March 1946 page 62
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1931. Variant Spelling [Salamaua] Pacific Islands Monthly. September
1931 page 8
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1946. Vegetable production in New Guinea. Pacific Islands Monthly. 16
(7): page 34.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1949 Visitors' Impressions Pacific Islands Monthly. July 1949 page
13
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1947. Voice of New Guinea. Pacific Islands Monthly. 17(1): page 12.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1939. Voluntary Defense Advisory Committee [Morobe District] Pacific
Islands Monthly. June 1939 page 49
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1934. W.C. Groves Anthropological Researches. Pacific Islands Monthly.
April 1934. page 10.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1940. W. Southcott, Military funeral. [Wau] Pacific Islands Monthly.
January 1940 page 57.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1944. War damaged claims. [Bulolo]. Pacific Islands Monthly. August
1944 page 4.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1941. War Funds.[Wau] Pacific Islands Monthly March 1941 page 16
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1949. War Memorial [Bulolo] Pacific Islands Monthly. January 1949 page
4
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1943. War position [Lae]. Pacific Islands Monthly. August 1943 page
12.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1945. War-torn Lae. Pacific Islands Monthly. April 1945. Page 10
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1954. Waria Syndicate- new stage in huge claim over New Guinea Goldfields.
Pacific Islands Monthly. 25 (2): page 23.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1939. Wau Asks Questions. Pacific Islands Monthly. September 1939 page
54
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1937. Wau-Bulolo Road. Pacific Islands Monthly. March 1936 page 47.
Pacific Islands Monthly
1938. Wau-Bulolo Road. Pacific Islands Monthly. January 1936 page 67.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1954. Wau Common sub-divided. Pacific Islands Monthly. January 1954
page 123.
Pacific Islands Monthly
1952 Wet Weather [Wau] Pacific Islands Monthly January 1952 page 20;
February 1952 page 108; May 1952 page 105; January 1954 page 66; May 1955 page
35.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1944. Where is Wau Gold? Pacific Islands Monthly October 1944 page 11.
Pacific Islands Monthly
1950 Why No Hill Station. [Wau] Pacific Islands Monthly May 1950 page
22; June 1950 page 41.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1936. Wild Night in Wau. Pacific Islands Monthly. December 1936 page
44
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1944. Wild Way to Wau. Pacific Islands Monthly October 1944 page 39
Pacific Islands Monthly
1937. `Window in Wau'. Pacific Islands Monthly. October 1937 page
40.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1932. Wireless Station [Wau] Pacific Islands Monthly. February 1932
page 29.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1941. Word `Coon' [Morobe District] Pacific Islands Monthly. September
1941 page 6.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1935. Workers Strike. [Wau] Pacific Islands Monthly. November 1935
page 8.
Pacific Islands Monthly.
1950 Works and Housing Accounts [Lae] Pacific Islands Monthly. June
1950 page 10.
Paine, E.
1983. Mr Banana Sip of Situm Settlement. New Nation. 7 (1): page 24.
Palmer, S.
1979 Wondumi Waters. Paradise. Volume 18: page 15.
Papua and New Guinea. Department of Agriculture, Stock and Fisheries.
1954. Mechanized Rice Production in Papua and New Guinea. South Pacific
Commission Quarterly Bulletin 4(4): 14, 16.
Papua New Guinea. Bureau of Statistics.
1978. Labor force and income: Lae. Port Moresby: Bureau of Statistics. (Urban
population survey, 1977 Bulletin; Number.4)
Papua New Guinea. Bureau of Statistics.
1981. National Census 1980: Morobe Province: Preliminary Field Counts.
Waigani: Bureau of Statistics.
Papua New Guinea. Department of the Administrator.
1970. Population Statistics, Lae Urban Area. Konedobu: Division of District
Administration, Department of the Administrator.
Papua New Guinea. Department of Agriculture, Stock and Fisheries.
1975. Important pasture weeds particularly in Markham/Ramu valleys. Lae:
Department of Agriculture, Stock and Fisheries. (Department of Agriculture
Stock and Fisheries Information Bulletin Number 18)
Papua New Guinea. Department of Agriculture, Stock and Fisheries.
1974. Grain sorghum in the Markham valley. Lae: Department of Agriculture,
Stock and Fisheries. (Department of Agriculture Stock and Fisheries Information
Bulletin Number. 13)
Papua New Guinea. Department of Agriculture, Stock and Fisheries.
1975. Grain sorghum in the Morobe and Central Province. Lae: Department of
Agriculture, Stock and Fisheries. (Department of Agriculture, Stock and
Fisheries Bulletin Number 20)
Papua New Guinea. Department of Agriculture, Stock and Fisheries.
1975. Peanuts in the Markham valley. Lae: Department of Agriculture, Stock and
Fisheries. (Department of Agriculture Stock and Fisheries Bulletin Number 21)
Papua New Guinea. Department of Culture and Tourism.
1991. Lae and Morobe: adventures in Paradise. Port Moresby: Department of
Culture and Tourism.
Papua New Guinea. Department of Education.
1973. High Schools of Papua New Guinea: Bugandi High School Port Moresby:
Department of Education. (Department of Education Bulletin Number 6)
Papua New Guinea. Department of Health.
1983. Workshop on management and planning of provincial health services,
Momase region held at the College of Allied Health Sciences, Madang 7-11
November 1983.
Papua New Guinea. Department of Morobe Province.
1980. Lae (rural) District. Lae: Morobe Provincial Government. (Morobe
Province Planning Directory. Volume Number. 1)
Papua New Guinea. Department of Morobe.
1980. Menyamya District. Lae: Morobe Provincial Government. (Morobe Province
Planning Directory. Volume Number. 2).
Papua New Guinea. Department of Morobe.
1980. Wau District. Lae : Morobe Provincial Government. Morobe Province
Planning Directory Volume Number. 3)
Papua New Guinea. Department of the Morobe Province.
1979. Morobe Provincial Electoral Boundaries Commission report and the first
recommendations. Port Moresby: National Mapping Bureau.
Papua New Guinea. Department of the Morobe Province.
1980. Mumeng District. Lae: Morobe Provincial Government. (Morobe Province
Planning Directory Volume Number. 4)
Papua New Guinea. Department of Morobe Province.
1988. Child nutrition in Morobe. Lae: Nutrition Section, Division of Health.
Papua New Guinea. Department of Morobe.
1980. Menyamya district. Lae: Morobe Provincial Government. (Morobe Province
planning Directory volume 2).
Papua New Guinea. Department of Morobe Province.
1983. Minits na rekomendesen bilong Bundun bus kibung. Lae: Morobe Provincial
Government.
Papua New Guinea. Department of Morobe Province.
1980. Kabwum District. Lae: Morobe Provincial Government. Morobe Province
Planning Directory Volume Number 7)
Papua New Guinea. Department of Morobe.
1980. Kaiapit District. Lae Morobe Provincial Government. Morobe Province
Planning Directory. Volume Number 5)
Papua New Guinea. Department of Morobe.
1980. Finschhafen District. Lae. Morobe Provincial Government. (Morobe
Province Planning Directory Volume Number. 6)
Papua New Guinea. Department of Morobe.
1980. Kabwum District. Lae Morobe Provincial Government (Morobe Province
Planning Directory . Volume Number. 7)
Papua New Guinea. Department of Morobe Province.
1980. Mumeng District. Lae: Morobe Provincial Government. (Morobe Province
Planning Directory Volume Number. 03)
Papua New Guinea. Department of Primary Industry.
1977. Draft agricultural development program, 1976-1981: Morobe Province. Port
Moresby: Department of Primary Industry.
Papua New Guinea. Department of Prime Minister.
1984. Lae Urban: Youth Population by Census Unit. Boroko: Department of the
Prime Minister. (N.Y.E.S. Statistical Series Number 7)
Papua New Guinea. Department of Prime Minister.
1984. Morobe Province: Youth Profile. Lae: Department of the Prime Minister.
(N.Y.E.S. Statistical Series Paper Number. 25)
Papua New Guinea. Department of Prime Minister.
1984. Morobe Province: Women's Profile. Boroko: Department of the Prime
Minister. (N.Y.E.S Statistical Series Number 9)
Papua New Guinea. Department of Transport.
1988. Mumeng to Wau road feasibility study: main final report. Konedobu:
Department of Transport.
Papua New Guinea. Department of Transport and Civil Aviation.
1979. Morobe Province traffic survey (Lae-Wau Road). Konedobu. Department of
Transport and Civil Aviation.
Papua New Guinea. Department of Works.
1997. Transport improvement project, Papua New Guinea loan 2742, road materials
resource study and gravel pit inventory: Morobe Province, Volume 1. Main
Report. Boroko: Department of Works.
Papua New Guinea. Department of Works.
1992. Transport improvement project, Papua New Guinea loan 2742, road
materials resource study and gravel pit inventory: Morobe Province, Volume II;
Summary proforma and schematic pit sketches. Boroko: Department of Works.
Papua New Guinea. Department of Works.
1992. Transport improvement project, Papua New Guinea loan 2742, road materials
resource study and gravel pit inventory: Morobe Province, Volume III, Appendum
proforma. Boroko: Department of works.
Papua New Guinea. Electoral Boundaries Commission.
1981. Morobe: 1981 description of proposed electoral boundaries issued for
public attention. Port Moresby: Electoral Boundaries Commission.
Papua New Guinea. Forest Research Institute.
1989. Detailed environmental plan for Kui block 1TRP area. Lae: PNG Forest
Research Institute.
Papua New Guinea. Harbors Board.
1983. Lae port project environmental study, Phase 1: baseline study, January
1983. Lae: University of Technology.
Papua New Guinea. Institute of Medical Research.
1990. Papua New Guinea 1982/3 national nutrition survey: provincial
tabulations: Morobe Province. Goroka: Institute of Medical Research.
Papua New Guinea. Institute of Medical Research.
1990. Papua New Guinea 1982/83 national nutrition survey: provincial
tabulations: Morobe Province. Goroka: Papua New Guinea Institute of Medical
Research.
Papua New Guinea. National Statistical Office.
1983. Provincial Data system: Rural community register: Morobe Province.
Waigani: National Statistical Office.
Papua New Guinea. National Statistical Office.
1982. Final figures: Census Unit Populations: Morobe Province. Port Moresby:
National Statistical Office. 1980 National Population Census.
Papua New Guinea. National Statistical Office.
1993. Final figures: Census Unit Populations: Morobe Province. Port Moresby:
National Statistical Office. 1993 National Population Census.
Papua New Guinea. Office of Economic Advisor.
1969. Morobe District Draft Economic development program. Port Moresby: Office
of Economic Advisor.
Papua New Guinea. Office of Information.
1977. Morobe. Konedobu: Office of Information. (Provinces of Papua New
Guinea)
Parang, C.
1977. Morobe Province. Oral History 5 (5): page 75.
Parang, C.
1978. Morobe Province (Motu translation) Oral History 6 (4): page 79.
Parr, Edward Albert.
1974. Edie Creek, 1926-1927: The Indian Summer of Redshirt capitalism. B.A.
(Hons.) thesis. Department of History. University of Papua New Guinea.
Parfitt, R.L. et.al.
1975. Phosphorous availability and phosphate fixation in Markham valley soils.
Science in New Guinea. 3 (2): 123-130
Parsons, .A.
1975. Ophthalmic practice in Papua New Guinea. Papua New Guinea Medical
Journal. 18 (2): 79-82.
Pascoe, G.J.
1998. Hidden valley project development summary. In; Papua New Guinea
Geology, Exploration and Mining Conference 1991. Proceedings. Parkville,
Vic.: The Australasian Institute of Mining and Metallurgy. pp. 69-76.
Patchett, S.A.
1987. Liklik micro: automation in the Matheson Library as a prototype for
small third world libraries. Toktok Bilong Hausbuk. Volume 40: 4-7.
Paulisbo, M.
1981. Forbidden island of Snakes. Oral History. 9(1-4): 95-97.
Pence, Alan.
1963. Kunimaipa Phonology I : Hierarchical levels. In; Workshop paper
Number 2 (Phonology). Ukarumpa: Summer Institute of Linguistics, New Guinea
Branch.
Pfeil, Joachim.
1890. Bericht uber eine Reise in Duetsch-Neuguinea. Petermanns
Geographische Mitteilungen. Volume 36: 219-227.
Pfeil, Joachim.
1899. Studien und Beobachtungen aus der Sudsee. Braunschweig, Firedrich
Vieweg und Sohn.
People's Progress Party (PNG)
1985. National Constitution of the People's Progress Party: revised during the
1985 national Convention convened at the Niall Community Hall, Lae, Morobe
Province, October 25 1985. Boroko: People's Progress Party.
Peraia, Ludwick.
1993. Aman ogot tah-netio = Amam's work: Kunimaipa language, Hate Dialect.
Ukarumpa Summer Institute of Linguistics. (Easy Readers Number. 7)
Peraia, Ludwick.
1994. Menapanez tep mamoat = teacher's prewriting manual: Kunimaipa language,
Hate Dialect. Ukarumpa: Summer Institute of Linguistics.
Peraia, Ludwick.
1993. Pim adas nooh-netio= Paim the pig: : Kunimaipa language, Hate Dialect.
Ukarumpa Summer Institute of Linguistics. (Easy Readers Number. 5)
Peraia, Ludwick.
1993. Tumaiz tah-netio=The story of what Tumai did : Kunimaipa language, Hate
Dialect. Ukarumpa Summer Institute of Linguistics. (Easy Readers Number. 6)
Pieters, P.E.
1975. Land instability in the Numbugu Village area between the Ufim and Biapim
Rivers, Morobe District. Port Moresby: Department of Lands, Surveys and Mines.
(Geological Survey of Papua New Guinea Report Number, 75/21)
Pilhofer, Georg.
1911. Eine Reise in das Hinterland von Finschhafen (Kaiser Wilhelms-Land).
Petermanns Geographische Mitteilungen 57: 187-191
Pilhofer, Georg.
1912. Eine Reise von Finschhafen nach dem Markham Fluss. Petermanns
Geographische Mitteilungen. 58: 143-147.
Pilhofer, Georg.
1915. Eine Durchquerung Neuguineas vom Waria-zum Markhamflusz. Petermanns
Geographische Mitteilungen. 61: 21-25, 63-66.
Pilhofer, Georg.
1926/27. Formenlehre der Kate-Sprache (Neu-Guinea). Zeitschrift fur
Eingeborenen-Sprachen 17:1-40.
Pilhofer, Georg.
1926/27. Esprache in der Kate-Sprache. Zeitschrift fur
Eingeborenen-Sprachen 17:129-142.
Pilhofer, Georg.
1927/28. Formenlehre von zehn Mundarten und Nachbarsprachen des Kate.
Zeitschrift fur Eingeborenen-Sprachen. 18:196-230, 298-315.
Pilhofer, Georg.
1928/29. Worterverzeichnis aus zwolf Mundarten und Nachbarsprachen des Kate.
Zeitschrift fur Eingeborenen-Sprachen. 19: 41-69.
Pilhofer, Georg.
1933. Gramatik der Kate-Sprache in Neuguinea. Zeitschrift fur
Eingeborenen-Sprachen 14; Beiheft. Berlin, Dietrich Reimer (Ernst Vohsen).
Pilhofer, Georg.
1938. Felszeichnunen im ehemals deutschen Teil von Neuguinea. Archiv-fur
Anthropologie, 24: (neue Folge):8-10.
Pilhofer, Georg.
1967. Eschichte des Neuendettelsauer Missionshauses Freimund Verlag.
Neuendettlsau.
Pilhofer, Georg.
1974. Journey from Finschhafen to the Markham River. Journal of the Morobe
District Historical Society. 2 (2): 22-25.
Plane, M.D.
1967. Stratigraphic and vertebrate fauna of the Otibanda formation, New
Guinea. Canberra: Bureau of mineral Resources, Geology and Geophysics.
(Australia. Bureau of Mineral Resources, Geology and Geophysics Bulletin
Number. 86)
Ploeg, A.
1985. Dependency among the Kovai, Siassi, Morobe Province, Papua New Guinea.
Oceania 55 (4): 252-271.
Ploeg, A.
1973. Feasting for gain and help. Mankind. 9 (1): 15-24.
Ploeg, A.
1969. Inter-block contacts between settlers in Situm and Gobari. A manuscript
held in the New Guinea Collection.
Ploeg, A.
1969. Progress report on Situm and Gobari fieldwork. Canberra: Australian
National University, New Guinea Research Unit.
Ploeg, A.
1971. The Situm and Gobari Ex-Service Men's Settlement. Canberra: New Guinea
Research Unit, Australian National University. New Guinea Research Unit
Bulletin Number 39.
Ploeg, Antoine.
1979. Recent Developments in Kovai agriculture. Waigani: History Department,
University of Papua New Guinea and Department of Primary Industry. (History of
Agriculture Discussion Paper Number. 26.)
Poch, Rudolf.
1905. Ueber den Hausbau der Jabimleute an der Ostkuste von Deutsch Neu Guinea.
Zeitschrift fur Ethnologie. 37:514-518.
Poch, Rudolf.
1905. Beobachtungen uber Sprache, esange und Tanze der Monumbo anlasslich
phonographischer. Aufnahmen in Duetsch-Neu-Guinea. (In der Zeitvom 28:7.- zum
24:11.1904). Anthropoloische Gesellschaft in Wien, Mitteilungen, 35 (3.
Folge 5. Band) 230-237.
Poch, Rudolf.
1907. Einie bemerkenswerte Ethnologika aus Neu-Guinea. Anthropologische
Gesellschaft in Wien. Mitteilungen 37(3 Folge 7. Band): 57-71.
Poch, Rudolf.
1907. Wanderungen im Gebiete der Kai(Deutsch-Neuguinea). Mitteilungen aus
den Deutschen Schutzgebieten 20: 223-231.
Polume, Samson Mamau.
1978. Decentralization and intra-provincial inequality: a case study of the
Morobe Province. In; Decentralization; the Papua New Guinean Experiment.
Waigani Seminar Papers. Edited by Ralph Premdas and Stephen Pokawin.
Waigani: University of Papua New Guinea. pp.135-138.
Pomponio. Alice.
1983. Namor's odyssey: education and development on Mandok island, Papua New
Guinea. Ph.D. thesis. Bryn Mawr College.
Pomponio, Alice.
1992. Seagulls don't fly into the bush: cultural identity and development in
Melanesia. Belmont: Wadsworth Publishing.
Pounder, .M. et.al.
1972. Summary of ground water bore data, Lae, Morobe District, Papua New
guinea. (investigation no. 72419). Port Moresby: Department of Lands, surveys
and Mines. (Geological Survey of Papua New Guinea Note on investigation;
72/018)
Powell, Wilfred.
1883. Visits to the eastern and north-eastern coasts of New Guinea. Royal
Geographical Society of Australasia, New South Wales Branch, Sydney,
Transactions and Proceedings. Volume 5:505-517.
Pratt, T.K.
1983. Diet of the dwarf cassowary Casuarius Bennetti Picticollis at Wau, Papua
New Guinea. Emu (Supplement). Volume 82: 283-285.
Preuss, K.T.
1897. Kunstlerische Darstellungen aus Kaiser-Wilhelms-land in ihrer Bedeutung
fur die Ethnologie. Zeitschrift fur Ethnologie, 29: 77-139, 30:74-120.
Preuss, K.T.
1898. Ueber einie Ornamente vom Kaiserin-Augusta-Fluss in Deutsch Neu-Guinea.
Internationales Archiv- fur Ethnographie 11: 145-153.
Pruet-Jones, S.G.
1986. Altitudinal distribution and seasonal activity patterns of Birds of
Paradise. National Geographic Res. 2 (1): 87-105.
Puvanachandran, V.M.
1991. Civil engineering degree course at Unitech and facilities
for graduates intending to proceed for overseas training. Australiasian
Journal of Engineering Education. 2 (1): 33-42.
Quinn. Norman John. et.al.
1974. Home background as a determinant of success in a Papua New Guinean High
School. Waigani: Educational Research Unit, University of Papua New Guinea.
Quinn, Norman John. et.al.
1983. Diel variations in trawl catches in Labu estuary, Papua New Guinea. Lae:
Department of Fisheries, University of Technology. (Papua New Guinea University
of Technology Department of Fisheries Report Number. 83/02)
Quinn, Norman John.
1985. Destination turtle. Paradise. Volume 52: 34-38.
Quinn, Norman John.
1984. Dynamics and exploitation of fish resources near the mouth of the
Markham river, Papua New Guinea. Ph. D. thesis. University of Queensland.
Quinn, Norman John. et.al.
1984. Lunar variations in trawl catches of Nocturnal Nekton Assemblage of the
Labu Estuary, Morobe Province. Lae: Department of Fisheries, University of
Technology. (Papua New Guinea University of Technology, Department of
Fisheries, report series ; 84/5)
Quinn, Norman John. et.al.
1985. Testing fish aggregating devices in the Huon Gulf: can they help
village fisherman. ? Harvest. 10 (4): 147-153.
Quinn, Norman John. et.al.
1982. Fish and shell fish in the Labu Estuary: an environmental survey in
progress. Harvest. 8 (1): 14-21.
Quinn, Norman John. et.al.
1982. Hydrology of the Markham River intrusion into the Huon Gulf using
landsat imagery and into situ observation. Science in New Guinea. 9 (3):
115-129.
Quinn, Norman John. et.al.
1985. Leatherback turtles under threat in Morobe Province, Papua New Guinea.
Ples. No. 1 pages 79-99
Quinn, Norman John.
1983. Preliminary survey of leatherback rookeries in Morobe Province: with
notes on their biology. Lae: Department of Fisheries, University of Technology.
(Papua New Guinea University of Technology, Department of Fisheries report
series :83/0)
Quinn, Norman John.
1985. Status and conservation of a newly `discovered' leatherback turtle
(dermochelys Coriacea Linneau 1766) Chelonery at Maus Buang, Papua New Guinea.
Noumea: South Pacific Commission.
Quinn, Norman John.
1984. Subsistence fishing of Labu Butu Village, Morobe Province. In;
Subsistence Fishing Practices in Papua New Guinea. Edited by Quinn N.J.
et.al. pp18-21.
Rae, Malcolm.
1948. Resurrecting medical equipment from New Guinea's jungles. Pacific
Islands Monthly. 18 (7): 78-79.
Rambi, Robert.
19--?. Brief perspective of proposed projects of Rambi (Holdings) Pty. Ltd.
Lae, Morobe Province.
Ray, Sidney Herbert.
1902. The Languages of Northeast New Guinea. Man. 2: 189-192.
Ray, Sidney Herbert.
1919. The languages of northern Papua. Royal Anthropological Institute of
Great Britain and Ireland Journal. 49: 317-341.
Read, K.E.
1958. "Cargo" situation in the Markham Valley, New Guinea. Southwestern
Journal of Anthropology. 14 (3): 273-294.
Read, K.E.
1947. Effects of the Pacific War in the Markham Valley. Oceania . 18
(2) : 95-116.
Read, K.E.
1950. Political system of the Ngarawapum. Oceania. 20 (3): 185-223.
Read, K.E.
1946. Social Organisation of the Markham Valley, New Guinea. Oceania.
17 (2): 93-118.
Reay-Young, P.S.
1970. Cobalt teletherapy unit for Lae Hospital. South Pacific Bulletin
20 (2): 24,52.
Reiber, Josef.
1910. Kinderspiele in Deutsch Neuguinea. Baessler-Archiv, 1(6):
227-256.
Reichard, Gladys Amanda.
1933. Melanesian design : a study of style in wood and tortoiseshell carving.
New York: Columbia University Press. (2 volumes).
Reichs-Marine-Amt.
1913. Sudsee-Handbuch. III. Teil: Kaiser Wilhelms-land. Berlin: E.S. Mittler
& Sohn.
Reinhold, William James.
1946. The Bulldog-Wau Road, John Thomson Lecture for 1945. University of
Queensland.
Reinhold, William James.
1979. Bulldog Trail. Paradise. Volume 16: 5-7.
Reinhold, J.W.
1977. Wau-Labu Road. Port Moresby: Office of Transport.
Reschke, Heinz.
1935. Linguistische Untersuchung der Mythologie und initiation in Neuguinea.
Anthropos-Ethnologische Bibliothek. Vol. 3 (5): Munster I.W.
Aschendorff.
Rhys, Lloyd.
1942. High lights and flights in New Guinea, being in the main an account of
the discovery and development of the Morobe Goldfields. London: Hodder and
Stoughton.
Rhys, Lloyd.
1946. Cape Gloucester-Morobe. In; My Ship is so small. Edited by Lloyd
Rhys. Melbourne: Georgian House. pp. 82-89
Richert, E.L.
1965. How the Guhu-Samane cult of Poro affects translaction. Bible
Translator. 16 (3): 81-87
Rieckmann, K.H. et.al.
1968. Effects of diaphenysulphone (dapsone) against plamodiumvivax of
Southwest Pacific origin. Transactions of the Royal Society of Tropical
Medical Hygiene. 62 (5): 649-653.
Rienits, K.. et.al.
1950. Biochemical report. In; Report of the New Guinea Nutritional Survey
Expedition, 1947. (Part 7). Sydney: Government Printer.
Riesenfeld, Alphonse.
1952. Was there a palaeolithic period in Melanesia? Anthropos. 47 :
405-446.
Riesenfeld, Alphonse.
1955. Prehistoric stone objects from New Britain. Man 55: 58-59.
Riley, Olive Lassette.
1955. Masks and magic. London : Thames and Hudson.
Ringis, John.
1985. Marine seismic surveys in Bunsel Bay and the approaches to Marien
Harbour, Umboi Island, Papua New Guinea. In; Proceedings of the Twenty
Second Session, Guangzhou, China, 11 -21 November, 1985. pp. 83-95.
Rivers, William Halse.
1917. New Britain and New Ireland. In; James Hastings (ed.). Encyclopaedia
of Religion and Ethics. Volume 9: 336-338. Edinburgh, T. and T. Clark. 13
Volumes.
Rivers, William Halse.
1920. The concept of `soul-substance' in New Guinea and Melanesia.
Folklore. 31: 48-69.
Robartson, F.
1932. Tobacco growing in the Territory of New Guinea. Pacific Islands
Monthly. 2(12): 3-4, 41-42.
Robertson, Pat.
1959. They're the nouveau riche. Pacific Islands Monthly. 30(5): page
45.
Robertson, S.
1995. Success and failure in the department of accountancy and business studies
at the University of Technology, Lae: are there any discernible trends?
Papua New Guinea Journal of Education. 31 (2): 121-128
Robbins, R.G.
1963. Correlations of plant patterns and population migration into the
Australian New Guinea highlands. Tenth Pacific Science Congress 1961, Honolulu
Symposium papers.
Robinson, G. P.
19-?? Exploratory notes on the Huon Geological map. Port Moresby: Department
of Lands Surveys, and Mines. (Geological survey of Papua New Guinea note on
investigation, 72/012)
Robinson, G.P.
19-?? Geology of the Huon Peninsula. Port Moresby: Geological Survey of Papua
New Guinea. (Geological survey of Papua New Guinea, memoir Number. 3)
Robinson, G.P.
1974. Huon Sagsag, Papua New Guinea. Sheet SB/55-11 International index.
Canberra: Bureau of mineral Resources, Geology and Geophysics. Australia.
Bureau of Mineral Resources, Geology and Geophysics 1L250,000 Geological series
exploratory note)
Robinson, G.P.
1973. Stratigraphy and structure of the Huon Peninsula, New Guinea, within the
framework of the outer Melanesian arc. In; Oceanography of the South
Pacific. Edited by R. Fraser. pp 191-197.
Robinson, J. et.al.
1983. Report from Papua New Guinea: The Weri literacy Teachers training
course: an exercise in community Development. Read. 18 (1): 38-42.
Robinson, N.K.
1971. War experiences of the people in Gulf, Lae and Hanuabada. Port
Moresby.
Robinson, Neville K.
1977. Butibam at War. (Conclusion). Journal of the Morobe District
Historical Society. 4 (3): 22-32.
Robinson, Neville K.
1977. Butibam at War (Part one). Journal of the Morobe District Historical
Society. 4 (1): 23-30.
Robinson, Neville K.
1977. Butibam at War (Part two). Journal of the Morobe District Historical
Society. 4 (2): 22-36.
Robinson, Neville K.
1970. Experience of Chinese Community in Lae during the Second World War. A
manuscript held in the New Guinea Collection.
Robinson, Neville K.
1970. Relations of Butibam villagers with the Japanese. A Manuscripts in New
Guinea Collection.
Robinson, Neville K.
1971. War experience of the people in the Gulf area, Lae and Hanuabada.
Manuscripts copy held in New Guinea Collection.
Robinson, Neville K.
1975. World War Two as an experience for some peoples of Papua New Guinea. : a
history of the effects that world War II had on the lives of residents of five
Toaripi villages, Hanuabada and Butibam. M.A. Thesis. History Department
University of Papua New Guinea. [Restricted access]
Robson, Eric J.
1946. Inside story of AIB. Pacific Islands Monthly. 16 (7) : 48-49.
Rofe, R.B.
1967. Lae- New Guinea: an example of incipient urbanization in a developing
area. MA thesis. Victoria University of Wellington.
Rofe, R.B.
1965. Urbanization: Lae; Territory of Papua New Guinea. South Pacific
Bulletin. 15 (3): 22-25.
Robson, R.W.
1932. The rival claims of Salamaua and Lae to be port of New Guinea
goldfields. Pacific Islands Monthly. 3 (2): 9-11.
Robson, R.W.
1934. Adventuring the death and Deckert. Pacific Islands Monthly. 5
(3): 8-10, 14.
Robson, R.W.
1938. The romance of the Bulolo. Pacific Islands Monthly. 9 (5):
34-37.
Robson, R.W.
1942. Allied air forces smash Japanese in New Guinea and in Solomons.
Pacific Islands Monthly. 13 (4): 10-11.
Robson, R.W.
1943. Battle for Salamaua. Pacific Islands Monthly. 14 (1): page 11.
Robson, R.W.
1950. Roads to the interior of New Guinea.: How a new bridge over Markham will
be used. Pacific Islands Monthly. 21(4): 67-68.
Robson, R.W.
1953. We saw water - but no rice. Pacific Islands Monthly. 24 (2):
73-74.
Robson, R.W.
1954. From notes made in central highlands, New Guinea. Pacific Islands
Monthly. 25 (3): 27-31, 129-130.
Robson, R.W.
1957. Reflections on the Markham Bridge. Pacific Islands Monthly 27 (6)
: 28-29
Robson, R.W.
1962. How old timer `Mick' Leahy demonstrate farming and
fights bureaucracy. Pacific Islands Monthly.
Roleas, P.
1980. Traditional games of Papua New Guinea: an introduction. Bulletin of
the String Figures Association. Volume 5: 10-16.
Romaine, Suzanne.
1990. Change and variation in the use of Bai in young children's creolized tok
pisin in Morobe Province. In; Melanesian Pidgin and Tok pisin. Edited by
J.W.M. Verhaar. Amsterdam, Philadelphia: John Benjamins. pp. 187-203.
Ronninger, Hermann.
1925. Aus der Wildnis Neuguineas. Dresden, Deutsche Buchwerkstatten.
Rosentiel, Annette.
1953/54. Historical perspective and the study of Melanesian culture.
Oceania. 24: 172-189.
Ross, Malcolm D.
1975. Skul bilong kirapim ples. Yagl Ambu. 2 (2): 148-157.
Rowley, C.D.
1957. Local Government in New Guinea. South Pacific. 9: 437-446, 464.
Rowley, C.D.
1958. The Australians in German New Guinea., 1914-1921. Melbourne: University
of Melbourne Press.
Royen, P van.
1964. Sertulum Papuanum 12 sketch of the alpine vegetation of Mount Bangeta.
Transactions of the Papua New Guinea Scientific Society. Volume 5:
14-20.
Ruddaka, Andrew.
1990. Report on the investigation into and on the matters living rise to the
provincial suspension of the Morobe Provincial Government; Volume 1, appendices
1-8. Port Moresby: Permanent Parliamentary committee on Provincial Government
Suspension.
Ruddaka, Andrew.
1990. Report on the investigation into and on the matters living rise to the
provincial suspension of the Morobe Provincial Government; Volume 2, appendices
9-10. Port Moresby: Permanent Parliamentary committee on Provincial Government
Suspension.
Ruddaka, Andrew.
1990. Report on the investigation into and on the matters living rise to the
provincial suspension of the Morobe Provincial Government; Volume 3: appendices
11-15. Port Moresby : Permanent Parliamentary Committee on Provincial
government Suspension.
Rudiger, H.
1895. Arbeiteranwerbun. Nachrichten aus dem Kaiser Wilhelmsland, 11:
33-34.
Rudiger, H.
1897. Herr Korvetten-Kapitn H.Rudiger: der Huon Golf im Sudosten von Kaiser
Wilhelms-land. Gessellschaft fur Erdkunde zur Nerline, Verhandluing.
Volume 24: 280-295.
Ruff, Wallace.
1979. Village Studies Program. Northeast New Guinea 1 (3&4):
39-41.
Ruff, Wallace.
1979. Lukluk long kain haus bilong Niugini. Northeast New Guinea. 1 (3
&4): 42-43.
Rumber, A.
1981. Poultry firm helps government promote economy. Hiri. December
1981. Page 4.
Russell, D. Taylor and Partners Pty Ltd.
1971. Lae Urban Development Study. Port Moresby. Department of Lands, Surveys
and Mines,
Russell, D. Taylor and Partners Pty. Ltd.
1971. Lae Urban Development Study. Konedobu: Department of Lands, surveys and
Mines.
Russell, D. Taylor and Partners Pty. Ltd.
1971. Outline of the Lae urban development Study. Lae: The firm.
Ryan, Peter.
1959. Fear Drive My Feet. Sydney: Angus and Robertson.
Sabel, C.
1989. A Case study of rural employment in Papua New Guinea: Ramu sugar
Limited. In; Agriculture Seminar. Edited by J. Millett. pp 193-200.
Sack, Peter.
1976. Blood thirsty Laewomba? Myth and history in Papua New Guinea. Lae :
Morobe District Historical Society and Canberra: Department of Law, Research
School of Social Change.
Sack, Peter.
1977. Some interviews on Butibam, Kamkumung, Wagang and Yalu History.
Journal of the Morobe District Historical Society. 4 (1):31-35.
Saeki, K. et.al.
1996. Mercury concentrations in hair from populations in Wau-Bulolo area,
Papua New Guinea. Arch. Environmental Contam. Toxicology. Volume 30:
412-417.
Salerio, Carlo.
1862. Carlo Salerio uber die Inseln im Osten von Neu-Guinea. Petermanns
Geographische Mitteilungen 8: 341-344.
Samana, Fungke Z. et.al.
1988. Subsistence agriculture improvement program of Morobe Province. In;
The Ethics of Development: Choices in Development Planning. Edited by C.
Thirlwall and P.J. Hughes. Waigani: University of Papua New Guinea. pp.
281-295
Samana, Fungke Z.
1982. Women and development: Women in subsistence agriculture in Papua New
Guinea and future development on subsistence agriculture for women in Morobe
Province. A paper presented at the Waigani Seminar, University of Papua New
Guinea.
Samana, Utula Utuoc.
1984. Decentralisation, decolonisation and development in Papua New Guinea:
the Morobe Experience. Pacific Perspective 13 (2): 57-71.
Samana, Utula.
1985. Eight aims, development and decentralization: the Morobe Experience. In;
Peter King. (ed.) From Rhetoric to Reality: Waigani: University of Papua
New Guinea. pp. 209-215.
Samana, Utula U.
1985. Morobe Provinsel Gavman: Tuam 2 faiv yia plen, 1986-1990. Lae: Morobe
Provincial Government.
Samana, Utula U.
19-? Dzia-Suwena University Students Association: reports on the problems in
the Morobe Patrol Post area. Typescript copy held in the New Guinea
Collection.
Samana, Utula U. (compiler. )
1974. Reports on the problems [sale of timber rights] in the Morobe Patrol
Post area. Waigani: Dzia-Suwena Student Association, University of Papua New
Guinea.
Samana, Utula U.
1985. Morobe Provinsel Gavman: Tuam 2 Faiv yia plen, 1986-1990. Lae: Morobe
Provincial Government.
Samana, Utula U.
1984. Papua New Guinea: Which way? Arena. Volume 69: 112-123.
Samana, Utula. U.
1987. Papua New Guinea: Which way?; people's cultural groups and political
power. Arena. Volume 78: 37-51.
Samuel, Edward.
1939 Kapok. Walkabout. 6 (2) : 35-36.
Sankoff, Gillian.
19---? Language use in multilingual societies: some alternative approaches.
In; Socio-linguistics. Edited by J.B. Pride and J. Holmes. pp. 33-35.
Sankoff, Gillian T.
1968. Social Aspects of Multi-lingualism in New Guinea. Ph.D. thesis. Mc Gill
University.
Schafer, Alfons.
1938. Im Waital, dem Paradise von Neuguinea. Steyler Missionsbote. 66
(2) : 29-33, 75-79.
Schanely, L.
1981. People involvement in printing Patep Scriptures. Read. 16 (2):
45-46.
Schellong, O.
1888. Uber die Herstellung einier Ethnographica der Gegend Finschhafen's.
Internationales Archiv fur Ethnographie. 1: 220-223.
Schellong, O.
1889. Ueber Familienleben und Gebrauche der Papuas der Umebung von Fischhafen,
Kaiser-Wilhelmsland. Zeitschrift fur Ethnologie. 21: 10-25.
Schellong, O.
1890. Die Jabim-Sprache der Finschhafener egend. Einzelbeitrae zur allgemeinen
und verlageichenden Sprachwissenschaft. Leipzig Heft. 7: 128 pages.
Schellong, O.
1891. Beitrage zur Anthropologie des Papuas. Zeitschrift fur
Ethnologie. 23 : 156-230
Schellong, O.
1895. Notizen uber das Zeichnen der Melanesier (mit einem Nachtrag von J.D.E.
Schmeltz). Internationales Archiv-fur Ethnologie 8:57-58, 59-61.
Schellong, O.
1904. Einige Bemerkunen uber die Fahrzeuge (Kanus) der Papuas von Kaiser
Wilhelmsland (Neuguinea) und dem Bismarck Archipel. Internationales
Archiv-fur Ethnologie. 16: 176-179
Schellong, O.
1905. Weitere Mitteilunen uber die Papuas (Jabim) der Gengend des Finschhafens
in Nordost-Neuguinea (Kaiser Wilhelmsland) Zeitschrfit fur Ethnologie,
37: 602-618.
Scherle, Fred A.
1977. Five Lutherans and 60,000 Kukukukus (part two) Journal of the Morobe
District Historical Society. 4 (2): 40-46.
Scherle, Fred A.
1977. Five Lutherans and 60,000 Kukukukus (part one) Journal of the Morobe
District Historical Society. 4 (1): 36-41.
Scherle, Fred A.
1977. Five Lutherans and 60,000 Kukukukus (part three) Journal of the
Morobe District Historical Society. 4 (3): 47-53.
Schlaginhaufen, Otto.
1962. Das Hauthaar des Eineborenen des Torricelliebirges in Neuguinea.
Anthropos. 57: 678-682.
Schleinitz, G.E.G. von.
1887. Eine Recognoszierungsfahrt von Fortification Point bis Kaiserin
Augusta-Fluss. Nachrichten aus dem Kaiser Wilhelmsland. 5: 48-86.
Schleinitz, G.E.G. von.
1888. Untersuchunsreise. Nachrichten aus dem Kaiser Wilhelmsland. 4:
34-41,64-71.
Schleinitz, G.E.G. von.
1889. Beschreibung der Nordkuste von Kaiser Wilhelmsland von Kap cretin bis zu
den Leoarant-Inseln. Nachrichten aus dem Kaiser Wilhelmsland 5: 48-86.
Schleinitz, G.F.G von
1889. Untersuchunsfahrt in Huon-Golf. Nachrichfen aus dem Kaiser
Wilhelmsland 3 : 5-26.
Schmidt, W.
1900. Die sprachlichen Verhaltnisse von Deutsch Neu-Guinea. Zeitschriften,
fur Afrikanische und Oceanische Sprachen, 5: 345-384 ;6: 6:1-99.
Schmidt, W.
1901. Die Jabim-Sprache (Deutsch-Neu-Guinea) und ihre Stellung innerhalb de
Melanesischen Sprachen (K.) Akademie der Wissenschaften, Vienna.
Philosophisch-historische Klasse, Sitzungsberichte, 143(9): 1-60.
Schmitz, Carl August.
1960. Beitrage zur Ethnographie des Wantoat Tales, Nordost Neuguinea. Koln:
Kolner Universitats Verlag.
Schmitz, Carl August.
1961. Die Bedeutung der Schlange im Tami-Stil von Nordost-Neuguinea.
Paideuma 7(8): 442-456.
Schmitz, Carl August.
1956. Die Initiation bei den Pasum am oberen Rumu, Nordost Neuguinea.
Zeitschrift fur Ethnologie. 81:236-246.
Schmitz, Carl August.
1959. Die Jawik-figuren der Pasum in Nordost Neuguinea. Leipzig. Museum fur
Volkerkunde Jahrbuch 17: 30-51.
Schmitz, Carl August.
1959. Die Nackenstutzen und Zeremonialstuhle der Azera in Nordost-Neuguinea.
Baessler-Archiv 7 (neue Folge): 149-163.
Schmitz, Carl August.
1960. Die Ornamentik der Komba auf Neuguinea. Ethnologie. 2 (new
series):154-180.
Schmitz, Carl August.
1961. Eine Liebeszauberfiur der Komba in Nordost Neuguinea. Beitrage zur
Volkerforschung - Hans Damm zum 65. Geburtsta. Leipzig. Museum fur
Volkerkunde, Veroffentlichungen Heft 11:577-584. Berlin,
Akademie-Verlag.
Schmitz, Carl August.
1962. Eine Steiner ne Spitkeule aus Nordost-Neu guinea. Tribus vol. 11
: 109-110.
Schmitz, Carl August.
1962. Historiche probleme in Nord-West Neuguinea (Huon Peninsula)
Sociologus 12 (2): 178-181.
Schmitz, Carl A.
1960. Historische Probleme in Nordost Neuguinea, Huon Halbinsel. Studienzur
Kulturkunde. Vol.16. Weisbaden, Franz Steiner Verlag.
Schmitz, Carl August.
1961. Ibt es eine `Megalith-Kultur' in Ozeanien? Zeitschrift fur
Ethnologie. 86 : 234-249
Schmitz, Carl August.
1962. Kopfjager und Kannibalen. Basel. Museum fur Volkerkunde und
Schweizerisches. Museum fur Volkskunde, Fuhrer, Sonderaus stellung vom
2.12.1961-30 . 4. 1962
Schmitz, Carl August.
1959. Sprachen und Kulturen im nordostlichen Neuguinea. Anthropoloische
Gesellschaft in Wein, Mitteilungen, 88-89:148-154.
Schmitz, Carl August.
1956. Style provinces and style elements: a study in method. Mankind.
5: 107-116.
Schmitz, Carl August.
1956. Two "prehistoric" stone objects from the Huon Peninsula. Mankind.
5 (3): page 128.
Schmitz, Carl August.
1960. Verwandtschaftsnamen und Kulturschichten im Nordosten von Neuguinea.
Zeitschrift fur Ethnologie. 85 : 1-16.
Schmitz, Carl August.
1967. Wantoat: Art and Religion of Northeast New Guinea Papuans. Melbourne:
Paul Flesch
Schmitz, Carl August.
1963. Wantoat: Art and Religion of the northeast New Guinea Papuans. (Art in
its context: Studies in Ethno-Aesthetics; edited by A.A. Gerbrands and F.
Sierksma.) (translated from German by Mrs G.E. Van Baaren-Pape) Den Haag,
Mouton and Company.
Schmitz, Carl August.
1962. Wildbeuter-Problematik in Ozeanien. Paideuma 8: 124-135.
Schmitz, Carl August.
1957. Zum problem des Balum-Kultes in Nordost Neuguinea. Paideuma. 6:
257-280.
Schmitz, Carl August.
1958. Zum Problem des Kannibalismus im nordlichen Neuguinea. Paideuma
6:381-410.
Schmitz, Carl August.
1955. Zur Ethnographie der Huon Halbinsel, Nordost Neuguinea. Zeitschrift
fur Ethnologie 80:298-312.
Schmitz, Carl August.
1959. Zur Ethnoraphie der Rai-Kuste in Neuguinea. Anthropos. 54 :
27-56.
Schmitz, Carl August.
1958. Zur Ethnoraphie des Yupna-Tales im Nordosten von Neuguinea. Acta
Ethnographica. 7: 337-86.
Schnee, Heinrich.
1900. Einiges uber Sitten und Gebrauche der Eineboreneen Neu-Guineas. Berliner
esellschaft fur Anthropologie, Ethnologie und Urgeschichte, Verhandlungen:
413-416. In; Zeitschrift fur Ethnologie. Volume 32.
Schneider, M.A.
1993. New species of phytalmia (diptera:tephritidae) from Papua New Guinea.
Australian Entomologist. 20 (1): 3-8.
Schulte im Hofe, A.
1902. Eine zukunfstkultur fur Neuguinea. Deutsche Kolonialzeitung 15
(30) (new series) : 292-293.
Schuster, Carl.
1946. Prehistoric stone objects from New Guinea and the Solomons.
Mankind. 3:247-251.
Scott, Colin.
1999. Pests of Maize in Markham Valley. In; Proceedings of a Pests and
Diseases of Food Crops Conference. 1991. Edited by R. Kumar. Lae:
University of Technology. pp. 1-14.
Seddon, Richard.
1961. Youth Study group meets in Port Moresby. South Pacific Commission
Quarterly Bulletin. 11 (3) : 28, 72.
Seiler, Donald G.
1979. Population projections and miscellaneous notes on the growth of Port
Moresby and Lae. Port Moresby: Office of Transport. (Office of Transport
Internal Discussion Paper Number . 04)
Shadlow, John.
1985. 1980 National Population Census Final Figures: Provincial summary:
Morobe Province. Port Moresby: National Statistical Office.
Shadlow, John.
1980. Housing, population, education and training, economic activity and
migration: Lae. Port Moresby: Bureau of Statistics.
Sharp, N.
1927. Melanesian journey: new ways in co-operation. Arena. Volume 83:
50-80.
Shedden, S.H.
1990. Wamum Copper-Gold Prospect. In; Geology of the Mineral Deposit of
Australia and Papua New Guinea. Edited by F.E. Hayes. Volume 2. Parkville,
Vic.: The Australasian Institute of Mining and Metallurgy. pp. 1759-1961.
Sheehan, Eileen.
1972. Social Survey of the Expatriate Community of Lae. B.A. (Hons) thesis.
University of Adelaide.
Sherwin, V.H.
1938. Ancient carved stone objects, Watut River, Territory of New Guinea.
(with notes by A.C. Haddon). Man. 38 : 71-73.
Shield, J.M.
1986. Hookworm, strongyloides and other intestinal helminths in children
admitted to Hospital in Lae, Papua New Guinea. Papua New Guinea Medical
Journal. 29 (3): 225-231.
Sieberg, August.
1910. Die Ardbebentatigkeit in Deutsch Neuguinea. Petermanns Geographische
Mitteilungen 56(2(: 72-74, 116-122.
Siemers, W.
1979. An inland Journey (1927) Northeast New Guinea. 1 (2): 31-34.
Seimers, W.
1979. Wokabaut lon bus. Northeast New Guinea. 1 (2): 35-36
Sikani, Richard.
1979. Social policies and programs : an analysis of current policies and
programs with references to youth in Papua New Guinea. A paper read at the
National Youth Forum held in Lae Morobe Province, August 23-27. 1993.
Silata, Patrick.
1986. The oral history and historical archaeology of the Pacific War on Huon
Peninsula, Morobe Province. B.A. (Hons) thesis. History Department, University
of Papua New Guinea.
Silata, Patrick. W.B.
1988. Oral accounts of Second World War experiences of people of the Huon
Peninsula, Morobe Province, Papua New Guinea. O'O: Journal of Solomon
Islands. Volume 4: 63-74.
Sillitoe, R.H.
1984. Gold deposits and hydrothermal eruption breccias associated with a Maar
Volcano at Wau, Papua New Guinea. Economic Geology. 79 (4): 638-655.
Simons, Gary F.
1974. Generative descriptions of two New Guinea melodic systems: A computer
study. B.A. (Hons.) thesis. Seattle Pacific College.
Simpson, Colin.
1953. Adam with arrows. Sydney: Angus and Robertson.
Simpson, Colin.
1963. Hurrell goes to Menyamya and builds a roundhouse. Reprinted edition. In;
Pacific Picture. Edited by L.M.M. Mitchell. pp.57-71.
Sinclair, Barbara. et.al.
1949. Symposium on dental caries among Pacific peoples: some aspects of dental
caries among native peoples of Papua-New Guinea and European inhabitants of
Australia. Seventh Pacific Science Congress 1949, New Zealand Proceedings.
7: 434-450.
Sinclair, Barbara. et.al.
1950. Observations of dental conditions among native peoples in Papua -New
Guinea. (with a short note on the fluorine content of selected waters) In;
Report of the New Guinea nutrition Survey Expedition, 1947 (Part 8):
217-267. Sydney: Government Printer.
Sinclair, James P.
1961. Patrolling in the Territory of Papua New Guinea. Australian
Territories. 1 (4): 26-33.
Singelmann, Carl.
1909. Prof. Dr. Finschs Anteil an der Erwerbung des deutschen
Sudsee-Schutzgebietes (Eine Erinnering zum25. Jahrestage.) Deutsche
Kolonialzeitung. 26 (42): 689-692.
Skelton, David J.
1992. Bulolo/Wau plantations: a brief history. In; Voices of the south
Pacific: Proceedings of the South Pacific Research Seminar 23-27 November 1992
Lae, Papua New Guinea. Bangkok: United Nations Development Program.
pp.120-128
Smith, Geoffrey Phillip Shaw.
1984. Morobe counting systems: an investigation into the numerals of the
languages of the Morobe Province, Papua New Guinea. M.Phil. thesis. University
of Technology.
Smith, Geoffrey Phillip.
1991. Bird watching in Lae. Muruk 5 (1): 1-8
Smith, Geoffrey Phillip.
1991 Behavioral differences between some birds around Lae and Kerevat, East
New Britain. Muruk 5(1):25-27
Smith, Geoffrey Phillip.
1988. Morobe Counting systems. In; Papers in New Guinea Linguistics.
Edited by G. P. Smith, T.E. Dutton, and C.L. Voorhoeve. Canberra: Department
of Linguistics; Research School of Pacific Studies, Australian National
University. pp. 1-132. (Papers in New Guinea Linguistics Number 26)
Smith, Geoffrey Phillip.
1992. Survival and susuami: a ten-year perspective. Language and
Linguistics in Melanesia. 23 (1): 51-56.
Smith, Geoffrey.
1989. Markham valley. Insait. Volume 9: 4-5.
Smith, Geoffrey.
1981. Traditional mathematics in Morobe. Port Moresby: Indigenous Mathematics
Project. (Indigenous Mathematics Project Working Paper Number. 21)
Smith, Richard A. et.al.
1978. Cultural variation in Amari, Papua New Guinea. Human Relations.
31 (6): 489-506.
Smith, Richard.
1974. Discontinuities in Education in Wankung. A paper read at the Waigani
Seminar, University of Papua New Guinea.
Smith, Richard A.
1973. School at Wankung: an anthropological study of Western education in
rural Papua New Guinea. Ph.D. thesis. University of Queensland.
Songan, Robert.
1990. Course evaluation by students: open comments. Lae: University of
Technology. (University of Technology Teaching and Learning Methods Unit Report
Number 2)
Solomon, Ketelam.
1987. Rural development strategies of the Morobe Provincial Government. Lae.
Morobe Provincial Government. A manuscript, copy held in the New Guinea.
Soten, W.
1981. Village games: passing the ball under leg. New Nation. 5 (9):
page 33.
South Pacific.
1950. High School at Wau. South Pacific. 4(7): 131.
South Pacific.
1952. Plan for Bulolo Timber. South Pacific. 5 (12) : 274.
South Pacific Commission.
1967. Urban problems in the South Pacific. Noumea: South Pacific Commission.
(South Pacific Commission Technical Paper Number. 152)
South Pacific Commission Quarterly Bulletin.
1955. Extensive coconut plantations in Lae area. South Pacific Commission
Quarterly Bulletin 5 (2) : page 29.
South Pacific Commission Quarterly Bulletin.
1957. Rubber industry expands in Papua and New Guinea. South Pacific
Commission Quarterly Bulletin. 7(2): 18-20.
South Pacific Commission Quarterly Bulletin.
1958. Timber industry rows rapidly in Papua and New Guinea. South Pacific
Commission Quarterly Bulletin. 8(3): 27, 31.
South Pacific Commission Quarterly Bulletin.
1962. Timber production in Papua and New Guinea to be doubled. South
Pacific Commission Quarterly Bulletin 12 (3): page 40.
South Pacific Commission Quarterly Bulletin.
1963. Development of Small Scale private enterprise. South Pacific
Commission Quarterly Bulletin. 13 (3) : 32-33.
South Pacific Commission Quarterly Bulletin.
1963. Tea-processing in Garaina. South Pacific Commission Quarterly
Bulletin. 13 (3): 43-45.
Spate, O.H.K.
1956. Improving native living standards in the South Seas. Walkabout.
22 (7) : 29-30.
Specht, J.R. et.al.
1971. Some archaeological sites in the Upper Markham Valley, Morobe District.
Papua National Museum Records. 1 (2): 52-73.
Speier, Achim
1989. Course evaluation by students: what students think about the courses at
Unitech. Lae : University of Technology.
Speier, Achim
1990. Development of a predeparture preparation course for national staff of
the Papua New Guinea University of Technology going for overseas studies.
(University of Technology Teaching and Learning Methods Unit Report Number 3)
Speiser, Felix.
1936. Uber Kunststile in Melanesien. Zeitschrift fur Ethnologie. 68 :
304-369.
Spender, Percy.
1951. Development of the timber resources of Papua and New Guinea. South
Pacific. 4: 233-235.
Stace, V.D.
1959. Cocoa industry in Papua and New Guinea. South Pacific Commission
Quarterly Bulletin. 9 (2): 52-56.
Stace, V.D.
1961. Coffee production in the South Pacific. South Pacific Commission
Quarterly Bulletin. 11 (2): 23-27.
Standen, V.
1988. Oligochaetes in fire climax grassland and conifer plantations in Papua
New Guinea. Journal of Tropical Ecology. 4 (1): 39-48.
Stanhope, J.
1967. Mortality of acute diarrhoea in the lower Ramu valley, 1962-1965.
Papua New Guinea Medical Journal. 10 (1): 15-19.
Steer, G.
n.d. Long gumi Kanu, long wara Watut: a fabulous journey on rubber rafts down
Papua New Guinea's Watut river. Geo. 2 (3): 4-23.
Steinbauer, Friedrich.
1971. Melanesian Cargo Cults. St. Lucia: University of Queensland Press. pp.
55-66.
Steinhauser, R.
1892. The tidal wave and relief expedition from Finschhafen to the South-west
coast of New Britain. Westerman's Illustriere Deutsche Menutschefte. Volume
71.
Steinmann, H.
1989. Revision of the genus cosmiella verhoeff, 1902 (dermaptera:
forficulidae) Acta Zoology Hung. 35 (1-2):143-164.
Stephan, Emil.
1907. Sudseekunst; Beitrage zur Kunst des Bismarck-Archipels und zur
Urgeschichte der Kunst uberhaupt. (Aus dem Koniglichen Museum fur Volkerkunde
zu Berlin mit Interstutzun des Reichs-Marine-Amts.) Berlin, Dietrich Reimer
(Ernst Vohsen).
Stirling, Brian.
1937. New Guinea borderland (Upper Waria river country). Walkabout. 3
(4) : 11-18.
Stolz
1911. Die Umgebung von Kap Koni Wilhelm. In; R. Neuhauss
Deutsche-Neu-Guinea. Vol. 3: 245-286. Berlin, Dietrich Reimer A.G.
Straatmans,W.
1963. Summary information of the Boana region, Lae highlands. A Manuscript
held in the New Guinea Collection.
Streicher, J.F.
1934. Sagogewinning: Aufsatz des Awanggom, aus dem Stamm der Hopoi,
Neu-Guinea. Archiv fur Anthropologie . 23 (new Series): 236-237.
Streicher, J.F. and June Prange.
n.d. Die Schlinge vor dem Altar: Lebensbild von Christian wan, einem unter
den Papua Freimund Verlag. Neuendettelsau.
Streimann, Heinar.
1983. The plants of the Upper-Watut watershed of Papua New Guinea. Canberra:
National Botanic Gardens.
Strelan, John.
1977. In Search of Salvation: Studies in the History and Theology of Cargo
Cults. Adeliade: Lutheran Publishing House.
Strohecker, H.F.
1979. Genus indalmus in Asia, New Guinea and Australia, with description of a
new enus, platindalmus (coleoptera: endomychidae) Pacific Insects. 20
(2-3): 279-292.
Struben, Roy.
1961. Coral and colour of gold. London: Faber.
Stuckhardt,
1902. Reisebericht des Bezirksamtmanns Stuckhardt. Deutsche
Kolonialbaltt. 13: 71-72.
Sullivan, Marjorie.
1990. Effects of sea level change on Port Moresby and Lae Urban areas, Papua
New Guinea. In; Implications of Expected Climate Changes in the South
Pacific region. Nairobi, Kenya: Oceans and Coastal Areas Program Activity
Centre, United Nations Environment Program. :pp. 238-242.
Sumbak, J.H.
1974. Research experience with soybeans (glycine max) in PNG with reference to
the Markham valley. Science in New Guinea. 2 (1): 80-84
Sutton, M.
1982. Wau High School. Physical Education Newsletter. Pages 9-11.
Swift, J. et.al.
1981. Cassava: a food crop in the Wau valley. Harvest. 7 (2): 78-83.
Swindler, Daris R.
1962. A racial study of the west Nakanai. Pennsylvania. University Museum
Monographs: New Britain Studies.
Szent-Ivany, J.J.H. et.al.
1966. Insects associated with coffee arabica and some other crops in the
Wau-Bulolo area of New Guinea. Papua New Guinea Agricultural Journal.
18 (3): 101-119.
Szent-Ivany, J.J.H.
1960. Report on a visit of the Morobe, New Britain, Manus, Sepik and Madang
Districts. 17 February - 12 March. Konedobu: Department of Agriculture, Stock
and Fisheries.
Tabodi, L.
1979. Noisy sea. New Nation. 3 (7): August 1979.page 31.
Tarabi, M.Y.
1971. There's a merry place (poem). Overland. Volume 48: page 28.
Tate and Lyle Technical Service Pty Ltd.
1982. Wawin farm ethanol study. Konedobu: Department of Minerals and energy.
Taylor, Charles W.
1959. Leadership and authority in three New Guinea Communities. M.A. thesis.
Victoria University, Wellington.
Taylor, F.J.
1977. Lae-Markham valley Geophysical survey, PNG, 1973. Canberra: Bureau of
Mineral Resources, Geology and Geophysics. (Australia. Bureau of Mineral
Resources, Geology and Geophysics Record, 1977/14)
Taylor, H. et.al.
1933. Development of Gold Mining in Morobe, New Guinea. Mining Journal
pages. 624-693.
Taylor, H. et.al.
1934. Development of gold mining in Morobe, New Guinea. Transaction
Institute of Mining and Metallurgy. Volume 43: 81-145.
Taylor, H. et.al.
1933. Development of gold mining in Morobe, New Guinea. Proceedings
Australasian Institute of Mining and Metallurgy. Volume 89: 1-33.
Taylor, H. et.al.
1933. Development of gold mining in Morobe, New Guinea. Proceedings of the
Australasian Institute of Mineral Metallurgy. Volume 90: 247-253.
Tenorio, J.M. et. al.
1974. The Genus meesolaelaps (laelapidae:Mesolaelapinae, N.subfam). with
descriptions of two new species from New Guinea. Journal of Medical
Entomology. 11 (2): 211-222.
Tetzner, F.
1908. Moncktons durchkreuzung von Britisch Neu-Guinea. Globus 94(22):
page 355.
Theile, K.
1975. Mandate for renewal: Lutheran witness in Lae, New Guinea. In;
Urbanization in Papua New Guinea. Goroka: Melanesian Institute for
Pastoral and Socio-Economic Service. pp. 20-42.
Thomas, Gordon.
1946. The story of Rabaul. Pacific Islands Monthly. 16(7):45, (8):
30-31, (9): 32-33.
Thomas, Gordon.
1955. More victories for the administration steam roller. Pacific Islands
Monthly. 25(12): 79, 81
Thompson, D.L.
1982. Nutritional survey in Menyamya District, Morobe Province. Medical
Society of Papua New Guinea Eighteenth Annual Symposium
Thorpe, William Walford.
1926. Music, Papua. In; A.W. Jose and H.J. Carter (eds.) The Australian
Encyclopaedia volume 2: page 170. Sydney: Angus and Robertson.
Thorpe, William Walford.
1929/30. Ethnological notes II: (native artifacts). Australian Museum
Records. Volume 17: 348-355.
Times of Papua New Guinea.
1985 (Hilpert) Lae people do care about the disabled. Times of Papua New
Guinea. January 6 page 11.
Times of Papua New Guinea.
1985. (TVW) Landslide kills 4, buries gardens at Yarumba. Times of Papua
New Guinea. January 13 page 36.
Times of Papua New Guinea.
1985. Gun ban a flop in Lae. Times of Papua New Guinea. January 27 page
6.
Times of Papua New Guinea.
1985. (TVW) Lae port plan on again. Times of Papua New Guinea. January
27 page 7.
Times of Papua New Guinea.
1985. Skyline theatres opens Taraka cinema. Times of Papua New Guinea.
January 27 page 15.
Times of Papua New Guinea.
1985. Rally for Lae's young. Times of Papua New Guinea. February 3
page 5.
Times of Papua New Guinea.
1985. Lae plans K1m sports stadium. Times of Papua New Guinea. February
3. page 33.
Times of Papua New Guinea.
1985. (Tangwo) Health problems in Menyamya. Times of Papua New Guinea.
February 10. page 6.
Times of Papua New Guinea.
1985. Salamaua conference center may lure tourists. Times of Papua New
Guinea. 17 February page 5.
Times of Papua New Guinea.
1985. Lae Times Supplement: p1. How Eriku got its name; prostitution; funds
crisis threatens food group; p. 6 Busu bridge delayed by land row; p.11. Fungke
Samana -- busy woman behind the premier. Times of Papua New Guinea
February 24.
Times of Papua New Guinea.
1985. (TVW) Floods leave homeless in Markham Valley. Times of Papua New
Guinea. March 3 page 6.
Times of Papua New Guinea.
1985. Lae Times Supplement: p1. Samana denies misuse of funds; p4 Nawae Coffee
mill may close. Times of Papua New Guinea. March 3.
Times of Papua New Guinea.
1985. (TVW) Crime chases doctors away from Lae. Times of Papua New
Guinea. March 10 page 6.
Times of Papua New Guinea.
1985. Lae Times Supplement.: p1. Police step up jail security; p3 Bumbu river
health risks unchecked; new site proposed for Siassi island logging; p4 Lae
program gets young people into small jobs. Times of Papua New Guinea.
March 10.
Times of Papua New Guinea.
1985. Lae hospital staff quit over crime wave. Times of Papua New
Guinea. March 17 page 3.
Times of Papua New Guinea.
1985. Lae Times Supplement: p1. Settlers catch wanted man; p2 Germans want to
help Morobe. Times of Papua New Guinea. March 17.
Times of Papua New Guinea.
1985. Lae Times Supplement: p 1 Pangu moves to oust Samana; p4 Is Pangu losing
face? Times of Papua New Guinea. March 24.
Times of Papua New Guinea.
1985. Lae Times Supplement: p1 Tutumang's grand opening; p2 K1m needed for
Garaina tea project. Times of Papua New Guinea. March 31.
Times of Papua New Guinea.
1985. Lae Times Supplement: p1 Tutumang adjourns over Nalau suspension; Okuk's
bid for free ride rejected; p7 It's war between settlers in Wau. Times of
Papua New Guinea. April 7.
Times of Papua New Guinea.
1985. Wau-the Glitter has one. Times of Papua New Guinea. April 14 page
5.
Times of Papua New Guinea.
1985. Lae Times Supplement. P1 Samana blast corruption claims; school's water
stolen; p3 (Alu) Siassi warns--help us develop or we'll be joining WNBP; p4
Morobe wants to tax PMVs, trucks. Times of Papua New Guinea. 14 April
Times of Papua New Guinea.
1985. In `OPM' Morobe agrees to accept refugees. Times of Papua New
Guinea. April 21 page 1.
Times of Papua New Guinea.
1985. Wau waits on the brink of violence. Times of Papua New Guinea.
April 21 page 3.
Times of Papua New Guinea.
1985. Land dispute cuts phones for Wau, Bulolo. Times of Papua New
Guinea. April 21 page 3.
Times of Papua New Guinea.
1985. Lae Times Supplement: p1 Fishing deal between Morobe, West Germany; p3
Bakery opens. Times of Papua New Guinea. April 21.
Times of Papua New Guinea.
1985. Forgotten Nadzab Airport may open again. Times of Papua New
Guinea. April 28 page 3.
Times of Papua New Guinea.
1985. Lae Times Supplement: p1 Speaker welcomes Nalau's court challenge;
escapee wounded by Wau police flees; p3 Women's group gets contracts to clean
up Lae; p3 German government sponsoring fish project. Times of Papua New
Guinea. April 28.
Times of Papua New Guinea.
1985. Lae Times Supplement: p1 Bonga hits at handouts. Times of Papua New
Guinea. May 12.
Times of Papua New Guinea.
1985. Lae port development. Times of Papua New Guinea. 19 May page
12.
Times of Papua New Guinea.
1985. Lae Times Supplement: p1 P/govt accused of politicizing education funds;
p3 P/govt takes over Lae sports Stadium. Times of Papua New Guinea. May
19.
Times of Papua New Guinea.
1985. Lae Times Supplement: p3 Lae contracts systems under fire. Times of
Papua New Guinea. May 26.
Times of Papua New Guinea.
1985. Lae Times Supplement: p3 P/govt's growing agricultural enterprises.
Times of Papua New Guinea. June 2
Times of Papua New Guinea.
1985. Samana seeks Lae cannery. Times of Papua New Guinea. June 9 page
6.
Times of Papua New Guinea.
1985. Speaker Tom Poang jailed for assault. Times of Papua New Guinea.
June 23. page 7.
Times of Papua New Guinea.
1985. K30,000 pedestrian bridge for Lae. Times of Papua New Guinea.
July 14. page 5.
Times of Papua New Guinea.
1985. Lae's probation plan for young offenders. Times of Papua New
Guinea. July 21. page 3.
Times of Papua New Guinea.
1985. No cash missing, official says. Times of Papua New Guinea. July
21. page 5.
Times of Papua New Guinea.
1985. P/govt's plantation nets big profit . Times of Papua New Guinea.
July 21. page 9.
Times of Papua New Guinea.
1985. Who owns ANGAU hospital in Lae. Times of Papua New Guinea. July
28. page 5
Times of Papua New Guinea.
1985. Morobe plans village level help in farming methods. Times of Papua
New Guinea. July 28. page 5.
Times of Papua New Guinea.
1985. (Momase) Weekly newspaper starting in Wau. Times of Papua New
Guinea. August 4. page 8.
Times of Papua New Guinea.
1985. A lesson in independence from Ogeranang. Times of Papua New
Guinea. September 14. page 4.
Times of Papua New Guinea.
1985. Independence comments by Samana. Times of Papua New Guinea.
September 14. page 4.
Times of Papua New Guinea.
1985. Shipping service for Siassi islander. Times of Papua New Guinea.
September 28. page 7
Times of Papua New Guinea.
1985. (Momase) Reserve police on beat in Lae. Times of Papua New
Guinea. September 28. page 11.
Times of Papua New Guinea.
1985. Trials at Lae meat cannery. Times of Papua New Guinea. September
28. page 23.
Times of Papua New Guinea.
1985. Wau club closed-political spite? Times of Papua New Guinea.
October 6. page 11.
Times of Papua New Guinea.
1985. Chapel, library for Buimo (Lae) prison. Times of Papua New
Guinea. October 19. page 11.
Times of Papua New Guinea.
1985. Korowaro praises Samana, Morobe govt. Times of Papua New Guinea.
October 26. page 11.
Times of Papua New Guinea.
1985. Wau tense after murders. Times of Papua New Guinea. November 2.
page 36.
Times of Papua New Guinea.
1985. Garaina families fear return of murderous gang. Times of Papua New
Guinea. November 9. page 5.
Times of Papua New Guinea.
1985. Samana hits at Japanese aid for trans-island highway. Times of Papua
New Guinea. November 9. page 5.
Times of Papua New Guinea.
1985. Gustav Bergmann, longtime missionary, dies. Times of Papua New
Guinea. November 9. page 21.
Times of Papua New Guinea.
1985. Supplement on Morobe Province (10 articles, 20 pages) Times of Papua
New Guinea. November 9.
Times of Papua New Guinea.
1985. Somare pleased with Morobe's development. Times of Papua New
Guinea. November 16. page 5
Times of Papua New Guinea.
1985. Morobe getting first probation officer. Times of Papua New
Guinea. November 30. page 11.
Times of Papua New Guinea.
1985. Police give Morobe top priority now. Times of Papua New Guinea.
December 7. page 3.
Times of Papua New Guinea.
1985. Morobe villagers saving turtles. Times of Papua New Guinea.
December 7. page 5.
Times of Papua New Guinea.
1985. K12m budget for Morobe. Times of Papua New Guinea December 7.
page 8
Times of Papua New Guinea.
1985. 65 taxi drivers sacked in Lae. Times of Papua New Guinea.
December 14. page 4.
Times of Papua New Guinea.
1985. (Momase) P/govt cuts Lae's rant by K50,000. Times of Papua New
Guinea. December 28. page 9.
Times of Papua New Guinea.
1986. Tent City 2,000 still out in the cold. Times of Papua New Guinea.
January 4 . page 9.
Times of Papua New Guinea.
1986. Sorenu replaces Nayala in Tutumang; Umboi timber deal not signed,
official say. Times of Papua New Guinea. January 11. page 9.
Times of Papua New Guinea.
1986. Lae school, health services faces cut. Times of Papua New Guinea.
January 25. page 2.
Times of Papua New Guinea.
1986. (TVW) K50,000 for Morobe Youth council. Times of Papua New
Guinea. January 25. page 4.
Times of Papua New Guinea.
1986. Bridging the Busu. Times of Papua New Guinea. February 1. page
5.
Times of Papua New Guinea.
1986. Samana urged to bridge gap with Lae. Times of Papua New Guinea.
February 1. page 9.
Times of Papua New Guinea.
1986. Now Samana supporters start to turn. Times of Papua New Guinea.
February 8 .page 2.
Times of Papua New Guinea.
1986. Lae's pedestrian bride creates a mess. Times of Papua New Guinea.
February 22. page 2.
Times of Papua New Guinea.
1986. (Mamose) K250,000 rant for fisheries project. Times of Papua New
Guinea. March 1. page 10.
Times of Papua New Guinea.
1986. Samana faces no confidence vote. Times of Papua New Guinea. March
8. page 4.
Times of Papua New Guinea.
1986. Samana beats vote. Times of Papua New Guinea. March 22. page 4.
Times of Papua New Guinea.
1986. Health center opens at Lae Buimo area. Times of Papua New Guinea.
March 22. page 7.
Times of Papua New Guinea.
1986. Lae gets new city authority board. Times of Papua New Guinea.
March 29. page 9.
Times of Papua New Guinea.
1986. (Mamose) Shopping for Umboi timber developer. Times of Papua New
Guinea. April 19. page 10.
Times of Papua New Guinea.
1986. Sacked timber workers up in arms. Times of Papua New Guinea.
April 26. page 3.
Times of Papua New Guinea.
1986. (TVW) New police commander -Bunu Katusela. Times of Papua New
Guinea. May 17. page 6.
Times of Papua New Guinea.
1986. Brawls force Lae school to close. Times of Papua New Guinea. May
31. page 2.
Times of Papua New Guinea.
1986. Panning gold for a livelihood. Times of Papua New Guinea. May 31.
page 18
Times of Papua New Guinea.
1986. Controversial Dr. Mola delivers Samana baby. Times of Papua New
Guinea June 13. page 1.
Times of Papua New Guinea.
1986. (TVW) Jail escapee terrorizes Lae. Times of Papua New Guinea.
June 20. page 6.
Times of Papua New Guinea.
1986. Airstrip puts Roinzi people in touch. Times of Papua New Guinea.
June 20. page 7.
Times of Papua New Guinea.
1986. Govt takes over Lae hospital - Mola dispute. Times of Papua New
Guinea. July 18. page 2.
Times of Papua New Guinea.
1986. (Wemalo) Samana has failed youth. Times of Papua New Guinea. July 17.
page 6.
Times of Papua New Guinea.
1986. (Mamose) Taraka gains services; clinic still out. Times of Papua New
Guinea. August 22. page 5.
Times of Papua New Guinea.
1986. Samana will contest Parliament seat. Times of Papua New Guinea.
October 17. page 4.
Times of Papua New Guinea.
1986. (TVW) Bumbu floods leaves 138 homeless. Times of Papua New
Guinea. October 24. page 7.
Times of Papua New Guinea.
1986. K500,000 plan to rejuvenate Buimo jail. Times of Papua New Guinea.
November 14. page 3.
Times of Papua New Guinea.
1986. Taking stock of damage in Lae after Okuk death. Times of Papua New
Guinea. November 21. page 3.
Times of Papua New Guinea.
1986. (TVW) K2m compo demand for Ramu sugar site. Times of Papua New
Guinea. November 21. page 7
Times of Papua New Guinea.
1986. Samana survives no confidence cote. Times of Papua New Guinea.
December 5. page 3.
Times of Papua New Guinea.
1986. Lae board cuts water to collect debts. Times of Papua New Guinea.
December 19. page 4.
Times of Papua New Guinea.
1986. Bonga's brother slain in Lae bar robbery. Times of Papua New
Guinea. December 19. page 6.
Times of Papua New Guinea.
1986. Kuman sorts out water grievance. Times of Papua New Guinea.
December 26. page 3. Re 19 Dec. p4.
Times of Papua New Guinea.
1986. Bulolo opens up to tourists. Times of Papua New Guinea. December
26. page 8.
Times of Papua New Guinea.
1987. Supplement on Mamose (36 pages, 19 articles); including crime-threat to
progress; p7 Lae greening up; and p13 Boys town (Erap) has money, no kids.
Times of Papua New Guinea. January 13.
Times of Papua New Guinea.
1987. Relief pours in for Siassi quake victims. Times of Papua New
Guinea. February 12 . page 3.
Times of Papua New Guinea.
1987. (TRW) K12.8 m redevelopment of Lae port. Times of Papua New
Guinea. February 12. Page 7.
Times of Papua New Guinea.
1987. (Mamose) Samana criticizes Bonga, Hesingut. Times of Papua New
Guinea. March 12. page 5.
Times of Papua New Guinea.
1987. (TRW) Kuman lowers water rates for settlements. Times of Papua New
Guinea. March 19. page 7.
Times of Papua New Guinea.
1987. (TRW) Wingti promises action-soldiers- for Lae. Times of Papua New
Guinea. April 15. page 7.
Times of Papua New Guinea.
1987. No curfew for Lae, but army will help. Times of Papua New Guinea.
April 23. page 5.
Times of Papua New Guinea.
1987. Chan cautions over closing of Lae airport. Times of Papua New
Guinea. April 30. page 2.
Times of Papua New Guinea.
1987. Bendumb accused in murder plot; will sue. Times of Papua New
Guinea. June 18. page 2.
Times of Papua New Guinea.
1987. SIL team to translate the Bible for Mesem people. Times of Papua New
Guinea. June 18. page 11.
Times of Papua New Guinea.
1987. Salamaua. Times of Papua New Guinea. June 18. page 4.
Times of Papua New Guinea.
1987. MPs fuming over Tutumang postponement. Times of Papua New Guinea.
June 25. page 2.
Times of Papua New Guinea.
1987. (TRW) Morobe village women's trouble with youths. Times of Papua New
Guinea. June 25. page 7.
Times of Papua New Guinea.
1987. Voters missed out-- boundaries confusion. Times of Papua New
Guinea. July 2. page 3.
Times of Papua New Guinea.
1987. New premier (Mrs) Enny Moaitz, criticized. Times of Papua New
Guinea. July 16. page 2.
Times of Papua New Guinea.
1987. Betelnut vendors face ban in Lae. Times of Papua New Guinea. July
13. page 7.
Times of Papua New Guinea.
1987. Siassi cult leaves mother dead. Times of Papua New Guinea. August
13. page 7.
Times of Papua New Guinea.
1987. (TRW) Drought hit cattle, gardens. Times of Papua New Guinea.
August 27. page 2.
Times of Papua New Guinea.
1987. More problems from dry spell. Times of Papua New Guinea.
September 10. page 7
Times of Papua New Guinea.
1987. Selepet speakers get new testament. Times of Papua New Guinea.
September 17. page 13
Times of Papua New Guinea.
1987. Drought aid for Markham valley. Times of Papua New Guinea.
October 1. page 3
Times of Papua New Guinea.
1987. Siassi group questions use of aid funds; drought presents new threat.
Times of Papua New Guinea. October 1 page 4.
Times of Papua New Guinea.
1987. (TRW) Education chief suspended; reinstated. Times of Papua New
Guinea. October 8 . page 7.
Times of Papua New Guinea.
1987. Supplement on Morobe Show (24 pages, 11 articles) Times of Papua New
Guinea. October 8.
Times of Papua New Guinea.
1987. McAdam National Park. Times of Papua New Guinea. October 8. page
15
Times of Papua New Guinea.
1987. NSP gives K7753 to Siassi quake relief. Times of Papua New
Guinea. October 15. page 4.
Times of Papua New Guinea.
1987. (TRW) Lae telephone system being rebuilt. Times of Papua New
Guinea. October 22. page 7.
Times of Papua New Guinea.
1987. Hydro power for gain people. Times of Papua New Guinea. October
29. page 5
Times of Papua New Guinea.
1987. Siassi people want former MP to share vehicle. Times of Papua New
Guinea .November 5. page 5
Times of Papua New Guinea.
1987. Drought engulfs Markham valley. Times of Papua New Guinea.
November 5. page 7
Times of Papua New Guinea.
1987. Collins and Leahy to build liquor plant in Lae. Times of Papua New
Guinea. November 12. page 2.
Times of Papua New Guinea.
1987. Drought problems mount; K122,060 in aid. Times of Papua New
Guinea. November 12. page 3
Times of Papua New Guinea.
1987. (TRW) Morobe spends K170,000 for drought relief. Times of Papua New
Guinea. December 3. page 7.
Times of Papua New Guinea.
1990. Investigations into reported malpractices by Morobe Provincial
government. Times of Papua New Guinea. January 25. page 3.
Times of Papua New Guinea.
1990. Lae city authority will be investigated. Times of Papua New
Guinea. February 1. page 9.
Times of Papua New Guinea.
1990. Work on hidden valley is delayed further. Times of Papua New
Guinea. February 1. page 26.
Times of Papua New Guinea.
1990. Ahis fear loss of land. Times of Papua New Guinea. February 8.
page 6.
Times of Papua New Guinea.
1990. Supplement to Business Survey (24 pages, 14 articles), including p1
Building boom in Lae; p3 Work commences on Lae industrial centre; p4 Consort
leads the shipping industry; p6 Lae - PNG's Industrial centre; p9 Ahis fear
loss of land to squatters, p11 BP Oil expands in Lae; p19 Pangia Construction
goes into real estate; p22 Huon industries ready to build anything. Times of
Papua New Guinea. February 22.
Times of Papua New Guinea.
1990. Morobe suspension extended. Times of Papua New Guinea. March 29.
page 3.
Times of Papua New Guinea.
1990. Lae street crime on the rise. Times of Papua New Guinea. March
29. page 5.
Times of Papua New Guinea.
1990. Learning the basics of literacy. Times of Papua New Guinea. April
5. page 6.
Times of Papua New Guinea.
1990. Youth told to obey. Times of Papua New Guinea. April 5 page 6
Times of Papua New Guinea.
1990. Prison fellowship support. Times of Papua New Guinea April 5 page
17.
Times of Papua New Guinea.
1990 Rural drama on video. Times of Papua New Guinea. April 26. page
19.
Times of Papua New Guinea.
1990. Morobe's population may burden social services. Times of Papua New
Guinea. May 17. page 6.
Times of Papua New Guinea.
1990. (TRW) Morobe's population is increasing rapidly. Times of Papua New
Guinea. May 17. page 8.
Times of Papua New Guinea.
1990. Kristen radio gets new electronic equipment. Times of Papua New
Guinea. June 7. page 6.
Times of Papua New Guinea.
1990. Villagers get water supply. Times of Papua New Guinea. June 7.
page 6.
Times of Papua New Guinea.
1990. Women raised funds for Bible school. Times of Papua New Guinea.
June 7. page 11.
Times of Papua New Guinea.
1990. Lae crocodile farm to be the world's largest. Times of Papua New
Guinea. June 7. page 24.
Times of Papua New Guinea.
1990. Morobe's K13m budget. Times of Papua New Guinea. July 12. page
2.
Times of Papua New Guinea.
1990. Waria rive floods leave homeless. Times of Papua New Guinea. July
12. page 9.
Times of Papua New Guinea.
1990. Aseki road will be funded. Times of Papua New Guinea. July 19.
page 5.
Times of Papua New Guinea.
1990. People in Morobe Province are promoting literacy. Times of Papua New
Guinea. August 23. page 6
Times of Papua New Guinea.
1990. Lae gets new board. Times of Papua New Guinea. September 6. page
6
Times of Papua New Guinea.
1990. Supplement on Morobe Show (16 pages, 17 articles) Times of Papua New
Guinea. October 4.
Times of Papua New Guinea.
1990. (TRW) 74th Annual Adventists Appeal launched. Times of Papua New
Guinea. November 8. page 8
Times of Papua New Guinea.
1990. Lae under siege. Times of Papua New Guinea. November 15. page
2.
Times of Papua New Guinea.
1990. Morobe budget approved. Times of Papua New Guinea. December 6.
page 5
Times of Papua New Guinea.
1990. (TRW) Lae; Huon and Wau declared fighting zones. Times of Papua New
Guinea. December 20. page 8
Times of Papua New Guinea.
1990. NEC dissolves Tutumang. Times of Papua New Guinea. December 27.
page 2.
Times of Papua New Guinea .
1991. Lae city authority introduces new rating system. Times of Papua New
Guinea. January 3. page 3.
Times of Papua New Guinea.
1991. Habitat for Humanity celebrates 100th house. Times of Papua New
Guinea. January 3. page 5
Times of Papua New Guinea.
1991. Lae city authority raise K2m through new tax measure. Times of Papua
New Guinea. January 3. page 21.
Times of Papua New Guinea.
1991. Election fever in Lae. Times of Papua New Guinea. January 24. page
6.
Times of Papua New Guinea.
1991. Police closed in on armed gang. Times of Papua New Guinea. January
24. page 6.
Times of Papua New Guinea.
1991. Police complete report. Times of Papua New Guinea. January 24.
page 6.
Times of Papua New Guinea.
1991. (TRW) Political parties prepare for rallies in Lae. Times of Papua New
Guinea. January 24. page 8.
Times of Papua New Guinea.
1991. Supplement on Lae business. (24 pages, 23 articles) including p1 A busy
year fir Lae; p3 Sugar production lower. Times of Papua New Guinea.
January 24.
Times of Papua New Guinea.
1991. Lae to experience massive economic growth. Times of Papua New
Guinea. January 24. page 23.
Times of Papua New Guinea.
1991. Amba demonstration school suffers at the hands of vandals. Times of
Papua New Guinea. February 7. page 19.
Times of Papua New Guinea.
1991. A string of armed holdups in Lae. Times of Papua New Guinea.
February 14 . page 5.
Times of Papua New Guinea.
1991. Supporting prisoners in Lae. Times of Papua New Guinea. February
13. page 6.
Times of Papua New Guinea.
1991. Embargo saves Melanesian matches. Times of Papua New Guinea.
February 14. page 24.
Times of Papua New Guinea.
1991. Fire destroys Wau District Office. Times of Papua New Guinea.
February 28. page 6.
Times of Papua New Guinea.
1991. (TRW) Morobe election commences. Times of Papua New Guinea.
February 28. page 8.
Times of Papua New Guinea.
1991. Shortfall in Lae city authority budget. Times of Papua New
Guinea. March 14. page 2.
Times of Papua New Guinea.
1991. Violence halts recounting in Morobe elections. Times of Papua New
Guinea. March 21. page 4.
Times of Papua New Guinea.
1991. Morobe students urge leaders to act wisely. Times of Papua New
Guinea. March 28 . page 9.
Times of Papua New Guinea.
1991. Jerry Nalau - `Brown man with a white head'. Times of Papua New
Guinea. April 4. page 3.
Times of Papua New Guinea.
1991. City authority requests funding for roads. Times of Papua New Guinea.
April 4. page 5.
Times of Papua New Guinea.
1991. Morobe marks caretaker cabinet. Times of Papua New Guinea. April
11. page 3.
Times of Papua New Guinea.
1991. (WT) Morobe houses Mamose women's secretariat. Times of Papua New
Guinea. April 11. page 19.
Times of Papua New Guinea.
1991. Supplement on Lae business (12 pages, 15 articles) Times of Papua New
Guinea. April 11.
Times of Papua New Guinea.
1991. Coffee development course for youth in Pindiu. Times of Papua New
Guinea. May 2. page 19
Times of Papua New Guinea.
1991. PNGBC Lae undergoes a facelift. Times of Papua New Guinea. May
23. page 5.
Times of Papua New Guinea.
1991. Support for youth. Times of Papua New Guinea. May 23. page 19.
Times of Papua New Guinea.
1991. International group criticizes Lae squatters' eviction portray. Times
of Papua New Guinea. May 30. page 5.
Times of Papua New Guinea.
1991. Removal of squatters continues despite court orders- Nalau. Times of
Papua New Guinea. June 6. page 3.
Times of Papua New Guinea.
1991. Twenty four graduate from Yangpela Didiman School. Times of Papua New
Guinea. June 6 . page 5.
Times of Papua New Guinea.
1991. (TRW) Morobeans living in Lae have shown support for Nalau's campaign to
evict illegal squatters. Times of Papua New Guinea. June 13. page 8.
Times of Papua New Guinea.
1991. City authority request a greater portion of expenditure grants. Times
of Papua New Guinea. June 20. page 5.
Times of Papua New Guinea.
1991. Bukaua people in support for service corps. Times of Papua New
Guinea. June 20. page 6.
Times of Papua New Guinea.
1991. Lae women's group has new office. Times of Papua New Guinea. June
20. page 6.
Times of Papua New Guinea.
1991. Nalau secures more funds for 1992 provincial budget. Times of Papua
New Guinea. June 20. page 6.
Times of Papua New Guinea.
1991. Lae's new city authority. Times of Papua New Guinea. July 4. page
3.
Times of Papua New Guinea.
1991. Evicted settlers plan to take National and Morobe Provincial governments
to court. Times of Papua New Guinea. July 4. page 5.
Times of Papua New Guinea.
1991. Lae settlers say they were not consulted. Times of Papua New Guinea.
July 4. page 9.
Times of Papua New Guinea.
1991. Morobe to spend K470,000. Times of Papua New Guinea. July 4. page
13.
Times of Papua New Guinea.
1991. Lae business houses concerned about the environment impact of cement
factory. Times of Papua New Guinea. July 4. page 20.
Times of Papua New Guinea.
1991. Break and robbery arrests high in Lae. Times of Papua New
Guinea. July 25. page 5.
Times of Papua New Guinea.
1991. MP claims Morobe government unwisely spent K13,000. Times of Papua
New Guinea. August 1. page 6.
Times of Papua New Guinea.
1991. Salamaua High School is on target. Times of Papua New Guinea.
August 15. page 2.
Times of Papua New Guinea.
1991. A man from the mountain: Mambon of Wantoat. Times of Papua New
Guinea. September 19. page 9.
Times of Papua New Guinea.
1991. Authorities have yet to establish a passenger list of MV Simbang.
Times of Papua New Guinea. September 26 page 3.
Times of Papua New Guinea.
1991. Youth show will coincide with Jabem conference. Times of Papua New
Guinea. October 3. page 5.
Times of Papua New Guinea.
1991. Morobe to receive relief aid. Times of Papua New Guinea. October
17. page 6.
Times of Papua New Guinea.
1991. Working committee established to fight crime in Lae. Times of Papua
New Guinea. October 17. page 6.
Times of Papua New Guinea.
1991. Kaiapit youths disappointed over omission form National Service pilot
program. Times of Papua New Guinea. October 24. page 5.
Times of Papua New Guinea.
1991. Lae city authority to review service rates taxes. Times of Papua New
Guinea. October 31. page 5.
Times of Papua New Guinea.
1991. Investigations reveal Simbang carried 98 passengers. Times of Papua
New Guinea. November 7. page 6.
Times of Papua New Guinea.
1991. Lae spot fines questioned. Times of Papua New Guinea. November
28. page 5.
Times of Papua New Guinea.
1991. Tutumang passes constitutional amendments. Times of Papua New
Guinea. November 28. page 5.
Times of Papua New Guinea.
1991. CRA funds hall for Hidden Valley people. Times of Papua New
Guinea. November 28 . page 24.
Times of Papua New Guinea.
1991. Moaitz wants Lae City authority to be under national government.
Times of Papua New Guinea. December 26 page 5.
Tinggasa, G.
1977. Stori bilong Hapa. Journal of the Morobe District Historical
Society. 4 (3): 18-21.
Tingey, R.J.
1976. Markham, Papua New Guinea Sheet SB/55-10 International Index. Canberra:
Bureau of minerals Resources, Geology and Geophysics. (Australia. Bureau of
Mineral Resources, Geology and Geophysics. 1:250,000 Geological Series
Explanatory Note)
Tischner, Herbert.
1939. Eine Ethnographische Sammlung aus dem ostlichen Zentral Neuguinea
(Hagen-Gebirge, Wagi-Tal, Ramu). Hambur. Museum fur Volkerkunde, Mitteilunen.
Hamburg, Friedrichsen de Gruyter and Company.
Touche Ross and Company.
1978. Report to the Papua New Guinea Harbors Board on the reduction of
congestion in, and improved utilization of transit shed no. 3. Lae: Touche
Ross.
Townsend, D.
1977. Agricultural innovation in a peripheral area: Finschhafen District of the
Morobe Province. History Department, University of Papua New Guinea and
Department of Primary Industry. (History of Agriculture Discussion Paper Number
22)
Townsend, D.
1980. Articulation, Dissolution and Migration : The Partial Integration of the
Hube area., Papua New Guinea. Tijdschrift voor Economische en Sociale
Geografie. Volume 71 : 285-294.
Townsend, D.
1977. Distance and participation in the cash economy: Coffee producers on the
interior of Huon Peninsula, Papua New Guinea. Australian Geographer.
Volume. 13: 408-415.
Townsend, D.
1975. Distance and participation in the cash economy in a small area of Papua
New Guinea. A paper read at the Institute of Australian Geographers Conference
Wollongong, August 1975.
Townsend, D.
1980. Economic integration, opportunity structure and migration in Papua New
Guinea. The Hague: Institute of Social Studies. (Institute of Social Studies
Occasional Paper Number. 80.)
Townsend, D.
1978. Growers reactions to high prices of coffee 1976-1977 in Finschhafen and
Kabwum, Morobe Province, Papua New Guinea. Manuscript copy held in the New
Guinea Collection.
Townsend, D.
1977. Migration and rural -urban contacts: evidence from the Huon Peninsula,
Morobe Province. Yagl Ambu. Volume 4: 48-66.
Townsend, D.
1977. Spread and backwash process in Finschhafen Sub Province. A paper
presented to the 4th Conference of the Institute of Australian Geographers
Armidale.
Townsend, D.
1977. Transport and Development in Huon Peninsula, Morobe Province. PhD.
thesis. Monash University.
Townsend, D.
1975. Transport in Finschhafen and Kabwum Sub-District: Report to Malcolm
Philcott, Australian Secretary, Department of Transport, for the joint program
of studies in the transportation process. Port Moresby: Department of
Transport.
Townsend, G.W.L.
1933. The Administration of the Mandated Territory of New Guinea.
Geographical Journal. Volume 82: 424-433.
Traub, R. et.al.
1970. Survey of Bulolo for fleas and trombiculid mites. Papua New Guinea
Medical Journal. 13 (2): 62-64.
Tudor, Judy.
1943. Wewak now in enemy occupation, developments on northern coast of New
Guinea. Pacific Islands Monthly. 13(7): 20-21, 24.
Tudor, Judy.
1946. Wau Road. Pacific Islands Monthly. 17 (5): 38-39, 45-47.
Tudor, Judy.
1953. Danger unlimited. Pacific Islands Monthly. 24 (1): 74-75.
Tulloch, Andrew.
1982. Family planning in Lae. Produced by Medical Society of Papua New
Guinea. Symposium 18th: 1982: Port Moresby.
Turner, S.
1995. Pots and super pots : Zumin potters are artists in clay.
Paradise. Volume: 109: 13-18.
Uechtriz, A. et.al.
1974. Lukautim bulmakau long Papua New Guinea: training course, Erap Livestock
Station, Morobe District, art work by C. Croft. Port Moresby: Department of
Agriculture, Stock and Fisheries.
Umboi Timber Investment Pty Ltd.
1988. Environmental Impact Study of Umboi Timber project: Waigani: Department
of Environment and Conservation.
University of Papua New Guinea. Department of Geography.
1971. Locational study of the economic activities of the Wau-Bulolo region,
New Guinea. Waigani: Geography Department. University of Papua New Guinea.
Valentine, Laurie and Davies consulting Engineers.
1973. Proposal for consulting engineering services for Highland Highway Munum
to Waterais and Hiritano Highway Veimauri River to Bereina. Sydney: Valentine,
Laurie and Davies.
Valkenburg, J.L.C.H. Van. et.al.
1994. Vegetation changes following human disturbance of mid-montane forest in
the Wau area, Papua New Guinea. Journal of Tropical Ecology. Volume 10:
41-54.
Van Deusen, H.M.
1966. The seventh Archbold expedition. Bioscience. 16 (7): 456-563.
Vance, P.N.
1987. Agronomic studies on peanuts in Papua New Guinea. Port Moresby:
Department of Primary Industry. (Department of Primary Industry Research
Bulletin Number. 42)
Vance, P.
1974. Peanuts in Markham Valley. Science in New Guinea. 2 (1): 85-89.
Vance, P. N.
1976. Maize in the Markham valley. In; 1975 Papua New Guinea Food Crops
Food Crops Proceedings, Edited by Wilson and Bourke. Lae: University of
Technology. pp????
Vasarhelyi, T.
1979. Three new carventive species from New Guinea (heteroptera aradidae)
Ann. Hist-Nat.Mus. Hung. Volume, 71: 101-105.
Verguet, Leopold.
1861. Histoire de la premiere mission catholique au vicariat de Melanesie.
Paris. Tolra at Haton.
Vetter, Konrad.
1896 Einige Erzahlungen der Eingeboreneen von Deutsch-Neuguinea.
Zeitschrift fur Afrikanische und Oceanische Sprachen. 2: 220-240.
Vetter, Konrad.
1897. II. Bericht uber papuanische Rechtsverhaltnisse bei den Jabim.
Nachrichten aus dem Kaiser Wilhemsland 1894-1898 13: 86-102.
Vial, Leigh. G.
1938. The Dangagamun Ceremony of the Wantoat. Oceania. 7: 341-345.
Vial, Leigh G.
1938. The Dam Builders of New Guinea. Walkabout. 5 (1): 39-43.
Vial, Leigh G.
1977. Disposal of the death among the Buang. Journal of the Morobe District
Historical Society. 4 (2): 47-50.
Vial, Leigh G.
1936/37. Disposal of the dead among the Buang. Oceania. 7(1): 64-68.
Vial, Leigh G.
1938. Exploring New Guinea. Walkabout. 4 (12): 13-20.
Vial, Leigh G.
1938. Extract from report on patrol in the Interior of the Huon Peninsula,
Morobe District. Report to the League of Nations on the administration of
the Territory of New Guinea for 1936-1937. pp. 141-146.
Vial, Leigh G.
1937. Lake Gwam. Walkabout. 3(9): 45-49.]
Vial, Leigh G.
1943. New Guinea's Huon Peninsula. Walkabout 9(8): 5-10.
Vial, Leigh G.
1979. Patrol into Huon Peninsula. (1936) Northeast New Guinea. 1 (1) :
23-29.
Vial, Leigh G.
1936. Sepwami fishing. Walkabout. Volume 3: 39-40.
Vial, Leigh G.
1938. Some statistical aspect of population in the Morobe District, New
Guinea. Oceania 8(4): 383-397.
Vicedom, G.F.
1961. Church and people in New Guinea. World Christian Books no. 38. Second
Series. London: United Society for Christian Literature.
Vicedom, G.F. et.al.
1943-48. Die Mbowamb: die Kultur de Haenber-Stamme im ostlichen Zentral
Neuguinea. Hamburg. Museum fur Volkerkunde und Vorgeschichte, monoraphien zur
Volkerkunde.
Voegelin, F.M. et.al.
1965. Languages of the world: Indo-Pacific fascicle five. Anthropological
Linguistics. 7 (9): 2-115.
Voutas, Anthony.
1972. The Growth of Pangu Pati in the Morobe District. An unpublished paper at
History Department, University of Papua New Guinea.
Wade, D.
1955. Gold galore. Wide World Magazine. 115(685): 221-223.
Wagang, G.
1977. Gune village; Mumeng Sub Province, Morobe Province. Oral History 4
(6): 15-17.
Wagner, F.
1971. Johann Flierl; Pioneer missionary to New Guinea. Madang: Kristen Press.
(Tok Pisin version reprinted 1994)]
Wagner, Thilde
1964. Es Kommt die Nacht … Aus dem Taebuch meines Mannes Missionar Adolf
Wagner, Neuguinea 1942/43 Freimund Verlag. Neuendettelsau.
Waia, M.
1974. Festivals of Winima Village. Oral History. 2 (8): 21-29
Walkabout.
1938. Agricultural development in New Guinea. Walkabout. 4 (11) : page
38.
Walsh, Brian J.
1985. Demography of squatter settlements in Lae, Papua New Guinea. Lae:
University of Technology. (Papua New Guinea University of Technology,
Department of Surveying and Lands Studies Research Series Number 02/85)
Walsh, Brian J.
1987. Growth and development of squatter settlements in Lae, Papua New Guinea.
photocopied item from L.Mason and P. Hereniko (eds.) In Search of a
home. pp.173-197.
Wama, Metone.
1974. The Esa Womung influence. Oral History 2 (9): 33-36.
Wamma, Metone. et.al.
1983. Elections in Finschhafen and Kabwum. In; Electoral Politics in Papua
New Guinea. Edited by David Hearty. Port Moresby: University of Papua New
Guinea. pp.288-239.
Wangi, Luke. et.al.
1988. Maus Buang and Labu Tale [sic] leather back turtle conservation.,
1987-1988. Lae :University of Technology.
Warren, E. et.al.
1989. Slope stability assessment at rear of the PTC (exchange) building, Lae,
Morobe Province. Konedobu: Geological Survey of Papua New Guinea. (Geological
Survey of Papua New Guinea Technical Note; 89/07)
Wassmann, Jurg.
1993. Das Ideal des leicht gebeugten Mensch. Eine ethno-kognitive Analyse der
Yupno in Papua New Guinea. Berlin: Reimer.
Wassmann, Jurg.
(In Press) Finding the right path. The route Knowledge of the Yupno of Papua
New Guinea. To appear in G. Senft (ed.) Conceptions of space and spatial
reference in Austronesian and Papuan languages.
Wassmann, Jurg.
1992. `First Contact'.: Begegnungen im Yupnotal. In; J. Wassmann (ed.)
Abschied von der Vergangenheit: Ethnologische Beriche aus dem
Finisterre-Gerbirge in Papua New Guinea. Berlin: Reimer.. pp. 209-260
Wassmann J. and Dasen P.R.
(in press). Hot and Cold: Classification and sorting among the Yupno of Papua
New Guinea. To appear in International Journal of Psychology.
Wassmann, Jurg.
1993. Worlds in mind: The experience of an Outside world in a Community of the
Finisterre Range of Papua New Guinea. Oceania. 64(2): 117-145.
Wassmann, Jurg.
(in press). Yupno as post-Newtonian Scientists. The Question of `natural' in
Spatial Description. To appear in Man.
Watson, V.D.
1979. Adzera and Agarabi contractive ceramics in Papua New Guinea. Journal
of the Polynesian Society. 102 (3): 305-318.
Weber, B.
1972. Construction materials for Lae wharf (Investigation no.72431). Port
Moresby : Department of Lands, Surveys and Mines. (Geological Survey of Papua
New Guinea Note on Investigation, 72/008)
Weber, B.
1973. Construction materials in the Morobe District. Port Moresby: Department
of Lands, survey and Mines. (Geological Survey of Papua New Guinea Note on
Investigation; 73/009)
Weber, B.
1972. Geology and foundation conditions, Lae urban area, New Guinea.
(investigation no. 71430). Port Moresby: Department of Lands, Surveys and
Mines. (Geological Survey of Papua New Guinea Note on Investigation; Number.
72/015)
Weetman, Charles.
1938. Everybody flies: a round trip flight in New Guinea. Walkabout. 5
: 36-41.
Wernicke, W.
1908. Die Waria Expedition in Neu Guinea. Deutsche Kolonialblatt. 19 :
918-949
West, .K.
1940. "Kumo": New Guinea's brand of sorcery. Walkabout. 6(5): page
44.
Weston, Bert E.
1974. Flight to Australia -1940. Journal of the Morobe District Historical
Society. 2 (1): 45-47.
Weston, Bert E.
1975. Prewar recruiting in New Guinea. Journal of the Morobe District
Historical Society. 2(3): 40-46.
Weston, Bert E.
1975. Pre-war shipping, Huon Gulf, New Guinea, part one. Journal of the
Morobe District Historical Society. 3 (1): 42-51
Weston, Bert E.
1975. Pre-war Shipping, Huon Gulf, New Guinea. part two. Journal of the
Morobe District Historical Society. 3 (2) : 46-52.
Weston, B.E.
1983. Thanks for 55 years (correspondence) Pacific Islands Monthly. 54
(9): 9-10
White, Osmar.
1945. Green Armour. Sydney: Angus and Robertson.
Whitehead, C.R.
1989. Category `relevance' in Menya verbal morphology. Language and
Linguistics in Melanesia. 16 (1-2): 41-53.
Wigley, S. et.al.
1959. Investigation: a virus epidemic in Port Moresby. Papua and New Guinea
Medical Journal. 3(2): 48-49.
Wilkins, Naomi.
1988. Learning experience of women: a special case of Unitech students. In;
Women and Education in Papua New Guinea. Edited by E. Wormald and Anne
Crossley. Waigani: University of Papua New Guinea. pp.109-113.
Wilson, Darryl. Et.al.
1976. Phonemes of Zia. Ukarumpa: Summer Institute of Linguistics.
Willis, Ian and Bob Adam.
1973. Community development and the local government councils in Lae. In;
Priorities in Melanesian Development. Edited by R. J. May. Waigani;
University of Papua New Guinea. pp.151-169.
Willis, Ian.
1971. How to grab land at Lae: the history of the Butibam-Kamkumung land case.
Lae. Manuscript held in the New Guinea Collection.
Willis, Ian.
1970. History of Lae till 1942: Some problems and themes. Lae Institute of
Technology.
Willis, Ian.
1973. History of Morobe District. Journal of the Morobe District Historical
Society. 1 (3): 3-12.
Willis, Ian.
1979. History of the Morobe Province. Northeast New Guinea. 1(1) :
6-13.
Willis, Ian.
1972. Lae Ti Mala Hu: Lae and its local villages: A history of relationships
that developed between local villagers, the Lutheran mission, government
officials, and town people at Lae, Papua New Guinea Before the outbreak of the
Pacific War in 1942. MA Thesis. History Department, University of Papua New
Guinea.
Willis, Ian.
1974. Lae: Village and City. Melbourne: Melbourne University Press.
Willis, Ian.
1972. Lae's land Grabbers. New Guinea. 6(1): 4-240
Willis, Ian.
1973. The Name Lae. Journal of the Morobe District Historical Society.
1 (2) : 19-22.
Willis, Ian.
1977. A New Guinea Outrage: the killings near Kaisenik, 1926-1927.
(Conclusion). Journal of the Morobe District Historical Society. 4 (3):
10-17.
Willis, Ian.
1977. A New Guinea Outrage: The Killings at Kaisenik - 1926-1927 (Part 1)
Journal of the Morobe District Historical Society. 4 (1): 2-10.
Willis, Ian.
1977. A New Guinea Outrage: The Killings at Kaisenik - 1926-1927 (Part 2).
Journal of the Morobe District Historical Society. 4 (2): 7-16.
Willis, Ian.
1971. Next to horse stealing: the labor trade out of Lae before World War II.
A manuscript copy held in the New Guinea Collection.
Willis, Ian.
1973. Village and Town: The changed produced in villages around Lae by
expatriate settlement. Journal of the Morobe District Historical
Society. 1 (3): 14-30.
Willis, Ian.
1973. Why a Morobe District Historical Society? Journal of the Morobe
District Historical Society. 1 (1) : 3-6.
Willis, Ian.
1974. Withdrawal of the 51st division, XVIIIth Japanese army, from Lae and the
Huon Peninsula, September 1943-January 1944. Journal of the Morobe District
Historical Society. 2 (1): 2-20.
Winduo, Steven Edmund.
1991. Resource deficiency: the student in pursuit of knowledge without library
skills. A paper read at the School libraries conference, Lae, Morobe Province,
September 21-25 1991.
Winsemius, J.
1936. Nieuw-Guinee als Kolonisatiegebied voor Europeanen en van
Indo-Europeanen. Purmerend J. Musses.
Wisdom, E.A.
1929. Description by the administrator of New Guinea of his tours of
inspection within the Territory during 1927-1928. Report to the League of
Nations on the Administration of the Territory of New Guinea for 1930-1931:
pp.111-115 (appendix A)
Wolfers, E. P.
1969. Boana Junction? Institute of Current World Affairs. Vol. 17:
1-11.
Wormesley, J.S.
1967. Papua and New Guinea Herbarium. South Pacific Bulletin. 17 (1):
29-30.
Woodley, Ellen.
1991. Medicinal plants of Papua New Guinea.: Part 1. Morobe Province.
Weikersheim, Germany: Verlag Josef Margraf.
Woodward, J.L.
1975. The people of the Huon Peninsula. Journal of the Morobe District
Historical Society. 2 (3): 2-11.
Woodward, Mary
1979. Growing our own in the Markham Valley. Northeast New Guinea. 1
(3&4): 89-98.
Woodward, Mary.
1979. Kaikai bilong yumi I kamap long Makam. Northeast New Guinea. 1
(3&4): 99-102.
Woodward, Mary.
1975. Kindly colonialism - the establishment of expatriate farms and
plantations in the Markham Valley. Journal of the Morobe District Society.
3 (2): 1-31.
Woodward, Mary.
1975. The Markham Valley. Lae: Department of Language and Social Science,
University of Technology.
Woodward, Mary.
1977. Murder in the Mountains: the story of an epic patrol to the Ufim River
area, Markham Headwaters. Journal of the Morobe District Historical
Society 4 (3): 33-46.
Woodward, Mary.
1975. Recruiting in the Markham Valley. Journal of the Morobe District
Historical Society. 2 (3): 39-40.
Woodward, Mary.
1977. Stolen land?: a case of land sales in the Markham Valley, Northeast New
Guinea. Lae: Morobe District Historical Research Centre.
Woof, W.
1981. Seven days to Kerema. Paradise. Volume 32 : 19-22.
Worsley, Peter Maurice.
1957. Millenarian movements in Melanesia. Rhodes livingstone Institute
Journal. Volume 21:18-31.
Worsley, Peter Maurice.
1957. Millenarian movements in Melanesia. South Pacific 9 (8):
484-493.
Worthing, M.A.
1983. Evidence for low-pressure regional metamorphism in the Owen Stanley
Metamorphics of Papua New Guinea. Science in New Guinea. 10 (1): 48-59
Wylie, F.R. et.al.
1973. Insect attack in fire-damaged plantation trees at Bulolo in Papua New
Guinea. Journal of the Australian Entomological Society. 14 (4):
371-382.
Yarupawa, Shem.
1996. Domain dependent code choices: Musom language. Language and
Linguistics in Melanesia. 27 (1): 83-99.
Young, .R.
1996. Association between the crazy ant anoplolepis longgipes (jerdon)
hymenoiptera: formicidae) and the coconut spathe moth, tirathapa refivena
(walker) lepidoptera: pyralidae) on coconut palms in the Morobe Province of
Papua New Guinea. 2. Papua New Guinea Journal of Agriculture, Forestry and
Fisheries. 39 (1): 7-11.
Young, .R.
1996. Association between the crazy ant anoplolepis longgipes (jerdon)
hymenoiptera: formicidae) and the coconut spathe moth, tirathapa refivena
(walker) lepidoptera: pyralidae) on coconut palms in the Morobe Province of
Papua New Guinea. 1. Papua New Guinea Journal of Agriculture, Forestry and
Fisheries. 39 (1): 1-7.
Zahn, H.
1911. Die Jabim. In; R. Neuhauss, Deutsch Neu-Guinea, Volume 3:
284-394. Berlin: Dietrich Reimer A.G. 3 Volumes.
Zahn, H.
1913/1914. Erzahlungen und Sagen der Jabim. Baessler-Archiv, 4:
284-292.
Zahn, H.
1940. Lehrbuch der Jabem-Sprache (Deutsch Neuguinea). Zeitschrift fur
Eingeborenen-Sprachen, 21. Beiheft. Berlin: Dietrich Reimer.(Ernst Vohsen)
A.G.
Zhu, Z. et. al.
1994. Effects of differential tectonic uplift on late quaternary coral reef
diagenesis, Huon Peninsula, Papua New Guinea. Australian Journal of Earth
Sciences. 41 (5): 463-474.
Zibe-kokino, Sasa.
1993. VDT's conservation needs assessment and proposal for Lasona-lake Trist
conservation area project. In; Papua New Guinea Conservation Needs
Assessment, Volume 1. Edited by J.B. Alcorn. Boroko: Department of
Environment and Conservation. pp. 121-126.
Zimmerman, Lorraine.
1982. Buang drinking and the extension of pre-contact rituals. In; Through
a Glass Darkly. Edited by M. Marshall. Waigani: University of Papua New
Guinea. pp. 311-318.
Zimmerman, Lorraine.
1973. Migration and Urbanization among the Buang of Papua New Guinea. Ph.D.
thesis. Wayne State University, Michigan.
Zozingao, Weti
1983. Fishing for eels in Morobe Province. In; Subsistence Fishing
Practices of Papua New Guinea. Edited by Quinn, N.J. et.al. Lae: Liklik Buk
Information Centre, University of Technology. pp. 122-125.
Zwanzger, Klaus. et.al.
1974. Study on Development of Finschhafen Subdistrict. Finschhafen: Finschhafen
Development Corporation.